Blog

Differences between Debit and Credit Notes – Every sale and purchase transaction usually uses a note as proof of purchase. The note itself in the Big Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), is interpreted as a warning letter (appointment, note); official statement (from the ambassador to the government of a country or vice versa); explanation letter from the service (government, local government, and so on); sign of sale and purchase in cash.

In general, notes are made by the seller, then given to the buyer. Not infrequently, notes are made in duplicate. One for the shop owner and one for the buyer. Both have proof of the same transaction. Therefore, the note becomes one of the valid evidence in a transaction.

Notes can also be used as evidence when there is a misunderstanding between buyers or sellers. It can be strong evidence because the note is one proof of a valid transaction. Notes are also not only for cash sales, but also for other transactions.

Notes can be grouped into debit notes and credit notes. Debit note is a document made by the buyer to the seller as a statement of debt reduction or debit. Meanwhile, a credit note is a document that is used as evidence of accounts receivable due to the return of merchandise.

In the following, we will discuss debit notes and credit notes in more detail. The explanation below has been summarized from various pages on the internet.

Debit Note Concept

Memorandum in the Big Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), is interpreted as a warning letter (appointment, note); official statement (from the ambassador to the government of a country or vice versa); explanation letter from the service (government, local government, and so on); sign of sale and purchase in cash.

Meanwhile, debit in KBBI is defined as money that must be collected from another person; receivables; notes on bookkeeping posts that increase the value of assets or reduce the amount of liabilities; the amount deducting the account holder’s deposits at his bank.

Therefore, a debit note can be interpreted as a type of document or note that is used as proof of a debt reduction transaction in the buying and selling process. This type of note is usually made by the seller and in duplicate. One belongs to the business actor and one to the buyer.

Usually, debit notes are used by buyers when there is a discrepancy or damage to the merchandise. Usually this happens together with the return of goods. Two notes made not without reason. One original receipt is given to the seller along with the return of the merchandise that has been paid for. Meanwhile, one other copy is kept by the buyer as proof of record.

here is the debit note function.

1. Debt Reduction

The debit note serves as evidence to request a reduction in the amount owed to the seller for the goods purchased. Therefore, with the reduction, the buyer’s debt bill will be less than the total of the previous agreement. However, this is done with a note that the goods are purchased on account receivable. So, the seller is obliged to return it. So with that, there will be a reduction in debt.

2. Correction of the Number of Items

Debit notes can be used as a correction to the amount of goods that have been mutually agreed upon. For example, if there is a total shortage of product shipments, a debit note can be used as evidence to state this when billing occurs. Thus, the buyer can show evidence and demand non-conformance of the goods received with the agreement.

3. Correction of Goods Prices

Debit notes can be used as corrections to prices. For example, if the goods are not selling well or other things that have been approved, a correction is needed. This is done with the aim of making transactions between sellers and buyers more transparent and both of them benefit.

4. Proof of stock taking

Debit notes can be used as evidence of stock taking, namely the activity of checking or calculating product inventory before selling. In this way, business actors will know which goods have problems.

Meanwhile, the components that must be in a debit note are as follows.

• PKP name of customer/buyer.
• PKP name of business owner/seller.
• Credit note number.
• Information regarding the number of products debited.
• Description of the type of product being debited.
• Product price description per item.
• Description of the total price of the debited product.
• Debit note creation date.
• Name and signature of customer/buyer.

Meanwhile, how to make a debit note as follows.

• Dear, fill in the address of the intended business owner/seller.
• Date Enter the date the note was made.
• Note number, filled in according to the serial number of the note.
• Document date, input the date when the goods purchase transaction was made.
• Document, to be inputted with the related product document number.
• No. Fill in the order number for the return of goods.
• Description, to be inputted with the name of the product along with other explanations.
• Total, input the total price of the returned product.
• Amount, input the total price of the product.

To understand more about debit notes, You can listen to the following examples.

Credit Note concept

Memorandum in the Big Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), is interpreted as a warning letter (appointment, note); official statement (from the ambassador to the government of a country or vice versa); explanation letter from the service (government, local government, and so on); sign of sale and purchase in cash.

As for credit in the Big Language Dictionary (KBBI), credit is a way of selling goods with non-cash payments (deferred or installment payments); loan money with repayments in installments; addition of account balances, remaining debts, capital, and data collection for savers; loan up to a certain amount permitted by a bank or other agency; the right side of the balance sheet (in Indonesia).

Therefore, it can be concluded that a credit note is a file or document that is used as evidence of a reduction in accounts receivable caused by returning merchandise due to a price reduction. Usually, credit notes are created for damage to shipped goods or merchandise returns.

Creation of a credit note signed by the seller. For sellers, the function of a credit note is a sign of a reduction in accounts receivable that will be billed to the buyer. Just like notes in general, credit notes are made in duplicate. One (original document) is given to the buyer and one document is kept by the seller.

Launching from the Jurnal.id page, credit notes are usually issued for the following reasons.

• The customer returns goods or refuses service for some reason.
• There was a price error on the original invoice.
• There was an overpayment on the original invoice.
• Goods sent were damaged during transit or the shipping process.

The purpose of the credit note as written on the Majoo.id page is as follows.

1. Recording Errors that Happened

In running a business, the seller will not be without mistakes. Mistakes that have been made must be recorded so that they can be used as lessons or reminders so that similar mistakes never happen again in the future.

To record errors, you can use a credit note. The hope is that the error record in the credit note can be used as evaluation material so that this incident will not happen again in the future.

2. Administrative Order

Every transaction that occurs in a business must be recorded in a neat and orderly manner. Credit notes are one of the things that must always be recorded in accordance with accounting standards in Indonesia. Thus, all transactions related to goods will be neatly recorded in this memorandum. Therefore, if one day it is necessary to look back at the file or something happens, the proof of the transaction in the credit note can be evidence.

3. Shows that Business Persons are Responsible

Having a credit note gives the impression of the seriousness of business people in running their business. Of course this is proof that business people have a big responsibility. This can be seen from the credit note which can serve as a guide for the buyer that the company will not run away if something goes wrong.

4. Can Avoid Awkward Financial Reports

Every transaction must be recorded in financial statements which must be reported at least once a year. The report will show transactions that don’t make sense and the source of their activity is unknown. This can happen when business people pay less attention to notes and proof of transactions.

Therefore, to prevent this kind of thing from happening. Business people must be diligent in making notes or notes on any transactions that occur, including recording credit notes.

5. Providing Guarantees to Clients

The relationship between the company and the client/other party must be maintained. The goal is quite simple, namely to provide security guarantees in transactions. Having a personal or business level credit note will add to the client’s trust in the seller.

Having a credit note makes buyers feel comfortable when shopping. Convenience and security are important for the continuation of the buying and selling process or if something happens to the goods to be purchased, the seller is willing to reduce his receivables.

Credit notes are made not because there are no benefits or advantages in them. Launching from the Majoo.id page, here are the benefits of a credit note.

• Administrative activities are made easy because all transactions carried out by the company have been recorded systematically.
• Credit notes maintain the relationship between the seller and the buyer because there is trust between the two.
• Credit notes can be used as notes to improve business operations both in product/service improvement and performance that must be improved.
• If something happens in the future between the buyer and the seller, the credit note can be one of the handles to unravel the conflict.
• Credit notes can be used as a basis for tracking sales errors that could have occurred when the product was in transit or damaged before delivery.

Difference between Debit and Credit Notes

Debit notes and credit notes are both proof of sales. The difference between the two lies in the system of use. Debt notes are documentary evidence sent by the buyer as a debt reduction statement from the business owner. This note is usually given together with the return of goods because there is a discrepancy between the agreement and the goods received.

Meanwhile, credit notes are documentary evidence sent by the business owner as a statement of return of goods from the buyer. The note serves as evidence to show a reduction in the price of receivables due to the breakdown of merchandise that was previously agreed upon.

Concepts, Benefits, Advantages, and Disadvantages of On the Job Training – When You is accepted to work in a company or other work places, training will usually be carried out first. This activity is usually called on the job training (OJT). In summary, this activity aims to improve work performance through various assessments.

Training or more familiarly known as OJT is a training method that teaches the skills, competencies and knowledge needed by employees to perform certain types of work at their place of work.

Not infrequently on the job training is equated with off the job training. Though both have quite striking differences. Launching from the glints.com page, here are the differences between on the job training and off the job training.

To understand more about on the job training (OJT), You can listen to the explanations that have been summarized from the following various pages on the internet.

Goals on the Job Training

Launching from the melaki.com page , objectively, there are three things that are the goal of organizing OJT by companies. Here are the details.

1. Knowledge ( Knowledge )

By holding OJT, it is hoped that employee knowledge regarding their duties and responsibilities will be good. So, they can provide optimal work performance for the company.

2. Behavior ( Attitude )

When the on the job training period is over, it is hoped that employees will have a work attitude full of motivation and innovation. One way is by recording employee attendance using online attendance software, or other attendance systems. this will shape the work ethic and responsibility for his work.

3. Ability ( Skill )

It is hoped that employees who successfully pass the on the job training period will experience increased skills in the field of work they are working on.

Requirements in the Implementation of on the Job Training

There are several important things in implementing on the job training. Adapting from the pekari.com page, the following details the important things that must be considered in implementing OJT.

• Implemented with the guidance of the company’s internal party. For example, a senior employee in their field, or a manager-level employee.
• There are indicators of competency achievement that underlie the implementation of OJT and serve as benchmarks for employee success in understanding the training.
• There is monitoring and evaluation of OJT participant employees during the OJT process.

Each company has the freedom to determine policies regarding the OJT period for its employees. However, in general, it is carried out for one to three months. After participating in the OJT, You will receive a statement or certificate stating the completion of the OJT period given by the company.

Forms of on the Job Training

Employees carry out on the job training in various forms. The following are forms of on the job training that have been summarized from the glints.com and Meki.com pages.

1.Coaching

Coaching is a one to one method that aims to get employees to get answers from their senior instructions. The method applied is in the form of experienced employees or superiors giving instructions to employees who receive training through work instructions.

Training with this method is designed so that employees find answers to their questions through instructions and demonstrations given by superiors.

2. Mentoring

Mentoring is still part of the one-to-one method in which employees at the managerial level will serve as mentors to guide trainee employees. You do this by giving instructions to perform daily tasks.

3. Job Rotation

Job rotation is a method of shifting from one division to another. the aim is to provide an understanding of understanding, knowledge, new abilities, and other work backgrounds. This also helps not to get bored with the same work and over and over again.

4. Job Instructional Training

Job instructional training is a training method with a step-by-step guide to the training program that must be carried out by trainees with abilities in accordance with the trainer’s demonstration. In this method, a trainer will design a training program step by step. Then, employees will be given instructions to do the work according to the directions.

First of all, trainees will be explained about the general description of the job and expected results. Then, it will be shown the skills needed in the job.

After that, trainees will be allowed to do work according to their skills or expertise. At the end of the training, You will be asked to provide feedback and given the opportunity to ask any questions about the training program that has been conducted.

5.Understudy

Understudy is a training method by making trainees as assistants to their superiors. This gives an advantage, if there are vacant positions, trainees can replace them.

This training is usually carried out by superiors to subordinates who become assistants. This method is usually given to employees who will replace the boss will retire or get a promotion.

6. Apprenticeship

Apprenticeship is a training that combines theory and practice. Generally, this type of training will be provided to people in crafts, manufacturing, trade, and technical fields that require a long term to form a professional workforce.

Implementation of on the Job Training

On the job training activities must be carried out under the guidance of a mentor from where You works or the company. When conducting on the job training, there are several things that must be considered in its implementation. The following details have been summarized from the glints.com page.

• Competency achievement indicators required in OJT
• Determination of companions from companies implementing OJT
• Determination of a supervisor from a training institution (if the training is conducted by an institution)
• Monitoring and evaluation of participants during the OJT period

Meanwhile, the implementation of OJT must be in accordance with company regulations. Therefore, the duration of OJT implementation will be different for each company. After the on the job training is completed, an assessment of competency and performance will be given which includes individual assessment or work attitude and technical ability assessment.

Benefits of on the Job Training

Companies that conduct on the job training for their new employees will get several benefits. Launching from the glints.com and Meki.com pages, the following are the benefits of OJT for companies.

• OJT can improve employee performance significantly.
• OJT is easy to implement because there is no need to gather employees in a special room to conduct training.
• OJT implementation can be carried out while the employees involved are working.
• Companies do not need to cut employee work time to conduct training. So that makes OJT have time effectiveness.
• OJT trains employees according to their needs. Thus making the training focused effectively.
• For new employees, OJT allows them to adapt quickly.
• Can be a means of team-building , especially between new and old employees.
• The training provided focuses on the needs of the company. Therefore, OJT indirectly supports the achievement of company targets.
• In addition to getting a job and salary, employees are also given training that can improve their abilities. Of course this makes employees happy and forms loyalty to the company.
• The success rate of OJT can be used as a benchmark in obtaining a quality workforce. This certainly affects business development later.
• Implementation of OJT which is also practical, allows companies to reduce training costs so that they are not as expensive as off the job training.
• Monitoring and also the process of evaluating employee performance will be easier to do, especially during the training period.

Tips for Success on the Job Training

Summarizing from the ekrut.com page, here are tips for success in running an on the job training program.

1. Identify Potential Trainers

Companies should look for experienced trainers to conduct mentoring which is the main key in carrying out the OJT program. Thus, the company will get quality employees.

2. Asking Trainees to Provide Criticism and Suggestions

Trainees are asked to provide criticism and suggestions so that they can be used as a reference for improving further OJT.

3. Creating a Structured Training Process

Making a structured training schedule can simplify the OJT process. The steps that have been made must be carried out so that the training process runs effectively.

4. Evaluate During the Training Process and After

The thing that must be done during the OJT process is to evaluate trainees. Evaluation is important to do to find out whether the training is running smoothly.

5. Give Trainees the Opportunity to Practice Their Skills

One of the important things for the success of OJT is to give employees the opportunity to practice their skills. Mentors can involve trainees directly in the work by giving them piecemeal responsibilities.

Advantages and Disadvantages of on the Job Training

Implementation of on the job training has several advantages. Following are the details that have been summarized from the kembangi.com page.

• OJT can minimize human error
• More motivating employees, because the training provided is relevant to the job description
• Employees can directly carry out work practices while attending training, not just a simulation
• Easier to schedule because it is informal
• Not cutting working hours, because training is given while employees are working as usual. So it does not affect the productivity of the company
• The budget that the company has to spend on training is quite light, all the facilities are internal to the company
• Does not require outside mentors, but senior employees in the office
• Relations between employees and supervisors are closer and better

Besides the advantages, the OJT system for new employees also has disadvantages. Launching from the melaki.com page, the following are the drawbacks of the OJT system for new employees.

• As a result the trainers or mentors are not professionals, so sometimes the training is not focused
• Training and work practices are carried out side by side, sometimes causing employees to miss some of the training materials
• It is possible that employees are burdened because they have to work while attending training, so that work motivation actually decreases

Democracy is a system of government implemented in several countries. One of them, Indonesia. Democracy in Indonesia places the people as the highest authority. “From the people, by the people, for the people”, is the motto of democracy in Indonesia.

So, what is democracy really like? How is it implemented? In the following, we will discuss democracy, from concept to examples, which have been summarized from various pages on the internet.

Definition of Democracy According to Experts

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), democracy is defined as a form or system) of government in which all the people participate in governing through their representatives; people’s government; an idea or view of life that prioritizes equal rights and obligations as well as equal treatment for all citizens.

To better understand democracy, the following is the definition of democracy according to several experts.

• According to Joseph A. Schemer

Democracy is interpreted as an institutional plan to reach political decisions in which each individual gains the power to decide how to compete competitively for the voice of the people.

• According to Sydney Hook

Meanwhile, according to Sidney Hook, democracy is a form of government in which important government decisions are directly or indirectly based on the majority agreement given freely from the adult people.

• According to Philippe C. Schmitter and Terry Lynn Karl

Meanwhile, according to Philippe C. Schmitter and Terry Lynn Karl, democracy is a system of government in which the government is held accountable for their actions in the public sphere by citizens, who act indirectly through competition and cooperation with their elected representatives.

• According to Henry B. Mayo

Henry B. Mayo expressed his views on democracy, namely that the political system is a system which shows that public policy is determined on the basis of a majority by representatives who are effectively supervised by the people in periodic elections which are based on the principle of political equality and are held in an atmosphere of guarantee political freedom.

In Affan Ghaffar’s view, democracy is classified into two groups, namely normative democracy and empirical democracy. Normative democracy is a democracy that ideally will be carried out by a country. Meanwhile, empirical democracy is democracy in its manifestation in the world of practical politics.

Universally Applicable Principles of Democracy

A system of government can be said to be democratic if the governance mechanism embodies the principles of democracy. These principles apply universally which serve as a benchmark for the success of a country’s democracy.

According to Inu Kencana Syafie, the principles of democracy apply universally as follows.

1. There is a division of power

The division of power within the state can adhere to the principles of democracy formulated by John Locke regarding the trias politica. State power is divided into 3 parts, namely executive, legislative, and judicial. The three institutions have the same degree so they cannot know each other.

2. Free General Elections

Sinaumed’s needs to remember and note that the highest sovereignty in a democracy is in the hands of the people. However, this sovereignty cannot be exercised directly by each individual. Sovereignty is also an aspiration for all citizens through the people’s representatives in the legislature.

People’s representatives are determined through general elections. Every citizen has the freedom to choose the desired representative. In general elections, coercion in any form is not permitted. General elections are also held to elect the president and vice president.

3. Open Management

The people need to be included in assessing the government so that it can minimize a rigid and authoritarian state. This can be realized if the government is accountable for the implementation of governance, development, and social services before the people.

4. Individual Freedom

Countries that adhere to a democratic system must guarantee the freedom of their citizens in various countries. Such as freedom of expression, freedom of association, freedom of business, and so on. However, this freedom must be exercised responsibly.

However, it should be noted that the freedom of one person will be limited by the freedom of another. Thus, every member of society can exercise the freedoms guaranteed by law without harming the interests of others.

5. Free Justice

The judiciary has freedom in carrying out its role through the division of powers. This institution cannot be influenced by other state institutions. In state practice, law is in the highest position. When everyone shakes hands before the law, they must be held accountable for their mistakes.

6. Recognition of Minority Rights

Every country must have a diversity of people on various sides. For example different ethnicity, race, religion, or class. Diversity within a country will shape the term majority group or minority group.

People from majority or minority groups have the same rights and obligations as citizens. Therefore, the state is obliged to protect all of its people without discriminating against one another.

7. Government Based on Law

Law has the highest position in the life of the state. Law becomes an instrument to regulate the life of the state. Thus, the state has the same position in law and governance.

8. Supremacy of Law

The law must be respected and made a priority by the people or the government. In law there is no arbitrariness allowed. Therefore, the government must be based on law in favor of justice.

9. Free Press

Countries that adhere to a democratic system must guarantee freedom of the press in conveying events that occur. Both writing about the government’s failure or voicing the rights of minority communities.

10. Some Political Parties

Political parties were established to accommodate the political aspirations of citizens. Every citizen is free to have a political party as he wishes. This is also supported by the state which gives freedom to all citizens to form political parties.

In 1999, the first multi-party general election (election) was held since the New Order. Each political party has basic ideals according to their respective political struggles. Political parties do not recognize a single principle. However, it should be noted that the establishment of a political party must be in accordance with existing regulations, it is not permissible to form a party with principles or ideologies that are prohibited by law.

Types of Democracy

Some countries adhere to a democratic system in running their government. They apply the democratic system with their own understanding. Some of these understandings can be summarized in three perspectives, namely ideology, ways of conveying the will of the people, and points of concern. The following describes the three points of view.

1. Based on Ideology

Democratic political systems based on an ideological point of view are grouped into two, namely constitutional democracy (liberal democracy) and people’s democracy. Constitutional democracy (liberal democracy) has its basis in the implementation of individual freedoms. The powers of the government are limited by the constitution. The meaning is that the government’s power is limited and it is not allowed to interfere and act arbitrarily against its citizens.

Meanwhile, people’s democracy has the goal of realizing a life without social class and without private property. Democracy of this form becomes a special form of democracy which fulfills the function of a proletarian dictatorship.

During the cold war, people’s democratic systems developed in a number of countries such as in Eastern European countries, such as Czechoslovakia, Poland, Hungary, Romania, Bulgaria, Yugoslavia and China. The political system of people’s democracy is also referred to as “proletarian democracy” which aims at Marxism-communism.

2. Ways of Channeling the Will of the People

Based on the method of channeling the will of the people, democratic systems can be classified into three groups, namely direct democracy, representative democracy/representative democracy, and representative democracy with a referendum system. Here’s an explanation of the three.

• Direct Democracy

Governments that adhere to a direct democratic system provide opportunities for their citizens to express their opinions in meetings attended by the entire community. This democracy is applied to countries with a small population and small territory. One of the countries that ever implemented this system was Athens in Ancient Greece (IV century BC).

• Representative Democracy/Representative Democracy

Nowadays, the form of democracy that is applied is representative democracy. The reason is that the population continues to grow and the territory is vast, making it impossible to apply a direct democratic system. In a representative democracy, the people channel their wishes or opinions through their representatives who have sat in representative institutions (parliament).

• Referendum System Representative Democracy

Representative democracy in a referendum system consists of a combination of direct democracy and representative democracy. People can choose their representatives who will sit in representative institutions. However, these representative institutions are controlled by the influence of the people with a referendum system and people’s initiatives.

3. Point of Attention

Based on the point of concern, democratic political systems are classified into three groups, namely formal democracy, material democracy, and mixed democracy. The following provides a more detailed description of the three groups.

• Formal Democracy

Formal democracy is also known as liberal democracy or western model democracy. Formal democracy is a democratic political system that upholds equality in the political field without being accompanied by efforts to reduce or eliminate economic disparities. The degree and rights of every human being in the view of formal democracy are considered the same or equivalent.

• Material Democracy

Material democracy is a political-democratic system that has a focus on efforts to eliminate differences in economic fields. However, equality in the political field is not considered and is often omitted. Attempts to reduce differences in the economic field were carried out by the ruling party using the name of the state in which all state property rights and private property rights were not recognized.

• Joint Democracy

Mixed democracy consists of a fusion between formal democracy and material democracy. The welfare of all people’s activities is limited, but the equality and rights of every individual are recognized. The government must try not to repress and even eliminate human rights and equality.

Example of Democracy

Launching from the Bola.com page, here are simple examples of democracy that can be applied in everyday life.

1. All Family Members Have the Right to Submit Criticisms and Suggestions

As children and parents must respect each other. Every family member has the right to submit criticism, suggestions and opinions for the common good. Parents must be able to accept criticism and suggestions given by children. Vice versa.

2. Understanding Duties and Responsibilities in the Family

Usually, in every house there is a division of tasks to complete household chores. Each family member must complete the assigned task. They also have to help each other task. All family members must work together to complete household chores.

3. Consultation to Solve Family Problems

When there are problems or matters that must be negotiated, every family member must participate in deliberations to reach a consensus. In this way, it is hoped that each family member can accept decisions gracefully.

4. Respect the opinion of each family member

In the process of deliberation in the family must respect each other’s opinions. After all family members have expressed their opinions, a decision can be negotiated.

5. Putting Common Interests Above Personal Interests

All family members are given the opportunity to express their opinion when the deliberation takes place. Decisions in deliberations must also be acceptable to all family members. However, decisions must be taken by prioritizing common interests above personal interests.

6. Election of Head of Organization or Head of Class

The election of the head of an organization or class leader in a school is an example of a simple democracy that can be implemented in schools. The election is usually done by collecting the votes of the school community. This election can adapt the general election system.

7. Respect the Opinions of Others

Humans are social creatures. Therefore, humans always socialize with each other even though with a small intensity. In socializing, there are often differences of opinion.

Differences of opinion can occur in the process of deliberation, discussion of lessons, or meetings. Therefore, we must mutually respect the opinions of others as an example of a democratic attitude.

8. Participate in Citizens’ Meetings

All levels of society have the right to participate and express their opinions. The overall opinion is used as the basis for making decisions together.

The nature of the image of a concave mirror – Almost everyone, especially women, definitely needs a mirror. This is because the existence of a mirror is often used as a medium to tidy up appearance to make it look like make-up even better.

Simply put, a mirror is an object that can produce an image. In addition, a mirror can also be interpreted as an object that has a flat surface that functions to reflect the image perfectly.

Until now, there are three types of mirrors, namely concave mirrors, flat mirrors and convex mirrors. Each type of mirror has its own meaning and function. However, this article will explain more about concave mirrors.

Starting from the definition, the nature of the image of a concave mirror and various things related to concave mirrors, we will discuss together in this article.

Definition of Mirror

Previously discussed briefly related to the meaning of the mirror. However, this point will explain more broadly what a mirror is.

The mirror is an object that is easiest for us to find in the area in the house. In addition, mirrors are also often used for various purposes such as media for different purposes. This is none other than because basically the existence of a mirror is indeed used as a tool to tidy up appearance, see intersections, and can also be used to see the rear area as in the mirror function of motorized vehicles or cars.

The existence of the mirror itself is very useful for humans and can make various kinds of activities related to mirrors easier.

If seen from the explanation of the Big Indonesian Dictionary or KBBI , a mirror can be interpreted as clear glass in which one side of the face will be painted with mercury or other materials. This is done so that the mirror is able to show the image of the object in the front area. Most mirrors are used for dressing up and other activities.

In addition, a mirror can also be interpreted as an object that has a smooth surface which is able to create a perfect reflection of an object’s image. The reflection of the shadow can be created by light reflecting vision.

Definition of Concave Mirror

In the initial explanation, it was explained that the mirror itself is divided into three types. One type of mirror is a concave mirror. Well, in this point we will explain the meaning of a concave mirror in general.

A concave mirror is a mirror that has a curved shape. Later, a concave mirror will be able to reflect light curved backwards. Thousands of years ago, mirrors were already known, but they still used sparkling stone material.

A concave mirror can also be interpreted as a mirror whose surface has a spherical-like part on the inside. A concave mirror also has the property of being able to gather light or converge which is also referred to as a positive mirror.

The converging nature of a concave mirror also makes it different from a convex mirror which has diverging properties or is capable of scattering light. Judging from the name, we can also imagine how the shape of a concave mirror.

The shape of a concave mirror is concave or curved inward. In addition, a concave mirror also has another name Concave.

The nature of the image of a concave mirror

Each type of mirror always has its own characteristics, which also applies to concave mirrors which have their own image characteristics.

The nature of the image of a concave mirror can be formed depending on the position of the object. To be able to know the nature of the image of a concave mirror, we also have to pay attention to several things as explained below.

• The total space where the object is located and also the location of the image is always = 5.
• The amount of space where the object is located and where the image is located is always +5
• If the shadow space is larger (>) than the object, it will produce an enlarged image.
• If the image space is smaller (<) than the object space, then the resulting image properties are reduced.
• Only when the image in space 4 can have virtual image properties and also be upright.
• The rest will have real and inverted properties.

The nature of the image of a concave mirror when the object distance is smaller than the focal length of the concave mirror (s < f)

• Maya, which can be interpreted as the former light, will not pass through the shadows.
• The image is neither inverted nor upright.
• The farther the object is from the concave mirror, the larger the image size will be.
• The farther the object is from the concave mirror, the farther the image will be from the concave mirror.

The nature of the image of a concave mirror if the object is located at the focal point of the concave mirror or s=f

• Maya will be formed which can be interpreted as the beam of light does not pass through the shadow.
• The shadow will be upright and not inverted.
• The shadow will be at infinity.

The nature of the image of a concave mirror when the object is between the focus point and the center point of the curvature of the concave mirror or can be written as f < s < R.

• This condition will also provide several things as explained below.
• Backwards.
• When the object is further away from the concave mirror, the size of the image will also be smaller.
• Real or the beam of light does not pass through the shadows.
• When the object is farther away from the concave mirror, the image from the concave mirror is closer.

The nature of the image of a concave mirror when the object is at the center of the curvature of the concave mirror or can be written as s=R. Where this can cause several conditions as below.

• Real, where the light beam passes through an inverted image.
• The size of the object will be the same as the size of the image.
• The distance from the object will be equal to the image distance.

The nature of the image of a concave mirror when the object distance is greater than the radius of curvature of the concave mirror or can be written as s>R.

In this case, it will give some conditions like those below.

• Real means the light beam through the shadow
• Real or light beam will pass through the shadow.
• Reverse condition.
• The farther the object is from the concave mirror, the smaller the image size will be.
• The farther the object is from the concave mirror, the closer the image is from the concave mirror.

Characteristics of a Concave Mirror

Concave mirrors do not only have image properties. However, a concave mirror also has characteristics that distinguish it from other types of mirrors. Some of the characteristics possessed by a concave mirror are as follows.

• Has convergent properties or is able to collect light.
• Has a positive focal point or is in front of the reflecting surface.
• There are five spaces for the location of objects and shadows.
• A concave mirror has the property of an image.

It should also be noted that the nature of the image possessed by a concave mirror is not always the same. This is none other than because the nature of the image also depends on the location of the original object on the concave mirror. The nature of the image can change if the object is placed far enough from the concave mirror.

Special Rays of Concave Mirrors

A concave mirror is a type of spherical mirror that has a reflecting surface that is curved inward. In a concave mirror there are also five spaces for objects and images, a point of curvature or R and also a focal point or F. In addition, a concave mirror also has a positive focal point. That means, the focal point on a concave mirror will be in front of the reflecting surface.

The concave mirror has three special rays, which when the special rays are owned by a concave mirror, we will discuss together in the explanation below.

Special Light 1

The first special ray that is owned by a concave mirror is when the incident light is parallel to the main axis or the optical axis which will later be reflected to the focal point of the concave mirror.

Special Light 2

The second special ray that is owned by a concave mirror is when the light that comes through the focal point of the concave mirror will eventually be reflected parallel to the main axis or the optical axis.

Special Light 3

The third special ray that is owned by a concave mirror is when the light comes through the point of curvature or R the concave mirror will be reflected back towards the point of curvature or R.

The Process of Forming Images on a Concave Mirror

Step 1

After we know the three special rays that are owned by a concave mirror. Next we can more easily know the process of image formation on a concave mirror. For example, on an object that is placed in front of a concave mirror that is in space II between the curvature point or R and the focal point or F.

From this we can describe the light entering the concave mirror. First, we describe the rays from an incident object parallel to the principal axis. When viewed from a special beam, the beam will be reflected back to the focal point or F.

Step 2

Then, secondly, we can describe if the light from an object entering the mirror will pass through the focal point. When viewed from a special ray, the ray will be reflected back, but with a position parallel to the main axis.

At the top of the image of the object that is at the point of intersection of the two reflected rays. In addition, the image also shows if the intersection point is in the third space area with the top of the shadow being down or upside down.

This can guarantee that the object in front of the mirror will be able to produce an image that is real, inverted and magnified. However, the image in a concave mirror is not always real, it is inverted and magnified. Basically, the process of forming an image on a concave mirror will follow the rules of special rays.

Concave Mirror Formula

Each type of mirror always has its own formula. This also applies to concave mirrors which also have a formula. Generally, the concave mirror formula is divided into two types, namely finding the magnification and the relationship between the focal length and the radius. So that you know even more, here is the concave mirror formula.

Magnification that occurs (M)

The relationship between the focal length and the radius is:

Information:
So: object distance to mirror
Si: image distance to mirror
F: focal
length R: mirror radius
M: image magnification
Ho: object height
Hi: image height

The Benefits of Concave Mirrors in Everyday Life

As previously explained, the nature of the image produced by a concave mirror varies depending on the layout of the object. This is able to make a concave mirror so useful in human life.

So maybe some of the examples below you’ve encountered around. So what are the benefits of concave mirrors in everyday life? Here is a full explanation.

1. Flashlight Or On Spotlights

In a flashlight or spotlight, a concave mirror is used to align the beam of light coming from the lamp. Apart from that, we can also find these uses on film projectors. Not only that, because car spotlights also use concave mirrors to get parallel beams.

2. Decorative Mirrors

An example of the use of a second concave mirror is used in decorative mirrors. Where a concave mirror can produce an enlarged virtual image. This will make it easier for humans to dress up.

3. Dentist Tools

A concave mirror is also used as a tool used by dentists in the process of examining a patient’s teeth. With the help of a concave mirror, it will be easier for the dentist to see areas in the mouth that are difficult to reach with naked eye vision.

4. Radio telescope

A radio telescope is a tool in the form of a concave mirror for the purposes of radio waves. The use of a concave mirror in a telescope in this case is used to produce a wide variety of clear images of the presence of dim objects in outer space.

5. Power Station

Concave mirrors are also commonly used in power plants. In power plants, concave mirrors are usually used as a medium for collecting solar energy.

6. Parabola

A concave mirror is also usually used as a medium for concentrating micro signals on satellite dish receiving stations. This is done with the aim that the resulting image or impression can be more specific and also clearer.

The difference between a concave mirror and a convex mirror

Both concave and convex mirrors have their respective functions. Of course, there are many things that can make a concave mirror different from a convex mirror. So below are some of the differences between a concave mirror and a convex mirror.

1. Understanding

Judging from the understanding, a concave mirror with a convex mirror has a fairly prominent difference. Where a concave mirror is a spherical mirror whose surface can become a climber and the center of curvature is on the same side of the mirror. Meanwhile, a convex mirror is a lunar mirror whose surface can act as a reflector with the center of curvature on the opposite side of the mirror.

2. Generated Image

The image produced by a concave mirror will form a real image with inverted conditions. Meanwhile, a convex mirror will produce an upright virtual image.

3. Nature of Shadows

The nature of the image possessed by a concave mirror is the best real magnified. As for the nature of the image that is owned by a convex mirror is virtual, upright and diminished.

4. Focal point

Next is from the focal point. The focal point of a concave mirror is in front of the mirror and the focal point of a convex mirror is behind the mirror.

5. Beam Effect

Finally, it will be seen from the effect of the beam which for a concave mirror is able to collect light or converge. Meanwhile, convex mirrors can scatter light or diverge.

Well, that’s a complete summary of all things related to concave mirrors . Hopefully all the discussion in this article can add insight as well as be useful for Sinaumed’s.

If you want to find books on physics or other textbooks, you can get them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information .

Author: Hendrik Nuryanto

Source:

• bobo.grid.id
• gurudik.co.id
• kompas.com
• kompas.com
• edutafsi.com
• education.co.id

Computational Thinking – This globalization era will indeed continue to develop, including the technology will also continue to develop. Therefore, we will meet new technologies that are increasingly sophisticated and increasingly we will feel that our lives and activities are becoming faster. This is because we must be able to keep up with the times and increasingly dynamic technology. If we take too long to keep up with the times and technology, it is possible that we will be left behind.

We must be able to think quickly about what we should do in the future. In addition, must develop what we have done. For example, we write a letter, then we must be able to develop it into a word to a sentence. If we can develop something, then we already have a way of thinking to move forward or be more dynamic.

This mindset is the same as how a technology works where it will accept tasks and complete them quickly. Things like this can happen because we are starting to live side by side with technology, and like it or not and like it or not, we have to have a way of thinking that is almost the same as technology. This needs to be done so that we can keep abreast of the times and technological developments.

It has become a common thing, for many people, that almost all of the daily activities are related to technology. In fact, some of the problems we are currently facing can sometimes be solved with existing technology. Therefore, we should be able to apply ways of thinking like computer science (informatics) techniques. By applying this way of thinking, it will be easy for us to think critically and creatively.

In this case, the technology in question is computer technology. The development of this computer always leads to a modern and faster direction, so that when we use it, the activities we carry out will feel easier. In a life that we live, whether we use a computer or not, we must be able to think like a computer that is able to understand a thing or problem quickly, so that we can find a solution to a problem quickly. This pattern of thinking is known as “computational thinking”.

Then, what is computational thinking according to experts and what are examples of computational thinking like? So, to get all the answers, you can see this review, Sinaumed’s. So, happy reading.

Definition of Computational Thinking

Because we live side by side with technology, we need to think like a machine that can move dynamically. Therefore, computational thinking can be a concept or a way to observe problems and find solutions to these problems by applying computer science technology. By thinking computationally, someone will be able to observe problems, solve problems so that they can develop solutions from solving problems.

Basically, computational thinking is indeed adapting a thought or way of working that comes from a computer. However, some people still think that computational thinking must use computer applications. In fact what is meant by computational thinking is not having to use a computer.

The term Computational Thinking or shortened to CT or computational thinking was first introduced in general in 1980 and 1996 by Seymor Papert. Over time, in 2014, the British government began bringing programming material into the curriculum from elementary to high school. The inclusion of programming material into the education curriculum so that students are familiar with technology from an early age. In addition, students are also expected to be able to think computationally from an early age.

The program carried out by the British government was apparently supported by figures who have influence in the field of technology, such as Bill Gates, Mark Zuckerberg, and others. Facilities that can support the process of learning activities are assisted by the company Google through online training so that teachers or educators can understand and master Computational Thinking (CT).

Basically, to think computationally is not easy or you could say it requires more effort. Even though it’s hard to do, we have to believe and believe that we can change our thinking patterns into computational thinking patterns. Therefore, we must accustom ourselves to think computationally in any situation. If we are used to thinking computationally, then we will feel the positive impact, namely being able to think quickly, easily, and precisely.

In order to get used to thinking computationally, one should be taught from an early age to think computationally. It would be nice if every school in Indonesia has started to incorporate a programming curriculum into the elementary and middle school education curriculum, so that computational thinking patterns can be instilled from an early age.

Characteristics of Computational Thinking

After discussing the meaning of computational thinking, now the next discussion is computational thinking. The characteristics of computational thinking are as follows.

1. Fundamental Not Memorizing

The first characteristic of computational thinking is fundamental not memorizing. In this case, what is meant by fundamental is ability. Every human being who already has basic abilities means that he can understand something well, so it will be easy to find a solution to a problem. In fact, that person can develop a solution from a problem solving

On the other hand, with someone who has abilities based on memorization, it is likely that it will be difficult to solve problems because it is possible to forget something that is understood. Therefore, someone who already has basic abilities and already understands something without memorizing it, it can be said that this person can already think computationally.

2. According to the Concept of Not Programming

The second characteristic of computational thinking is that it corresponds to non-programming concepts. In other words, computers and science are not just computer programming, but we must be able to think like people who are proficient in the world of computers and science. In fact, we should also understand the programs that are on the computer.

With this characteristic, one must be accustomed to using programs on computers from an early age, so that it will be easy to understand the concept of computational thinking. In addition, we will be proficient in running computer programming faster. If you are proficient in using computer programming, it will be easy for you to keep up with the times and be able to adapt to technology.

3. Ideas and Not Things

The third characteristic of computational thinking is that it prioritizes ideas or ideas over things. In other words, in solving a problem at hand, it is better to prioritize using computational concepts. Not only that, this idea or concept should also be used in daily activities, managing daily life, and used when carrying out social interactions with other people.

With this characteristic, you could say that this computational concept can be trained to get used to using it. This needs to be done because computational concepts can provide many benefits for the lives we live. Not only that, computational concepts can develop our ability to understand a problem, so that we can find solutions to a problem easily.

4. Complementary

The fourth characteristic of computational thinking is the complementarity between engineering and mathematics. Complementary can be interpreted like computer science which is very closely related to mathematical thinking. Not only complementing it, but we also have to get used to combining mathematical thinking with technical thinking.

When we complement and combine mathematical thinking and engineering thinking, we are indirectly able to distinguish various kinds of things that can benefit or harm us. In addition, we will easily do something that is very related to mathematics, such as building a building that is done by an engineer or architect.

5. Must be able to operate a computer

The fifth characteristic of computational thinking is having to be able to operate a computer. As we know that computational thinking is adopted from computer science technology, so it is natural for humans to be able to operate computers. Moreover, in this modern era, every individual should operate a computer.

If you can operate a computer, it will be easy for you to work in any field. In simple terms, proficiency in operating a computer, we have many choices to continue a career, such as in the fields of law, health, education, business, to the arts.

6. Can be used by anyone and anywhere

The sixth characteristic of computational thinking is that it can be used by anyone and anywhere. In other words, computational thinking can appear by everyone, including yourself and computational thinking can be used anywhere, such as schools, homes, offices, and so on. In fact, it’s even better to use the concept of computational thinking in every activity we do.

New computational thinking patterns can be well realized, if they meet real human efforts which then turn into something philosophical and explicit. In short, computational efforts or actions and patterns of thinking must be well intertwined, so that a problem can be solved or solved properly too.

7. Applying the Way Humans Think Not the Way Computers Think

The seventh characteristic of computational thinking is applying the way humans think, not the way computers think. As previously explained, if computational thinking is a method or a person’s way of solving or solving problems. Therefore, every human being must use his own way of thinking, not following the computer’s way of thinking.

With this characteristic, a person should begin to realize that he has greater abilities than a computer. Therefore, in solving a problem, humans must be aware that computers are controlled by humans, not humans who are controlled by computers. By being aware of things like that, then a problem will be easy to solve or solve.

8. Is Challenging From an Intellectual Point of View

The eighth characteristic of computational thinking is that it is challenging from an intellectual point of view. In this characteristic, someone who thinks computationally will make every effort to understand and solve a scientific problem. In other words, by thinking computationally, our curiosity and creativity will be honed properly.

If curiosity and creativity have developed, ideas and ideas for doing something or solving a problem will also develop. In addition, the insight that we have with the presence of curiosity, even we are also able to think creatively, so that we will never run out of ideas or ideas.

Benefits of Computational Thinking

Computational thinking has several benefits, including:

1. Make it easy for us to solve large and complex problems in an effective and efficient way. In addition, complex problems can be solved properly, so that they become simple problems.

2. Train the brain to get used to start thinking mathematically, creatively, structured and logically.

3. Make it easier for someone to observe the problem and find a solution to the problem. The more solutions you have, the more effectively and efficiently a problem can be solved.

Computational Ways of Thinking

To make it easier to apply computational thinking in everyday life, we need to know the ways or stages for computational thinking. The following will explain computational thinking.

1. Decomposition

Decomposition is a method or concept that functions to find a solution from a complex and large problem into smaller problems. If a large and complex problem becomes small, then the problem is easy to solve. In fact, decomposition can be used to make it easier for us to find and implement an innovation. For example, we sell a product, then for the product to be innovated, it is very likely that the product will sell well.

2. Pattern Recognition

Pattern recognition is a method that utilizes a computer to find regularities in data and to obtain more important information in order to understand the regularities that have been found. This pattern recognition is usually done when we recognize someone from their voice, face, even this pattern recognition can be used to predict the weather. In a natural phenomenon, pattern recognition can actually be seen in the earth’s rotation pattern, constellation patterns, patterns on leaves, and so on.

3. Abstraction

Abstraction is a method of computational thinking that prioritizes things that are directly related to the problem at hand. In addition, this abstraction concept will leave various things that are considered unable to be used to solve a problem.

4. Algorithm

An algorithm is a mindset that is used to plan systematic steps to solve a problem that is happening. Even though this algorithm is often associated with calculations, this thinking method can be used to solve various kinds of problems that exist in everyday life.

Conclusion

In this increasingly modern and dynamic era, every human being should have a fast and dynamic mindset so as not to be left behind by other individuals. Therefore, every human being should be able to think computationally, especially now that the use of technology is unavoidable in everyday life.

By thinking computationally, it will be easy for someone to observe problems, find solutions to problems, solve problems, and be able to develop solutions or solve problems. In addition, computational thinking sharpens us to think more effectively and efficiently.

Source: From various sources

Getting to Know the Meaning of Comprehensive and Its Use in Science – Hearing the word comprehensive, we will definitely think and wonder about its meaning, because even though it is quite familiar to our ears, we don’t really understand what the word means. Usually, we often hear the word comprehensive when we read good news. on television or in the mass media but personally we do not really understand what is meant by comprehensive.

In general, comprehensive is defined as something that is comprehensive. Because this word is comprehensive, its meaning can change depending on the topic being discussed. Therefore, sinaumedia friends, in order to use this word correctly according to the context of the conversation, it is necessary to understand it properly and correctly. The following will provide an explanation of the word comprehensive.

Comprehensive Definition

Comprehensive is a term that may still sound foreign to some lay people. For those of you who work in academic and professional fields, you will probably hear this word more often and certainly understand its usage better.
As mentioned earlier, Comprehensive is an adjective form that comes from the English Absorbent “Comprehensive”, which means comprehensive, thorough, thorough, and includes many things. The term complete is used to express a situation where something can explain complete and extensive information and provide more detailed information.

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), there are three meanings of the word global. The first meaning, global, is being able to capture (get) goodness. Second, comprehensive is comprehensive and complete (in scope or content). Third, completeness that must be possessed and shows insight. Of course, this different comprehensive meaning must be understood according to the context in which it is handled.

In short, many people understand the term global to mean something that is seen from a broader global perspective. For example, a discussion that is carried out in a comprehensive manner is a discussion that is carried out more broadly and in depth.

However, it is not only comprehensive and holistic, actually comprehensive is a term with many equivalent words. For example, comprehensive, comprehensive, universal, encyclopedic, extensive, in-depth and many more. A global mindset can also be understood as having the ability to generate extensive knowledge.

Use of Comprehensive Words in the Scientific Field

Field of Philosophy

In the field of philosophy, thinking that is open or comprehensively all-encompassing is a way of looking at something that completely covers different aspects. Through this philosophical thought, people can fully understand and understand. For the smallest part, so that he can solve the problem well.

Health

In the field of health services, comprehensive treatment is treatment from a patient’s doctor who is comprehensive regarding various diseases in general, from the time the disease is detected until the disease is cured. Usually this comprehensive practice is carried out by general practitioners who treat various diseases that commonly occur in the community.

Accounting Area

A comprehensive term in accounting that is commonly used to describe a process or principle for preparing financial statements. Includes full income statement for better overview. This is also done to measure the success of the business during the accounting period.

Services Sector

The use of the term comprehensive in the service sector means to provide comprehensively. Includes prevention, promotion, treatment/rehabilitation and rehabilitation efforts for customers or communities in need.

Leadership Areas

Global thinking is very beneficial for life, especially if it is developed. The advantage of having a global mindset is that it creates a proactive attitude. Without a proactive attitude, a leader cannot carry out leadership effectively and efficiently.

Comprehensive Sentence Examples

To better understand this word term, you can consider the following example:

State schools in Jakarta provide comprehensive services for students who wish to pursue an education.

The complete meaning of the sentence above is that public schools throughout Jakarta provide complete services and do not look at the social status of their prospective students. Through the efforts of the government’s education program, it is free and aims to provide education for all students who want to go to school.

Comprehensive services carried out by the puskesmas in the Kebayoran Lama area so that they can treat patients who do not have enough money to pay for treatment in private hospitals.

The meaning of the complete term above is a statement from a government agency, namely the puskesmas which provides comprehensive services to all patients from ordinary citizens to the less fortunate. And treated thoroughly, indiscriminately from being examined according to complaints of pain and given medication according to the disease regardless of the patient’s social status.

sinaumedia Company comprehensively accepts all intern students who apply to the company.

The meaning of this comprehensive term is business profit. In detail, it explains the business relationships carried out by both the company and the student interns. Both benefit, employers benefit from hiring students, students benefit from work experience and receive payment for their work.

All tertiary institutions in Indonesia are required to hold comprehensive examinations for all final semester students.

The meaning of this phrase comprehensively is an examination that covers all aspects of a particular scientific field. Through this test it can be seen whether a student meets the requirements to pass or not.

Comprehensive Mindset

Global thinking examples:

The mindset that people also have to have is a global mindset. The definition of comprehensive itself, based on the Big Indonesian Dictionary, is very broad and includes many things. A global mindset is an open and non-exclusive (closed) mindset. Have an attitude of respecting the thoughts of others and the ability to adapt to diversity.

Proactive, creative and positive thinking is also part of open and global thinking. If we look at the relationship between the four mindsets, we will see that a holistic mindset is formed from an active, creative, and positive mindset.

The three viewpoints are also inextricably linked. Positive and creative spirit. Ability to create a proactive mindset. While creative thinking can lead to a positive mindset. And conversely, a positive mindset can foster a creative mindset, because in general people with a “positive mindset” have a good life. This situation can stimulate their creativity.

The Benefits of a Comprehensive Mindset

The four mindsets are very beneficial for life when developed. For example, a proactive mindset can be very helpful in the area of ​​leadership. For those of you who like to be involved in an organization, you really need to have a proactive attitude so that the vision and mission of the organization can run smoothly. Without wanting to be proactive, a leader will not be able to carry out leadership effectively and efficiently.

For a creative state of mind, it is especially useful in art. People who like to scribble on the walls in any place must develop properly and precisely. For example when entering an art gallery. For those who recognize the need for the presence of others, they must develop a positive and understanding attitude. Without this attitude, people will not be able to establish good relations with each other. Especially for people of different social backgrounds, religions, ethnicities and other differences. Building relationships with other people will be discussed in the next topic.

Comprehensive Understanding

Comprehensive/deep understanding can mean that every existing health problem must be approached through:

Every incident of contact between journalists and sources, all issues of authenticity of the news must be known, covered, and disseminated openly in the mass media. It was not limited to cliché topics that had been reported by sources at that time, but also explored various actual news information that had never been discussed by the mass media before. This news can be found by the public through various media such as television and newspapers.

Every incident of contact between journalists and sources, the problem regarding the authenticity of the news must be resolved through the efforts of: Interview (directly), Observation (direct research), and good media promotion.

Comprehensive Research Object

Comprehensive Literary Research

The object of study of literary studies is actually very comprehensive. Maybe also, as long as humans need literature, as long as everyone is capable of conducting research on various aspects related to the existence of literature. This situation, of course, can occur due to many factors. Some of them can be mentioned below.

First, the study of literature covers a very broad field. In terms of terms, literary studies can include studies of traditional literature, oral literature and ancient literature, as well as modern literature.

Second, literary studies have many works. Judging from its variety, literary studies can be conducted on various kinds of poetry, novels and short stories, plays, and critical essays.

Third, the study of literature faces various problems that have never been resolved, bearing in mind that literature is always in tension between convention and innovation. Evaluation of research objects, literary research can be focused on issues of literary texts, which are always born and continue to be born, never die. Even though he almost died, he was brought back to life by the quest itself.

Fourth, literary studies can be carried out in a directed manner by considering everything related to the process and development of literature. Judging from its birth and development, literary studies can be in-depth about a work or a number of works that were born within a certain period of time. Scholars can focus their attention on one work, but can also position it in the length of the story of their journey. In this case, the researcher places a literary work in its historical context.

Fifth, literary studies can be done by placing the text in its context. Viewed from the literary system, literary studies can be directed at the existence of authors as producers of works, literary texts as cultural products, publishers – including the mass media – as parties or organizations that allow works to be published and disseminated, readers and connoisseurs. and meaning makers, and readers or critics as parties who are considered to have knowledge and skills in the field of literature in various ways.

Of course, we can still make the list of other elements longer. In this case all studies are included in what is called literature or in technical terms it is called literary criticism (criticism). Other terms used in this sense are literary studies, literary studies, or literary studies.

What steps to take when studying one aspect of such a complete document. How to choose and easily identify the object of literary study you want to do. Then what should we consider when we examine the world of literature with its various problems.

The University’s documentary research is incorporated into scientific activities. There are certain terms and procedures that we must follow. Scientific activities that require the use of theoretical frameworks, methodologies, and other tools often become a kind of rule in scientific activities. Of course, in this case we have to choose, use and operate one (or one of two) approaches – among several existing approaches – which we can deem appropriate and suitable as an analytical tool. These are some things that might – leaving nothing behind – tend to rely on theory and methodology, without feeling the need to expose their own work, which is meant to be an object or document. his research. This tendency also causes academics to be very conservative in theory and methodology, which often, even tend to ignore the existence of the literary work itself. This is one of the problems of literary research in academia.

Before getting into the discussion of what steps should be taken by scholars to conduct, develop, develop, and stimulate literary research, let us first consider Tanaka’s opinion. Ronald Tanaka divides literary studies into two main systems, namely the macro system and the micro system. Although this concept is consistent with Rene Wellek and Austin Warren’s ideas on what he calls the extrinsic approach and the intrinsic approach, Tanaka’s ideas, particularly on macrosystems, involve a much wider scope of research. In this case, Tanaka tries to question the existence of the author as the producer of the work, the role of the publisher which he places within the framework of the production and reproduction system, the reader as the conveyer of meaning, and as a critic. sometimes affects the image of the author.

Writer System

Writers in the literary macro system are not placed more weight than readers. It must be admitted that the birth and birth of the world of literature was created by the existence of the author. Thus, even though it is the author who authorizes the birth of a literary work, within the framework of the literary system, he is still considered as important as other parties who play a role in revitalizing the existence of the world of literature. Authors as creators and producers of literary works, in this modern era, their capacity is no longer based on natural talent, talent but also on wisdom. A modern writer must really be able to create the world; the world he constructs through language. This ability would certainly exist in the same world, if it didn’t broaden his horizons of knowledge either. So, a modern writer is required to have extensive knowledge,

Publication System

In modern literature, publishers are parties or organizations authorized to produce and reproduce literary works. In this sense, including the mass media (magazines and newspapers) which also play a similar role. In literary texts, publishers and mass media are often bound by certain interests (ideological, economic). Therefore, in the process of publishing and releasing a literary work, it is inevitable that other parties will participate in the production and republishing process. In this connection, the involvement of these parties often affects the formal structure of the work.

Reader System

In the literary macrosystem, there is no distinction between connoisseurs or ordinary readers, professional readers and critical or critical readers (researchers). Ronald Tanaka places professional readers and critical or critical readers in a critical system. However, the existence of readers in this system is still considered important because in many ways, readers often influence the circumstances and conditions of literary life. Thus, the existence of the reader cannot be ignored. They are often the subject of consideration by authors and publishers. Thus, a literary work written with a specific target audience not only forces the writer to consider issues outside the text, but also forces the editor to make typical compromises with the writer. Because of this compromise, the author often feels disadvantaged and is therefore forced to correct, or even modify, the text according to the wishes of the editor taking into account the (taste) of the reader. Popular literature – which emphasizes the will of the reader – and propaganda literature which aims to influence the ideology of the reader – are examples.

Conclusion

This is a brief discussion of the comprehensive definition. The discussion this time does not only discuss the definition of the word comprehensive but also discusses the correct use of the word comprehensive, the benefits of a comprehensive mindset, example sentences and objects of comprehensive research. The word comprehensive really helps us to broaden our horizons because the broad scope of knowledge helps us to think more openly in accepting new knowledge.

This is a review of the meaning of the word comprehensive. For Sinaumed’s who want to learn everything about comprehensive understanding and knowledge related to other literature, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest information for you. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Author: Pandu Akram

Related article:

Definition of Popular Literature: History, Characteristics, and Differences with Adiluhung Literature

Encyclopedia: Definition, History, Purpose, Benefits, and Recommendations!

Philosophy Is: Understanding, Figures, Views, and Branches of Knowledge

Definition of Socialism: Characteristics, and Development

Understanding History: Elements, Functions, And Benefits

Compound Molecules – When you were in school, Sinaumed’s must have received explanations
about atomic and molecular matter , especially in chemistry subjects? Yep,
atoms, molecules, ions, and these compounds are some of the main topics in chemistry learning which are
the smallest particles of an object and cannot be seen with the naked eye. That is why in
chemistry lessons often use a tool in the form of a microscope.

However, if there is a question about what a compound molecule is and the relationship between the two, can
Sinaumed’s answer it? Some people often think that the two types of particles are the
same, but actually they are not … Then, what is a compound molecule?
How is the relationship between the two? How is the application of the existence
of compound molecules in everyday life? So, so that Sinaumed’s understands
this, let’s look at the following review!

Understanding Compound Molecules

If you look at KBBI (Big Indonesian Dictionary), the term “molecule” is always related to the field of Physics
which has a definition in the form of ‘the smallest part of a compound formed from a group of atoms that are
chemically bonded’ and ‘the smallest part of a compound that is still capable of exhibiting the
properties of -the nature of the compound’ . Meanwhile, the term “compound” can be
defined as ‘a pure and homogeneous substance consisting of two or more different elements in a certain
ratio, usually whose properties are very different from those of the elements’.

So, based on this definition, it can be concluded that the molecule of this compound is the smallest
particle of a compound that still has the same properties as that compound. This compound
molecule can be formed through the process of combining atoms of the same elements (elemental molecules) or
atoms of different elements (compound molecules).
Basically, every compound is a molecule, but not all molecules are compounds. So,
it can be said that this compound is a subset of the existence of a molecule.

An example of the presence of a compound molecule is carbon monoxide in the form of CO (CO), water (HHO), and
carbon dioxide (OCO).

Relationship of Molecules With Compounds

If traced once again, the compound is a combination or amalgamation of the presence of two or more
different elements but bound in a certain fixed proportion or ratio. Well, in a compound must
have a similar arrangement of molecules. For example, in the compound calcium carbonate, which
is composed of the presence of molecules of the elements Ca, C, and O in a fixed arrangement.
From this arrangement, a CaCO3 molecule is formed, namely in the form of 40% mass Ca, 48% mass O,
and 12% mass C, the ratio of which is always fixed in the CaCO3 compound.

Basically, every compound is a molecule, but not all molecules are compounds. So, it can be
said that this compound is a subset of the existence of a molecule.

Examples of Compound Molecules and Their
Benefits in Life

Knowing What Atoms Are

The existence of atoms, of course, cannot be separated from the discussion of molecules and compounds.
The concept of the atom, aka the smallest particle in an object, was first coined by Democritus.
According to him, all matter can be broken down into the smallest particles, which cannot be
divided further, that is what is called an atom. As the times progress, science will also
develop so that the existence of elementary particles of an atom is discovered, namely in the form of
protons, electrons and neutrons. These elementary particles are what make up atoms.

These elementary particles have a positive charge and a negative charge, but some are not charged, while
the mass is different. Protons usually have a positive charge and electrons have a negative
charge, while neutrons are neutral. This is because the proton has joined with the electron, so
that its nature will change to be neutral. Each of these elementary particles has its own
properties, namely:

Sinaumed’s must have understood that in terms of size, atoms are difficult to see with the naked eye
because they are so small. However, thanks to very sophisticated equipment in the form of a
microscope, we can know that the atom is approximately less than one part 10 billionths of a millimeter
in size! Likewise with other particles such as electrons which turn out to have a size of
approximately 100,000 times smaller than atoms! Wow, how tiny!

Proton

Protons are particles that have a positive charge and are found in the nucleus of an atom.
This proton is usually denoted by the letter P and its mass is 1 amu (atomic mass unit).
The charge on a proton is +1 which is also equal to 1.602 x 10-19 coulombs. Each
element must have certain atoms with an unequal number of protons. For example, hydrogen has
one proton. Then there is lithium, which has three protons. Then, there is also
sodium which has a proton number of about eleven, and so on.

Neutrons

The word neutron comes from the Latin word neutral , which means ‘has no charge’.
Meanwhile, the symbol for a neutron is n. The mass possessed by a neutron is
equivalent to 1 amu (atomic mass unit). Example: helium has two neutrons.
Then, there is also lithium which has three neutrons. There is also sodium which
has as many as eleven neutrons, and there are many more.

Electron

The constituent particles of an object with the lightest mass are electrons. The mass of an
electron is only 1/1.840 amu (atomic mass unit). For this reason, electrons are often
considered to be massless. However, the electron has a negative charge which is equivalent to
1.602 x 10-19 coulombs.

Dalton’s Atomic Theory

In 1803, a physicist and chemist named John Dalton proposed a theory which confirmed that matter must
consist of atoms. Based on this theory, it was concluded that the atom is the smallest part of
the element. Atoms tend to have neutral properties alias not electrically charged.
Well, in the atomic theory that was sparked by Dalton, it contains four important things in the
form of:

1. All matter is composed of the smallest particles called atoms.
2. Atoms cannot be created, split, or divided into smaller parts.
3. Atoms of the same element have the same properties and mass.
4. Atoms of different elements have different properties and masses.

How to Number Atoms and Their Masses

Does Sinaumed’s realize that an atom is not necessarily written in the alphabet like writing in general?
Yep, this is because an atom has unique properties and masses that distinguish it from other
atoms. The number of protons and neutrons contained in the atomic nucleus will later be
interconnected and usually their number will be the same. The masses of protons and
neutrons are also almost the same, and their sum is also almost the same as the mass of the atom.
While the mass of the electron is so small that it doesn’t contribute much to the overall
atomic mass. Well, here is the numbering of the atoms and their mass.

a) Atomic Number (Z)

The number of protons contained in an atom is called the atomic number, which will later be given the
letter Z. This atomic number characterizes an element. Since the atom is neutral, the number of
protons will equal the number of electrons. So, the atomic number will also indicate the number
of electrons.

The atomic number will usually be written slightly downwards, before the element symbol.
Example: the oxygen atom has 8 protons and 8 electrons, then the writing of the oxygen atom is
8.

b) Mass Number (A)

Previously, it was explained that the mass of an atom is very small, it can even be considered zero.
Therefore, the mass of the atom will be determined by the mass of the atomic nucleus, namely in the
form of protons and neutrons. The sum of the masses of protons and neutrons is called the mass
number, which is almost the same as the atomic mass.

Example: the oxygen atom has an atomic number of 8 and a mass number of 16. So the oxygen atom contains 8
protons and 8 neutrons. The writing will be

Know What Molecules Are

Molecule is a neutral particle consisting of the presence of two or more atoms, both atoms of the same kind
or atoms that are different. In its development, molecules are divided into 2 types, namely
monatomic molecules and polyatomic molecules.

a) Monatomic Molecules

That is a molecule consisting of one atom only. For example noble gas molecules (He, Ne, Ar,
Kr, Xe, and Rn)

b) Polyatomic Molecules

That is a molecule consisting of more than 1 atom. In this type of molecule, it is further
divided into several types, namely:

• Elemental molecules, namely polyatomic molecules consisting of atoms of the same kind.
  Can be diatomic such as O2, N2, and C12; or be tetraatomic like P4;
  it can also be octaatomic like S8.
• Compound molecules, which are polyatomic molecules made up of different atoms.

Examples of Element Molecules and Their Benefits

Examples of Compound Molecules and Their Benefits

Get to Know What Ions Are

Ions are actually atoms or groups of atoms that are electrically charged. These ions will
usually consist of both cations and anions. Cations are ions with a positive charge, while
anions are ions with a negative charge. These cations and anions will later combine in certain
and fixed proportions to form a neutral ionic compound. An example of an ion that is a
combination of cations and anions is table salt (sodium chloride), which is a Na+ cation with a Cl-
anion.

Examples of Cations and Anions in Ions

Cation Ions

Anions Ions

Application of Atoms, Ions and Molecules in
Chemical Products

1. Detergent and Soap Products

The molecules in detergent products have nonpolar tails which will later be attracted to oil and grease.
Then it is the polar head that makes it soluble in water.

2. Urea Fertilizer

Does Sinaumed’s often think about why urea fertilizer can increase fertility in plants? This is
because urea fertilizer has a molecular formula in the form of CO(NH2)2. Of course, this
element is important in the urea itself and what plays a role in nourishing plants is Nitrogen (N).
This element also plays a major role as a constituent of protein as well as the formation of
chlorophyll.

If there is a lack of nitrogen, later the plants will appear yellowish because the amount of chlorophyll in the
leaves is also reduced.

3. Sulfuric Acid in the Battery

Actually, the working principle of the battery is closely related to the formation of ions in solution.
The battery is composed of several cells, where each cell is an electric current generating unit
which can produce a voltage of 2 volts. Each of these cells is composed of a weighing plate
(Pb) as the negative pole, while lead dioxide (PbO2) as the positive pole. The two metals will
then be dipped in a solution of sulfuric acid (H2SO4).

4. Battery

The battery has a zinc (Zn) layer that functions as a negative pole, which layer will also be covered by a
steel sheath. Well, if a battery is opened, there will be one carbon rod in it.
The carbon serves as the positive pole. The carbon is placed in the center of the cell
and connected to a metal protrusion on the outside of the top of the battery. While the space
between the carbon rod and the zinc layer will be filled with ammonium chloride paste.

So, that’s a description of what a compound molecule is and an example of a compound molecule that is often
used in everyday life. Does Sinaumed’s often use “products” from compound molecules?

Types of Communication – As is well known, that humans are social beings who need other humans to live, in establishing relationships, humans need to interact by communicating. Communication has an important role so that humans can establish a good relationship with one another.

Communication has become a part of human life, without realizing it every human being has ever communicated. This is because communication is a way to convey a message or information. To convey information, humans need to choose the right type of communication. The goal is that the information or message to be conveyed can reach the other person properly without any misunderstanding or misinterpretation.

Types of Communication

Before discussing the types of communication, it is better if Sinaumed’s knows the meaning of communication. According to KBBI, communication is the sending and receiving of messages and news that occurs between two or more people. So that the intended message can be understood by the interlocutor.

There are several types of communication, each of which has more or less the same goal, namely conveying information. The following are the types of communication and their explanations.

1. Verbal Communication

Verbal communication is communication that is used by using verbal symbols and using words from one or more languages. Verbal communication is not only in the form of oral, but also includes oral communication and written communication.

An example of spoken verbal communication is when two people interact more in the form of chatting using an intermediary or communication media such as cellular communication media and others. In addition, verbal communication can also be carried out without using an intermediary, meaning that the communication activity occurs directly, face to face between the messenger and the recipient of the message.

In addition, an example of written verbal communication can be in the form of sending messages to each other through various communication media such as letters, e-mails and other chat platforms.

2. Nonverbal Communication

Non-verbal communication is communication that is carried out by using non-verbal messages to convey information. The way to do this non-verbal communication is without using words or issuing sentences from the mouth. However, by taking an action to convey information. Here are some examples of non-verbal communication.

• Facial expressions, in non-verbal communication the use of facial expressions is important. Because someone can convey information by using facial expressions without having to utter a single word. An example is when someone shows a facial expression of fear and others.
• Body language is one way to use non-verbal communication. By doing body language, someone will know the message you want to convey. For example, when someone gives certain body gestures that can convey the message that the person wants to convey a message.
• Touch, through touch a person can perform non-verbal communication. An example that is often encountered is when someone laughs and then reflexively or spontaneously that person taps the other person’s shoulder which means that the person respects the other person or vice versa.
• Appearance, through appearances such as hairstyles and even how to dress or makeup, a person conveys a special message such as being attracted to the other person and so on.

3. Formal Communication

Formal communication is communication that occurs between organizations and companies in a prearranged manner according to the organizational structure. In formal communication, a person generally uses place, grammar which looks more standardized and formal than in non-formal communication. An example is during a seminar, speakers will generally use standard language that is easy to understand and is within a formal scope or layout as well. Such as seating arrangement, speaker arrangement and others.

4. Informal Communication

In contrast to formal communication, informal communication occurs when there is one person or more in an organization or a company who is not predetermined in an organizational structure or does not receive official testimony. If informal communication occurs, it is unlikely that it will affect the interests of an organization or the company. Examples include rumours, gossip or rumours.

5. Informal Communication

Informal communication is when communication occurs between communication that has a formal and informal nature. That is when the communication is related to the implementation of a task or job from the organization and company with activities that are personal in nature from members of the organization or company. Examples are company birthdays, organization anniversaries and so on.

6. Live Communication

The next type of communication is direct communication which can be interpreted as a communication process that is carried out directly without the help of third party intermediaries or existing communication media and is not limited by distance. For example when someone meets somewhere and communicates.

Direct communication has several advantages, because by meeting in person, the other person can see the expression and tone of the other person’s speech which can reduce the risk of misunderstanding or ambiguity.

7. Indirect Communication

Indirect communication is the opposite of direct communication, namely the process of communication occurs or is carried out with the help of third parties or tools as a medium of communication. An example is communication using a cell phone through social media platforms and other chat platforms.

8. Communication Based on Purpose

Types of communication based on their intent can be divided into four, namely speeches, giving lectures, interviews and giving orders or assignments. Of the four types of communication based on these intentions, it can be seen that the communicator’s initiative is decisive. Likewise with the ability of the communicator who plays a role when the communication process can run successfully or not.

9. Internal Communications

Internal communication can be divided into three forms, namely vertical communication, horizontal communication and diagonal communication. Here’s an explanation.

• Vertical communication occurs in one form of communication between leaders and members, vertical communication can be in the form of reprimands, orders, praise and others.
• Horizontal communication can occur when the scope of the organization or company is between people who have equal positions. Examples are communication between employees, communication between students, communication between teachers and so on.
• Diagonal communication is communication that can occur within the scope of the organization or company between people who have a different position in a position that is not in line or vertical. An example is when there are employees from the creative division or technical division in a company communicating.

10. External Communications

External communication is communication that occurs between organizations and companies with several parties from the public who are outside the organization or company. External communication can have the intention of gaining understanding, assistance, trust, and establishing cooperation with the community. External communication can take the form of press conferences, exhibitions, expositions, promotions, radio broadcasts, television broadcasts, social services and so on.

11. Communication Based on the Number of Communicators or Communicators

Types of communication based on the number of people communicating or the number of communicants and communicators can be divided into two types, namely as follows.

• Individual communication, is communication that can occur individually or individually with other individuals regarding issues that are personal in nature. So, in general, personal communication can be done with people or individuals who are well known.
• Group communication, is communication that can occur in a group regarding an issue that concerns the interests of the group. Group communication can be distinguished from individual communication through the topics or themes discussed. If in individual communication the discussion or topic of communication is more private and closed, then group communication is more open than individual communication.

12. Communication Based on Individual Roles

The role of the individual has an important role in the communication process. There are three types of communication that are distinguished based on the role of the individual, the following explanation.

1. Communication between individuals with other individuals, this type of communication can occur in a formal, non-formal and even informal manner. In this type of communication between individuals with other individuals, each individual can act as a communicator who is able to influence other individuals.
2. Communication between individuals with a wider environmental coverage. This second type of communication based on the individual’s role occurs because an individual has a high ability to be able to make contact with a wider environment, even outside the scope of his environment.
3. Communication between individuals with a group or more. In this type of communication, individuals have a role as intermediaries between two or more groups. So that the individual who becomes the intermediary is required to have excellent ability to become a harmonizer who presents a harmonious situation.

13. Network Communication

Network communication can occur within a company or organization. This type of communication can be carried out according to the system that has been set in the network. According to its shape, network communication can be divided into three forms as follows.

• Chain network communication is communication that can occur in accordance with the hierarchical channels of the organization with the command network, so that this chain network communication occurs by following the pattern of formal communication.
• Circle network communication is communication that can occur through a communication channel with a shape that resembles a circle pattern.
• Star network communication, the form of star network communication is communication that occurs through one central and the channels that are traversed are generally shorter.

14. Information Teaching Communication

Types of information teaching communication can be divided into five forms, along with an explanation.

1. One-way communication, is a communication that only works with one party or can also be called one-way communication.
2. Two-way communication is communication that has a reciprocal nature between the communicant and the communicator, this type of communication can also be called two-way communication.
3. Upward communication is communication that can occur between superiors and subordinates in an organization or company.
4. Sideways communication is communication that can occur between people who have equal positions, for example communication that occurs between fellow employees, fellow students, fellow teachers and others who do not have a horizontal level.

15. Visual Communication

The last type of communication is visual communication, this type of communication is a process of non-verbal communication that uses visuals to convey messages and information, such as hairstyles, make-up styles and even dress styles. As with non-verbal communication, this visual communication is carried out without uttering a single word or sentence. However, the difference is that visual communication is carried out without gestures or facial expressions which are commonly used in non-verbal communication.

Sinaumed’s can deepen his knowledge of the basic knowledge in the field of communication by reading books, such as a book entitled “Introduction to Communication Studies” this book explains that communication is an absolute necessity in human life. In addition, this book also provides material on the basics of communication science, including the types of communication. If Sinaumed’s is interested, Sinaumed’s can buy this book at sinaumedia.com!

See Book Talk Book Review with Art

—–

Communication Function

As explained earlier, that communication is a basic human need that cannot be avoided. Every human being as a social being needs to carry out communication that aims to establish relationships and convey messages to other individuals. Apart from being a basic need, communication also has other functions, namely as follows.

1. Conveying information, communication has the main function of being able to convey information. In addition to personal information between individuals, communication can also convey a variety of information such as knowledge, news and even announcements addressed to many people at once to achieve certain interests.
2. Educate, communication has a function to educate because as a human being communication is a basic need. However, humans cannot directly communicate. Therefore, by communicating, humans become educated to convey information in the right and good way.
3. Entertaining, apart from being a way to convey information, communication can also be a tool to be able to entertain someone. Examples include conveying sympathy for entertaining television shows, as well as the lyrics of songs that can be encouraging. Well, entertaining things are included in the form of communication.
4. Influence, communication has the function of being able to influence one’s thoughts and actions. So that a new thought emerged from an individual. An example is the sentence you don’t know then you don’t love, which can influence a person to get to know one individual with another by communicating to get to know the figure or nature of the individual better.

Communication Purposes

Apart from its function, communication also has a purpose. The purpose of communication is to be able to express opinions, show a behavior, change attitudes and as a social goal to form relationships and others.

Communication can change the social community according to the information conveyed by the communicant or information provider. Therefore, the dissemination of information by communication needs attention. Especially, given the easy dissemination of information with the development of technology.

In essence, communication has the goal of conveying information that is easily understood by other individuals. The information conveyed is expected to generate a feedback that is in the form of positive changes from the side of the recipient of the information.

That is an explanation of the types of communication complete with the function and purpose of communication. Sinaumed’s can find out more about the basics of communication science by reading books that have related topics and discussions. Some of these communication books, Sinaumed’s can buy at sinaumedia online, you know! Because as #ShabatUnlimits, sinaumedia always provides a variety of interesting, original books that contain complete information for Sinaumed’s, so what are you waiting for? Buy and read the book right now!

Examples of Attitudes in Accordance with the Fourth Precept – Pancasila is the foundation of the Indonesian nation. Pancasila principles have become the pillars of national and state life. Pancasila has five commandments. One of them is the fourth precept, which says that “Population is led by wisdom in representative deliberations”.

The symbol of the fourth precept of Pancasila is the head of a bull. These horned animals are known to like to congregate and hang out together. The same applies to those who think and every human being will essentially come together. The fourth precept of Pancasila emphasizes supporting people’s values ​​and wisdom. In other words, the problems that befall humans must also be solved by human unity.

In this case it is correct to consult to reach an agreement. Also, “Deliberation” is the most prominent word in this fourth precept of Pancasila. The form of the value itself is a noble inheritance from previous ancestors. This method is always used to reach a good deal with other people.

Then what is an example of an attitude that is in accordance with the four Pancasila precepts to respect and appreciate one another? To reach consensus, we need to adopt an attitude in accordance with the values ​​of the four Pancasila precepts, as explained below:

Understanding the Fourth Precepts of Pancasila

When the Indonesian people complete the general election, Pilkada, and presidential election, we know who has the most votes and represents the winner. All elected representatives of the people must carry out their duties with full responsibility, because their duties have a significant impact on people’s lives. Because of this, the “populist” that is accepted by the Indonesian people does not only seek the most votes.

Why? Because the Indonesian nation is obsessed with the notion of “populist”, it must obey what is said in Pancasila, especially the fourth precept. About the sound of the Fourth Precept of Pancasila is “People who are led by wisdom in deliberations and representation.” From the contents of this precept it can be said that the “populist” that occurs must adhere to honesty, purity, truth, goodness, and beauty.

To apply the value of this fourth precept, we need the basis or principle of the first precept, namely “Belief in the One and Only God.” This is because the value of the first precepts guides individuals to protect the “people” from corruption, riots, and other things that can harm the Indonesian nation or state. Actions of anarchism, corruption and turmoil must be avoided as much as possible by the “nation” so that the Indonesian people and nation can experience social justice.

This social justice will ensure that the life of the Indonesian people and nation runs cleanly and in accordance with the rules that have been set. In short, the meaning of the fourth precept means that all Indonesian people have the same position in law and government.

Based on the meaning of the symbol, the symbol of the bull is known as an animal with great power. In addition, bulls are animals that prefer to live in groups rather than alone. If a bull is in the group and a friend is injured, the animals will help each other. Therefore, the bull’s head is used as a symbol of the fourth precept.

The bull’s head symbol really reflects the Indonesian people who uphold mutual cooperation since the colonial era. Mutual cooperation attitudes and actions facilitate the resolution of any problem. Attitudes and behaviors can be used for counseling activities. Therefore, the Indonesian people must always prioritize mutual cooperation attitudes and actions.

In addition, the red symbol represents courage. This is in line with the attitude and behavior of the Indonesian people who are very brave and strong. Therefore, the Indonesian state is also known or synonymous with a strong and brave country. In deliberations, everyone must have the courage to express factual opinions. In addition, each person must have the ability to responsibly carry out the challenges that arise from counseling decision-making.

Values ​​in the Fourth Precepts of Pancasila

1. Deliberation

It cannot be denied that the main value of the fourth precept of Pancasila is regret. Deliberation means a joint debate that aims to resolve a problem that arises. Therefore, the decisions taken must prioritize the common interest.

The fourth value of Pancasila teaches that every individual, especially individual “people”, must strive to promote common interests. Putting common interests first, Indonesian people feel that they are treated fairly and can live in harmony.

2. Not Doing Something By Force

It is better not to act under compulsion when doing something, especially when thinking about it. With forced counseling, the results of counseling can be inconsistent with logical thinking. This coercion usually comes from within or from other people. This is very dangerous because it can lead to decisions that are not based on mutual determination.

As a result, many Indonesian people are harmed. That is why the fourth precept of Pancasila has values ​​so that people have their own views, especially in deliberations. This means that decisions resulting from deliberations are not a coercion.

3. Have a big heart and respect every decision

You need to know that not all ideas that individuals have can be used as a final decision. That is, each individual should have a big soul when deliberating and be open-minded to accept the final decision. This allows us to accept and respect all well-thought-out decisions.

An open attitude and action, and respect for all well-thought-out decisions, has always been the value of the Fourth Commandment. In short, these two things reflect the Indonesian state. Therefore, the Indonesian people need to apply this value in extension activities.

4. Accept other people’s opinions

We must not only accept all decisions, but also must be willing to accept the opinions of others. Opinions of other data subjects can be in the form of contributions, criticisms, and ideas or ideas. If we receive criticism, this is all in the public interest, so we must accept it with a big heart.

It may be hard to take criticism at first, but once you get used to it, it’s easier to accept criticism. If we can accept criticism from others, we can apply the values ​​contained in the fourth precept of Pancasila.

5. Democracy

Indonesia is known as a democratic country. Democracy can be said to be a state where all decisions must come from the will of the people. “From the People for the People” is more or less a democratic country. Therefore, as a form of democracy, every regional head election is held with the votes of the Indonesian people.

Votes come from the people, so the people have the right to monitor what elected officials are doing. To oversee all the activities of elected officials, this is stated in the fourth precept of Pancasila which reads “Populist Led by Wisdom in Representative Deliberations”.

Examples of Attitudes in Accordance with the Fourth Precepts of Pancasila

In order to better understand the values ​​in the fourth precept of Pancasila, the following is an example of an attitude that is in accordance with the fourth precept of Pancasila in its application in everyday life:

Examples of Attitudes in Accordance with the Fourth Precepts of Pancasila at Home or Family

1. Decide Something With Family

In family life, of course we may need to discuss with family, such as wife, husband or children, when planning vacation trips. Of course, we need to discuss with the family where and where to go on a trip that suits the wishes of the whole family.

2. Listen to Children’s Opinions as Wise Parents

In family counseling activities, listen to children’s opinions, not because they are young and seem to ignore their advice and opinions. Therefore, if we have discussion or counseling activities, it is better to listen and take into account the opinions of the children as well.

3. Listen and follow the instructions of the head of the family

The father, who is the head of the family, is the head of the family and as a good member of the family, it is very important to listen to instructions from him. Follow them in the family, as far as family and positives are concerned.

4. Don’t impose your will or opinion on other family members

When consulting with the family usually results in differences of opinion. If there are differences of opinion, it is very important not to force the situation.

5. Compliance with the results of family discussions

For family counseling activities, the results of counseling must be determined by mutual agreement. If there is a family visit, it would be nice to be able to follow up on the results of the consultation with other family members.

6. Asking permission from parents when leaving the house

Parents, especially the father, are the head of the family, so family responsibilities must be communicated to the head of the family. Even if your child leaves the house to play or work with friends, it’s a good idea to ask and ask permission from your parents.

Examples of Attitudes in Accordance with the Fourth Precepts of Pancasila in the Community

1. Participate in General Elections, Regional Elections, Presidential Elections

General Elections, Pilkada, and Presidential Elections are familiar activities because they are held every five years and are carried out openly or transparently by the people of Indonesia. The form of information disclosure in these activities shows that our democratic system is running.

Therefore, as an Indonesian citizen who upholds Pancasila values, it is necessary to participate in the election of people’s representatives. By participating in this activity, you have carried out activities that reflect the fourth precept of Pancasila.

2. Participation in Student Organizations

If Sinaumed’s is still in school, you need something called a Student Organization or Student Council. This group of students is very helpful in carrying out school activities such as art performances and 17 competitions. In addition, every student organization will always get advice before making decisions, especially in terms of student activities.

By participating in all student association activities, especially counseling activities, you have been involved in actions that reflect Principle 4. Therefore, students are encouraged to take part in student organization activities in order to practice the fourth precept, the values ​​of Pancasila.

3. Parents and Children Receive Advice

Family relationships consisting of parents and children in practice must complement each other. To complement each other can be done by giving advice to each other. This indicates that the family relationship has information disclosure. In addition, this method can also make a family good.

4. Participation in community meetings

There must be deliberations within the community, especially regarding development. For example, it is strongly recommended to carry out consultation activities before implementing local infrastructure development processes. This advice will help all members of the local community solve problems. Problems that are resolved quickly will make people’s lives more peaceful and harmonious.

If you participate or participate in counseling activities in the community, it means you have practiced the fourth precept of Pancasila. The more people participating in regional consultations, the easier it is to solve problems.

5. Wisely accept all deliberations’ decisions

Egoism in deliberations, if not avoided, leads to sub-optimal decisions and needs to be avoided. Therefore, the choice taken will cause a lot of losses. Therefore, as an Indonesian nation, we must always try to be wise in accepting decisions that arise from considerations.

Therefore, the act of wisely accepting all decisions taken with care is an act of explaining the value of the fourth precept of Pancasila in everyday life. Accepting this is like training yourself from feelings of egoism. The practice of behavior like this also shows that we are more concerned with the public interest.

6. Every result of the deliberation is carried out with full responsibility

Decisions resulting from deliberations will not work as long as there are individuals who are not responsible for leaving the task. Those who do not carry out their duties responsibly do not reflect the values ​​of the four Pancasila precepts. The practice of the values ​​of the four Pancasila precepts can be achieved by carrying out and completing each task as a result of the deliberations. Such behavior can be described as responsible behavior.

7. Representatives of All Must Be Ready to Listen to the Aspirations of Others

It is appropriate for the people’s representatives to accept all the wishes and aspirations of the Indonesian people. All human desires are desires or hopes that are coveted to be realized so that people can feel that they are being treated fairly. People’s representatives who are willing to accept and listen to people’s aspirations show that these people’s representatives have practiced the values ​​of the fourth precept of Pancasila.

Examples of Attitudes in Accordance with the Fourth Precepts of Pancasila in Schools

1. Election of Class Leaders by Deliberation and Consensus

The class leader must be present in class, and this election cannot be done unilaterally. But the election of the class leader is deliberation and consensus from each member or student in the class.

2. Provide Opportunity for All Students to Provide Comments on the Selection of Class Leaders

In selecting the class leader, it is better to provide an opportunity for all students in the class to provide comments about the election of the class leader as a class representative. The election of class leaders by deliberation and consensus reflects the wisdom of the people’s representatives and the mandate of the fourth precept which is guided by deliberation and democracy.

3. Appreciate the Results of Decisions in the Selection of Class Leaders

Appreciate the results of the decision in selecting the class leader for anyone who must be respected and respected as a good student. Even though the class president who was elected was not the class president who supported the election.

4. Discuss with classmates when making decisions

There may be activities or competitions in which classmates participate, but in this situation classmates specifically determine who will represent the class in which they will participate in the competition to do so.

5. If there is a dispute at school, it will be resolved through deliberation

Differences of opinion often occur at school, and disputes can also lead to school fights, so school disputes will be resolved by counseling and will be able to resolve existing problems peacefully.

6. Do not impose personal will on other students at school

It is not uncommon to find students who want to win alone, always seek opinions and impose their personal will on other students at school. However, such an attitude is very contrary to the values ​​of the fourth precept of Pancasila, namely democracy which is guided by representative wisdom and reasoning.

Well, that’s an explanation of examples of attitudes that are in accordance with the fourth precept of Pancasila. Did Sinaumed’s feel like he was practicing it? This certainly requires understanding and familiarization. Sinaumed’s can learn more about it with references from the sinaumedia book collection via www.sinaumedia.com , enjoy studying. #Friends Without Limits.

The history of Islam is very closely related to Islam as a guiding religion and guidance for its people, so that Islam in history gives a more important meaning, even determining the life of mankind. The role of Islam in human life has meaning as a rule in life, both in this world and in the afterlife. Therefore, the true history of Islam is based and sourced from the Qur’an and hadith. This is because din has a deep meaning that is more than just what can be covered in religion.

Thus, the understanding of the history of Islamic civilization is a description of the growth and development of Islamic civilization from one time to another, from the time of the birth of Islam until now.

To study the history of Islamic civilization from time to time, we should do the following four steps:

1. Construction, meaning that history that is valid and still related must be compiled, understood, internalized, and digested.
2. Interpretation, meaning that history that applies and is still related can be used as a guide and needs to be developed.
3. Transformation, meaning that the prevailing and related history needs to be transferred and developed in order to be able to fill the demands of globalization.
4. Reconstruction, means carrying out a coherent and systematic reconstruction so that there is harmony and conformity with the times that global demands should be able to provide a model of Islamic civilization with the aim of being able to deal with local and global problems.

Culture and Civilization Relations

Islamic civilization is a translation of the Arabic word ” al-hadlarah al-Islamiah “. This Arabic word is often translated into Indonesian with Islamic culture. Culture in Arabic is al-Tsaqafah . In Indonesia, as well as in Arab and Western societies, there are still many synonymous words between the word culture (Arabic, al-tsaqafah ; English, culture ) and the word civilization (Arabic, al-hadlarah ; English, civilization ).

In the development of anthropology today, the two terms are distinguished. Culture is a form of expression about the deep spirit of a society, while the manifestations of mechanical and technological progress are more related to civilization. If culture is more reflected in art, literature, religion (religion), and morals, while civilization is reflected in politics, economics, and technology.

Meanwhile, Koentjaraningrat stated that culture has at least the following three forms:

1. The ideal form, namely the form of culture as a complex of ideas, ideas, values, norms, regulations, and so on.
2. The form of behavior, namely the form of culture as a complex patterned behavioral activity of humans in society.
3. The form of objects, namely the form of culture as objects of work.

The term civilization is usually used for the subtle and beautiful parts and elements of culture. According to him, civilization is often also used to refer to a culture that has an advanced and complex system of technology, building art, fine art, state system, and science.

Islam that was revealed to the Prophet Muhammad SAW has brought the Arab nation that was originally backward, stupid, not famous, and ignored by other nations, into a developed nation. He quickly moved to develop the world, building a culture and civilization that is very important in human history until now, even the progress of the West initially came from the Islamic civilization that entered Europe through Spain.

Islam is different from other religions. HAR Gibb in his book entitled Whither Islam states, ” Islam is indeed much more than a system of theology, it is a complete civilization “(Islam is actually more than a religion. It is a perfect civilization).

Periodization of the Development of Islamic Civilization

Historians have different opinions regarding the beginning of Islamic history. In general, these differences of opinion can be divided into two. First, some historians argue that the history of Islam began when the Prophet Muhammad was appointed as an apostle. According to this opinion, during the 13 years Muhammad lived in Mecca, a Muslim community was born, even though he was not yet sovereign.

Second, some historians argue that the history of Muslims began when Muhammad migrated to Medina because the new Muslim community was sovereign when Muhammad lived in Medina. Muhammad lived in Medina not only as an apostle, but also as a leader or head of state based on a constitution called the Medina Charter.

Complete Phases of Periodization of Islamic History

In addition to differences regarding the early history of Muslims, historians also differ in determining the phases or periodization of Islamic history. The full periodization of Islamic history is divided into the following periods:

1. Classic Historical Period (Adam’s time – before the Prophet Muhammad was sent)

This period is a historical phase since the Prophet Adam As and continued with the times of the prophets until before Muhammad SAW was sent.

2. The Historical Period of Muhammad Saw (570 AD–632 AD)

This period started from 570 AD to 632 AD. The explanation in it includes the establishment of an Islamic state led directly by Muhammad Saw, which made Medina al-Munawwarah the initial center of all state activities to cover all of the Arabian peninsula. The history of this period is a history that should be used as an example and role model by Muslims, both rulers and ordinary people.

3. Historical Period of the Rashidun Caliphate (632 AD–661 AD)

This period started from 632 AD to 661 AD. At that time there were Islamic conquests in Persia, Sham (Syria), Egypt, and others. During the historical period of the Rashidin Caliphate, people were really in the correct Islamic manhaj (rules).

4. Historical Period of the Umayyad Caliphate (661 AD–749 AD)

This period started from 661 AD to 749 AD. During this time, Islamic rule experienced such a significant expansion. There was only one caliph in such a vast Islamic government. Unfortunately, commitment to Islamic sharia experienced a slight decline compared to the previous period.

5. Historical Period of the Abbasid Caliphate (749 AD–1258 AD)

This period began from 749 AD to 1258 AD. During this time, Islamic education experienced success, although in the second phase there were several independent governments and kingdoms, such as the Saljuk, Zanki, Ayyub, Ghazni, and Murabithun governments. At this time, there was a crusade movement carried out by European countries, which harbored hatred and revenge against the Islamic countries in the East. The Abbasid rule was destroyed with the invasion of the Mongols.

6. Period of Mamluk History (AD 1250–1517)

This period started from 1250 AD to 1517 AD. The most important scratches in Islamic history at this time were the success of stemming the invading waves of Mongolian troops to several parts of Islamic countries and ending the existence of the Crusaders from Islamic countries.

7. Historical Period of the Ottoman Empire (AD 1517–1923)

This period started from 1517 AD to 1923 AD. At first, this government had succeeded in expanding the Islamic area, especially in the Eastern European region. By this time, Hungary, Belgrade, Albania, Greece, Romania, Serbia and Bulgaria had been conquered. This government was also able to expand its power to the eastern region of the Islamic region.

One of the most glorious strokes of history that was successfully carried out by the Ottoman government was the conquest of Constantinople (which was the capital of the Roman Empire). However, during the last period of Turkish rule, the colonialists succeeded in sowing the seeds of nationalist thinking. This thought then became the trigger for the destruction of the Islamic government and the dismemberment of the Muslims into small, weak and underdeveloped countries.

8. Contemporary Islamic World Period (1922 AD–2000 AD)

This period started from 1922 AD to 2000 AD. This period is the historical period of Muslims since the end of the Ottoman rule until the history of Muslims in the present.

General Phases of Periodization of Islamic History

Harun Nasution and Nourouzaman Shidiqi on the other hand divide Islamic history into three periods, namely the classical period (650 AD–1250 AD), the medieval period (1250 AD–1800 AD), and the modern period (1800–present).

1. The Classical Period

The classical period is divided into two phases, namely the expansion, integration, and progress phase (650 AD–1000 AD) and the disintegration phase (1000 AD–1250 AD). In the progress phase, Islam experienced internationalization. During the Umayyads, Islam began to enter Europe via Spain. Islamic influence then spread from North Africa to Spain in the western hemisphere. Furthermore, this expansion touched the Persians to India in the East.

Citing the book History of Islamic Civilization by Syamruddin Nasution, at this time science and architecture were developing in Spanish cities, such as Cordoba and Granada. Several buildings with magnificent architecture were also built, such as the Az Zahra Cordoba palace and the Granada Alhambra palace.

A number of great scholars appeared in this phase, namely Imam Malik, Imam Abu Anifah, Imam Shafi’i, and Imam Ibn Hanbal in the field of jurisprudence. As for the field of theology, Imam al-Asya’ri, Imam al-Maturidi, Wasil ibn ‘Ata’, Abu Huzail, Al-Nazzam, and Al-Jubba’i appeared.

At this time, the administrative language change from Greek and Pahlavi to Arabic was started by Abdul Malik. Non – Arabs at that time had begun to speak Arabic well. To perfect their knowledge of the Arabic language, especially the knowledge of new converts to Islam from non – Arab nations , attention to the Arabic language, especially its grammar, began to be noticed. This is what prompted Imam Sibawaih to compile al – Ki tab , which later became a reference in the problem of Arabic grammar.

Attention to Jahiliah Arabic poetry arose again and new Arab poets began to appear, for example Umar bin Abu Rabi’ah ( d. 719 AD), Jamil al – Udhri (d. 701 AD), Qays bin al – Mulawwah (d. 699 AD) known as Laila Majnun, al – Farazdaq (d. 732 AD), Jarir (d. 792 AD), and al – Akhtal (d. 710 AD). In addition, attention in the field of interpretation, hadith, jurisprudence, and the knowledge of kalam in this era also began to appear. This is what later gave rise to names such as Hasan al – Bashri , Ibnu Shihab al-Zuhri, and Wasil bin Atha’. Kufa and Basrah in Iraq became the center of these scientific activities.

Unfortunately, during the disintegration phase, the integrity of the Muslim Ummah in the political field began to break. Baghdad was seized and destroyed by Hulagu Khan in 1258. The caliphate as a symbol of political unity began to collapse and was replaced by autonomous governments in various regions.

2. Middle Period

Similar to the classical period, Islamic civilization in the medieval period was also divided into two phases, namely the decline phase and the three great empires phase. In the decline phase (1250 AD–1500 AD), decentralization and disintegration increased.

In this phase also the Islamic world was divided into two. The Arab section centered in Egypt comprises Arabia, Iraq, Syria, Palestine, Egypt and North Africa. While the Persian part centered in Iran consists of the Balkans, Asia Minor, Persia and Central Asia.

In the phase of the three great empires (1500 AD–1700 AD), attention to science was lacking. As a result, the Muslim community was increasingly backward when the three major empires were under a lot of pressure. Military and political power also decreased. The Safavid empire was destroyed by attacks from the Afghans, the Mughal Empire was attacked by Indian kings, the Ottoman Empire was devastated in Europe, while Egypt was defeated by Napoleon Bonaparte of France.

Historic buildings that were abandoned during this period include the Taj Mahal in Agra, the Red Fort, mosques, palaces, and government buildings in Delhi. At this time, the order continues to have a great influence in the lives of Muslims. In addition to Arabia and Persia, Turkey and India emerged as major kingdoms. This is what made Turkish and Urdu language start to appear as important languages ​​in Islam, but the position of Arabic as the language of unity is decreasing.

The progress of Islam in this era was more centered in the political field. In addition, the West also began to rise, especially with the opening of the way to the center of spices and raw materials in the Far East, through South Africa and the discovery of America by Columbus in 1492 AD. However, European power at that time was still weak when compared with Islamic power.

3rd period modern

The modern period (1800 AD–present) is the era of the awakening of Muslims who are beginning to realize that a new, higher civilization has emerged in the West. Napoleon’s expedition in Egypt which ended in 1801 AD opened the eyes of the Islamic world, especially Turkey and Egypt, to the decline and weakness of the Muslim Ummah. Kings and Islamic leaders began to think about how to improve the quality and strength of Muslims again.

Islamic contact with the West since this time is very different from the Islamic contact with the West in the classical period. At that time, Islam was on the rise and the West was in darkness. Now on the contrary, Islam appears in darkness and the West appears to be resplendent.

Thus, something called the thought and flow of renewal or modernization emerged in Islam. Islamic leaders issued ideas on how to make Muslims progress again, as happened in the classical period. Efforts in this direction began to be carried out among Muslims. However, the West, on the other hand, is also advancing in this regard.

The revival of the Islamic Ummah is further divided into two periods, namely the initial revival (1800–1967) and the second revival (1967–present). During the early awakening period, there was an awareness of the importance of renewal in Islam, both politically, militarily, socially, and culturally.

Meanwhile, in the second awakening, the defeat of the Arabs by Israel in 1967 became a point that moved the Ummah. This is what then led to the development of philosophical and methodological thoughts in the framework of Islamic renewal in the contemporary era.

Several figures of reform or modernization in the Islamic world, namely Muhammad bin Abdul Wahab in Arabia; Muhammad Abduh, Jamaluddin al-Afghani, Muhammad Rashid Ridha in Egypt; Sayyid Ahmad Khan, Shah Waliyullah and Muhammad Iqbal in India; H. Abdul Karim Amrullah, KH Ahmad Dahlan, and KH. Hasyim Asy’ari in Indonesia; And many others.

Such is the general description of the periodization of Islamic civilization from the classical, medieval and modern periods as a mirror of the past and as a lesson for those who came later so that they are able to face the future with full optimism and learn from past failures and to avoid pessimism.

Company profile is – When doing business cooperation, generally a company will then provide a company profile or company profile as a sign of an introduction, regardless of whether this company has a small or large scale. More than just a tool for introducing yourself, a company profile can also be regarded as something that can reflect the various values ​​that a company adheres to and offers.

If the company’s company profile  can be well formed, complete and original (instead of copy paste from the internet), then it can also give a good first impression to its readers.

Then, what exactly is meant by a company profile and why this is necessary for companies. To find out more about the company profile, we will discuss it below.

Definition of Company Profile

Company profile is a document that serves to introduce the company. In addition, a company profile can be said to be a written introduction containing information about the history of the company, vision, mission, values, business goals, products, and various other facts regarding professional reputation in the business world.

The purpose of creating your own company profile is to introduce a company with an attractive image to potential clients, without having to ignore the values ​​you believe in or even enter invalid data. A company company profile  will also be declared successful if it succeeds in attracting the interest and target audience.

For example, if you are compiling a company profile for a startup company that is looking for investors, then you will explain the vision and mission of the company and its advantages to investors so that investors want to invest.

Company Profile function

In addition to describing the business properly to its readers, the company’s company profile has several functions that are no less great. Several functions of the company profile aside from introducing a business identity include:

1. Creating a Brand Story

In the company profile , you can tell how the company’s history was founded, then the company’s achievements, and what it is trying to achieve. This then becomes very important in the business world because it is the best way to make connections with many clients.

By providing an overview of the company in your company profile, you can offer or open up opportunities to develop into a large-scale business and company success in the future.

2. Promoting Brands

Apart from creating a brand story , company profiles can also be used to assist companies in promoting their brands to consumers. That way, more and more people are aware of the company’s brand .

This will help potential customers to get to know the business more closely and better. So, only based on the company profile , they (the public) can choose the product or service that the company is offering.

3. Demonstrates the Unique Character of the Company

As mentioned in the first point of the company profile function, each company has its own brand story. The originality of the brand story can be said to be a unique point of interest for people outside the company. So, only by utilizing the company profile, the company can also attract various people who have the same or compatible values ​​with the company, starting from investors, partners, to new employees.

Fill in the Company Profile

After knowing the function of having a company profile , now you have to know what the contents of a company profile are, which in outline must consist of the following components:

1. Business Details

Business details in the company profile  can be filled in with the company name, company address, company telephone number, and company email.

2. Company Details

In general, company details in this company profile  are filled with information about the company, vision and mission, company values, date of establishment, descriptions of company products and services, history of company growth and development, to client portfolios.

3. Industry Recognition

The achievements that have been achieved by the company are arguably the most important information that cannot be missed from the company profile. You can include certificates, awards, media coverage, testimonials to partnerships. If arranged in more detail, the ideal component composition in the company profile  includes:

1. History of a company.
2. Philosophy of a company.
3. The culture of a company.
4. Greetings from the leadership, namely the Main Commissioner or the Main Director.
5.  Identity of a company (be it logo, uniform, building interior, print quality or audiovisual quality).
6. Vision, mission, corporate strategy, as well as the company’s commitment to progress and development.
7.  Addresses of company branches.
8. A brief explanation of HR or Human Resources in the company.
9. Service system and facilities provided by the company.
10. Company achievements and advantages.
11. Report on the development of a company (annual report), including information about the profit and loss of the company.
12. Description of the products and services offered by a company. This includes an overview of the target market, factory locations, distributors, and market share, to business growth charts.
13. Development program for the future. This includes training, product development plans, market development, and other related matters.

Steps to Create a Company Profile

Many businesses then use company profiles for various scenarios, for example to be posted on company websites, trade portfolios and investment plans. Therefore, it’s a good idea before designing a company profile , first try to identify the purpose of the company profile.

If you are still unsure and confused about creating a company profile , here are some ways to create a company profile that you can follow:

1. Determine the Purpose and Style of Language to be Used

The company profile must be prepared in such a way that it can be easily understood by the target audience. Therefore, it’s a good idea if you determine the purpose of the company’s company profile .

Apart from that, you can also position yourself as a reader when creating a company profile . It would be nice, also determine the tone and style of language that will be used in making a company profile. The more things that are considered in detail, the better the company profile .

2. Tell Vision and Mission

Also make sure the vision, mission and other company values ​​are then conveyed in an interesting way in the company profile . Without good storytelling , vision, mission and business values ​​will only appear as formal words that lack meaning.

One example of a company that has managed to convey its vision, mission and values ​​in an interesting way is Unilever. Through its official website, Unilever has succeeded in integrating the presentation of the company profile in the form of text, infographics and videos.

3. Also Pay Attention to the Format and Chronological Order of the Company Profile

To make it look professional, you should make a company profile with a clear and clean format. In addition, use the typeface and format according to the company’s brand guidelines . Then, make sure that the history of the company in the company profile is made in chronological order. That way, the audience who reads can then understand and understand the plot in a more flowing way.

4. Add Invitation Words and Pay Attention to Designing a Company Profile

The final touch on the company profile is to add words of invitation. For example, such as an invitation to visit a company website for more information, or you can direct it to the contact center number . In addition, pay attention to typos in the company profile that you make. Not only that, make sure that there are no mistakes in writing so you can update your company profile along with business developments.

5. Choose the right company profile according to the company

Also find out which form of company profile best suits its business model and target audience. In times like now, you don’t even have to make a company profile in the form of a printed flyer.

If you search the internet, you will find many companies share their company profiles directly on the official website , in the form of PDF books, or through video visualizations. The more channels used to promote your company profile, the more people will be interested in your company.

5 Example of Company Profile

After discussing what a company profile is, its functions, and how to make one, below are some examples of company company profiles that you can make references to, including:

1. Unilever

The first company profile example belongs to Unilever. When you access Unilever Indonesia’s official website, you will find a company profile  presented by storytelling. Storytelling is also made with a very unique and interesting combination of writing, information, and illustrations.

2. Tokopedia

Among other big companies in Indonesia, Tokopedia is one that has the most unique company profile. When you visit Tokopedia’s “About” or “About Us” page, you will find a unique website display and a company profile video entitled “Building Indonesia with Tokopedia”.

3.Google

In fact, a company’s company profile doesn’t always have to be busy and have a lot of information. One example of a company profile to create simply is Google. Even though as one of the largest technology companies in the world, Google’s mission and values ​​can still be conveyed.

4. Tesla

Just like Google,  Tesla’s company profile can be said to be very simple. In fact, if you don’t pay attention to the official website, then you won’t believe the company profile  belongs to Tesla. Even though it looks normal, the zero-emission mission that is told in it is quite touching, in line with Tesla’s big production goals.

5. J&T Indonesia

The last company company profile example that you can use as a reference is that of J&T Indonesia. On its website, J&T combines a variety of interactive media, such as videos, as well as attractive illustrations. Apart from that, the navigation of the site is also very simple, so you will get a lot of information at once just by pressing the scroll button.

Closing

In creating a company profile,  don’t forget to determine what kind of tone and style you want to identify through your company profile. Do you want a more unique look, or stick to a more traditional format? Do you like presentation with a timeline or with an image format?

The most important thing in building a company profile is Don’t be afraid to try and innovate because it could be that the style you want will look new and innovative to your audience.

Recommended Books Related to Company Profile

1. Organizational Strategic Alignment: Theories and Concepts and Their Applications

In fact, strategic alignment is necessary because it focuses on creation and coordination even in the most complex organizations. This book, Strategic Organizational Alignment: Theories and Concepts and Its Application in the Banking Industry, explains the core issues related to the strategic alignment process in enhancing corporate excellence which leads to achieving good corporate performance. Readers are invited to understand how strategic alignment in the business world influences organizational performance. This book will serve as a reference in the topics of management accounting, strategic alignment, and corporate strategy.

2. Organizational Communication

Organizational communication is a field of study with a unique history, trends and research methodologies. When choosing a good organizational communication textbook, the thing to consider is finding a book that is theoretically sound, up-to-date, and relevant to students, and this book is guaranteed to be able to meet that need for a number of reasons.

First, this book discusses the theory of organizational communication in its entirety, starting from classical theories which are the foundation for organizational communication to modern theories today. The authors of this book believe that a strong theoretical foundation is important for anyone studying organizational communication. Second, this book contains information about the history of a concept that exists in organizational communication followed by showing new ideas along with the latest research developments.

Finally, this book is relevant to students because it demonstrates knowledge that will impact their lives now and in the future. For this reason, various concrete case studies are used to help see how the knowledge contained in this book is actually applied in a real work environment.

3. ORGANIZATION – Theory Synthesis to Unravel the “Black Box” of Organizations

In this book, the author provides an in-depth description of organizational issues related to improving organizational performance in the face of an increasingly dynamic, competitive and globalized business environment. Essential theories are selected, structured and synthesized and presented in a comprehensive and straightforward manner with the hope that they will be easily absorbed for later application by the reader.

The systematic approach to organization describes the elements of the organization that are related to organizational effectiveness. A metaphorical approach to analyzing organizations is presented to complement organizational analysis with a post-modern approach. The value system and corporate culture discussed in this book are driving forces; to organizational changes that need to be managed appropriately.

Corporate culture is one of the important dimensions of the organization which is explained in detail starting from the presentation of several theoretical frameworks to the application and management of change. This book is expected to be an inspiration and guide for readers in opening some of; (blackbox) organization which until now has always been the target of analysis by academics and practitioners, both successful and failed organizations.

Thus the discussion about the company profile , from understanding to examples. After knowing more about the company profile, are you interested in creating a company profile?

To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithMemreading information. If you want to find books about companies or organizations, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com

Source: from various sources

Communication Media – Humans are social beings who need to interact with other humans. In interacting, humans communicate. So that communication has an important role in human life as a means to obtain information or to achieve other goals.

In communicating, there are several types of communication medium or communication platforms that can be used by humans, both in everyday life and for business purposes.

This communication medium can be applied in accordance with the objectives and functions of each. Choosing a communication medium is important, because each communication medium has different strengths and weaknesses and needs to be adapted to each function. Want to know what types of communication medium? Check out this article until the end!

Definition of Communication

Before discussing the media of communication, it is better if Sinaumed’s also knows the meaning of communication.

Communication can be interpreted as a basic human activity that takes an important part and cannot be separated from human life as social beings. By communicating, humans can relate to one another. Whether it’s in everyday life, at work, or in special places. Basically, there is no human who will not be involved in communication.

Etymologically, communication comes from the Latin “communicare” which means to convey. If interpreted etymologically, then communication is a process of conveying meaning from one entity or group to another by using signs, symbols or semiotic rules that can be understood together.

Definition of Communication Media

Communication is a way for a message to reach the recipient delivered by the sender or messenger. When communicating, one needs to use the right communication media so that the message to be conveyed can reach the recipient of the message.

To be clearer, here is the definition of communication media according to some experts.

1. Harold Lasswell (1948), according to Lasswell communication is an effort to be able to answer a question, namely what, who through what channel, to whom and what impact will it have.
2. Blake and Horalsen, according to both of them, communication media can be interpreted as a channel that is used to be able to deliver messages from the messenger to the recipient of the message.
3. Cangara, communication media is a means used to convey messages from communicators to audiences. Cangara argues that the media that is often used for communication is the five senses that are owned by every human being.
   Where, messages will be captured by each of the five human senses such as eyes, ears and then messages that arrive will be processed to serve as a basis for action.
4. National Education Association, communication media is defined by this institution as a suggestion in print, audio and visual form to be used as a means of communication.
5. Leslie J Briggs, according to Briggs, communication media is a tool that has a physical form to be used in conveying material. Communication media according to Briggs can be in the form of television, computers, pictures, videos, graphics and so on.
6. Badusah, argues that communication media is an intermediary that can be used to communicate with each other by using various kinds of media, such as media images, news and other media that are useful for conveying messages and the views of the sender of the message.

From several opinions of experts regarding communication media, it can be concluded that communication media is a means or intermediary or tool that can be used to convey a message originating from the messenger to the recipient of the message.

Types of Communication Media

1. Types of Communication Media Based on Channels

From the understanding of several experts regarding communication media, this communication media can be divided into two types when viewed based on the type of media channel, namely nonverbal communication media and verbal communication media. Here’s an explanation.

a. Verbal Communication Media

Verbal communication media is a message conveyed by using sound or conveying spoken messages. There are two forms of verbal communication media, the following explanation.

• Oral Communication, the first form of verbal communication media is oral communication. With this form of oral communication, the message is conveyed through the messenger to the recipient of the message by using spoken words. That is, the information conveyed is not in written or printed form that can be read by the recipient of the message, but can only be heard.
• Written Communication, whereas in the form of written communication messages are conveyed in written form and conveyed by the messenger to the recipient of the message, written communication can be done in two ways, namely by reading or writing.

b. Nonverbal Communication Media

Nonverbal communication media is a way of conveying messages without the need to convey messages by sound or even in the form of written messages. There are several forms of nonverbal communication, which can be in the form of body language, facial expressions, touch, body movements, appearance, attitudes and so on.

Types of Communication Media Based on the Method of Dissemination

When viewed based on how it is spread, the communication media can be divided into four types of media, along with the explanation.

a. Audio or Voice Communication Media

Audio media is when the recipient of the message can capture the message by using one of the human senses, namely the ear. Meanwhile, messages are conveyed through voice or verbal media using tools that can emit a certain frequency. Examples of audio communication media include CDs, radios and other audio players.

b. Audio Visual Communication Media

As is the case with audio communication media, audio visual communication media is the delivery of messages by using sound and visual forms such as videos and images which are then combined into one. At present, there has been a lot of communication using audio-visual media because the message the messenger wants to convey can be easily conveyed.

An example is like an advertisement that appears on television. Apart from television, now audio-visual communication media has also developed. Currently audio visual communication media can also be conveyed through social media on smart phones, such as YouTube, TikTok, Instagram and other platforms that can display audio visual or video.

c. Print Communication Media

In print communication media, the channel used to convey messages is by using printed forms of writing, for example books, brochures, magazines, newspapers, bulletins and so on.

However, print communication media has been increasingly eroded, due to technological developments that are now increasingly advanced. Now, audio-visual communication media is more in demand, because it is considered easier to reach the recipient of the message.

Types of Communication Media Based on Physical Presence

The type of communication media based on physical presence is face-to-face communication that is private or personal, so that it involves the physical presence of the messenger and the recipient of the message. With this physical presence, the interlocutor can know the tone of the speaker’s voice and facial expressions that help the recipient of the message to be able to interpret the information according to the wishes of the messenger.

When viewed from its definition, communication media based on physical presence is the best communication medium to be able to convey information. This is because there is an interaction between the messenger and the recipient of the message. Thus, the message conveyed can be well received without any misunderstanding.

a. Broadcast Communication Media

Broadcast communication media is the same as audio media and audio visual media, but this broadcast communication media is distinguished by the type of media and not the form. That is, this communication medium is used to convey messages by utilizing broadcast facilities such as television, loudspeakers to radio. Broadcast communication media is also included in the form of audio-visual communication media which has a very wide reach. Generally, this broadcast communication media is used by companies as one of the promotional suggestions to inform products to customers.

b. Mobile Communication Media

As with communication based on physical presence, this mobile communication medium is personal. Cellular communication media is used when someone wants to convey a personal message or other information that must be forwarded to a small group. Examples of cellular communication media are Whatsapp, Line, SMS, telephone and other chat platforms.

When using cellular communication media, there is interaction between the messenger and the recipient of the message. As technology develops, more and more people choose to use cellular communication media because it is more practical and easy. Especially during a pandemic when people are advised not to meet other people. However, cellular communication media has drawbacks, namely the carrier and recipient of the message cannot know the expression or tone of the message, so that the information conveyed can be more ambiguous.

c. Electronic Communication Media

This electronic communication media includes various platforms such as the internet, e-mail, social media and so on. Electronic communication media can be used to communicate between individuals, masses and groups. This communication media is considered less personal compared to other communication media but still efficient.

Sometimes the message to be conveyed can be ambiguous, therefore by using electronic communication media, the messenger needs to compose sentences that do not cause double or ambiguous meanings.

d. Written Communication Media

Written communication media is almost the same as printed communication media. However, this written communication medium is generally used by groups of individuals and individuals without the need for direct interaction.

If in print communication media, messages must be printed, then in written communication the message is in the form of writing. An example is such as notifications or announcements given by the company to employees. As with print communication media, written communication media has been increasingly eroded along with technological developments.

Communication Media Functions

Communication media is an intermediary or tool between the messenger and the recipient of the message. Each of the types of communication media presented above, has its own function, along with an explanation.

1. Effectiveness

Communication media functions as effectiveness, meaning that with the existence of communication media, communication becomes more effective. This effectiveness is then used by communicators and communicants in communicating.

2. Efficient

By using communication media, communication becomes more efficient. That is, by using communication media, the time to convey messages becomes faster to reach the recipient of the message. Especially if the message you want to convey is addressed to many people at once, communication media such as cellular, print, written, electronic and even broadcast can make it easier to spread the message.

The communication process requires more efficient time, the goal is that the communication can run quickly. Therefore, the communication media has a big role to be able to make communication run as efficiently as possible.

3. Concrete

The message or information that will be conveyed to the recipient of the message is an original or concrete message. Because, the message will go through several processes and one of the processes is editing which has a function to test the feasibility of a message information before the message can reach the recipient of the message.

In this case, the function of the communication media is as a tool or means of communication that can be tested for the authenticity of the information. With the presence of communication media, messages and information that arrive can be said to be true and valid messages.

4. Motivating

The function of motivating communication media means that the communication media is a means that is able to encourage the recipient of the message to do something.

Not only does it encourage the sender of the message to be motivated, but the communication media also encourages the messenger to deliver the message in a motivational way.

5. Productive

Communication media can cause the presence of a communication process so as to produce information that has value for both the carrier and the recipient of the message. Therefore, the information media has a production function because it produces the communication process.

6. Reproduction

Another function of the communication media is to reproduce what has been received or produced before. An example is when an audio tape recorder can record a sound that contains information or a message, then the recording can be used at any time by the messenger by reproducing the voice recording.

7. Conveyor of Information

Communication media is an accurate tool for conveying messages and information to the recipient of the message. With the presence of communication media, the messenger can convey a message or information. In other words, communication media can be a trusted medium to convey information or messages to the recipient of the message.

8. Bringing Attractiveness to the Message You Want to Convey

Communication media can bring up an appeal to the message that will be conveyed by the messenger to the recipient of the message. This function can be seen when there is a company that wants to advertise a product using communication media such as electronics or broadcasts.

In order for the target of the messenger to arrive, the company as the messenger needs to make the information to be conveyed attractive. So, the message recipients or targets from these companies can see advertisements containing complete product information.

Another example is when a feature is present in communication media, such as electronic and cellular communication media that presents interesting features, such as stickers, emoji, voice notes and others that make the contents of the message more interesting to read or listen to.

9. Clarify Information

Finally, the communication media has a function to clarify communication. With communication media, the recipient of the message can repeat to read, hear or see the contents of the message. So that the recipient of the message who is initially confused can clarify the intent of the message the messenger wants to convey. Thus, the communication media can clarify the information to be conveyed.

That is the meaning, function, and types of communication media that Sinaumed’s needs to know. Well, Sinaumed’s can find out more about this medium or communication media by reading related books available at sinaumedia.com because as #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides a variety of quality books with complete information. What are you waiting for? Buy and read the book right now!

Communication Management – Hello Sinaumed’s friends , do you know what communication management is? In order to know the definition of communication management properly, we must understand the meaning of each of these words, namely management and communication.

Management

Management is the process of planning, organizing, directing, and controlling by empowering organizational members and using other organizational resources.

To achieve the set goals of the organization. Management is often defined as the art of getting things done through other people. Managers achieve organizational goals by assigning others to do all the tasks necessary to achieve those goals.

In several management books, the art of letting other people do the work in process is planning, organizing, controlling, and directing various efforts to achieve goals, and communicating is the process by which a person or group, organization and society creates and uses information to relate to the environment and people. other.

The characteristics of communication science include being unchanging, complex, causal, and full of potential problems. Judging from these characteristics, the communication process is very complex. Therefore, communicative behavior must be managed properly. This is where a communications management major can help.

Management is a group of people who carry out planning, organizing, directing, and controlling activities. The Board of Directors has primary responsibility for various decision-making related to the areas under its control. Employees and management are one unit that needs each other.

Good management is management that can communicate with employees appropriately. Management is the process of designing and maintaining an environment in which people work together in a team and can achieve set goals as efficiently as possible (H. Weihrich & H. Koontz).

Communication

While communication as a verb in English, “communicate” , means

(1) To exchange thoughts, feelings and information;

(2) Making tofu;

(3) equalizing; And

(4) Have a sympathetic relationship. In its name, “communication” means:

• Exchange of symbols, messages and similar information;
• The process of communication between individuals through the same symbols;
• The art of expressing ideas
•  The science of conveying information, attitudes, and/or other expressive behaviors. There are at least four main elements in the communication model, namely the source , message , channel and receiver .

Wilbur Schramm stated that communication is a process of sharing. Schramm describes it as follows:

“Communication comes from the Latin (language) communis which means common (common) or together. When we communicate, we are actually trying to develop a community with someone. In other words, we try to share information, ideas or attitudes.

In this description, for example, I try to communicate with readers to convey the idea that the essence of communication is actually an attempt to make the recipient or giver feel an understanding (understanding) of a particular message.

Effective communication is very influential on the success of the communication process in conveying the desired message. Organizations really need it because without effective communication between different stakeholders it leads to poor service delivery.

Communication will work well if it is planned and organized using communication management. Communication is the process of transferring information, ideas, explanations, feelings, questions from the communicator to the communicator. Communication is something very basic, in the process there must be a goal:

1. Implement and disseminate the intent of an effort.
2. Develop plans to achieve goals.
3. Organizing human resources and other resources such as effective and efficient.
4. Select, develop, assess the members of the organization.
5. Lead, direct, motivate and create a work climate where everyone wants to contribute.

In addition to these objectives, elements of communication include; There must be a source, there must be a purpose or objective, there must be news or information, there must be a channel or medium of communication, and there must be a recipient of the news. For this purpose, communication has several functions, including:

1. Information function
2. command function,
3. influence and distribution function, and
4. Integrated function

Communication is effective if the communicator performs his role properly, so that there is a good and appropriate communication process where ideas or ideas are discussed one by one, ways of deliberation between communicators and communicators, and have an understanding of information that everything becomes material for discussion to reach consensus and consensus. Furthermore, the communication process is divided into two types, namely active communication and passive communication.

According to Soesanto (1976), communication aims to create harmony among communicators. Media action models to achieve this must be not only reactive, but also strategic. When communicating, we may see different types of individuals with different backgrounds, education, beliefs, cultures, mental states, and needs.

To improve communication efficiency often occurs due to various communication problems. First of all, you must recognize the need for effective communication. Leaders or managers have an important role in the communication process because managers can implement policies or actions to increase the effectiveness of communication. Furthermore, it is important to increase the effectiveness of communication to use feedback.

This two-way communication allows for more efficient communication. Leaders and managers can do two important things: encourage feedback and use it effectively. Managers can create an environment that encourages feedback and receives feedback through their own activities. The type of communication and how a manager communicates with his subordinates can determine the amount of feedback they will receive.

In addition, the active role of managers is to maintain and research opinions that will occur. This is where the role of participatory management and face-to-face communication is a way that can be used to increase the effectiveness of communication through the use of feedback. Finally, leaders and managers must have good communication techniques, to be effective communicators.

While carrying out tasks, managers must communicate with subordinates so that the business plan can be implemented. Leading requires managers to communicate to achieve operational goals. Thus, a manager will be able to carry out management functions through interaction and communication with other parties.

Definition of Communication Management

Communication management is basically a combination of communication science and management theory that is applied in many different communication contexts.

Communication management can also be understood as the systematic planning, implementation, monitoring and review of all communication channels within a company or organization as well as between organizations including organizing and disseminating guidelines for new communications connected to networks, organizations or communication technologies.

In its sense, communication management is the process of exchanging signals back and forth to inform, persuade, or give orders, based on the same meaning and governed by the context of the communicator’s relationship and social context.

According to Kaye (1994). Media management was born out of the need to act as a bridge between media theorists and media practitioners. Theorists have limitations in applying the knowledge available to them. Meanwhile, media practitioners experience limitations in terms of theoretical references or communication science.

According to Parag Diwan (1999) 11, communication management is the process of using communication resources that are integrated through the process of planning, organizing, implementing and controlling the elements of communication to achieve the goals that have been set.

According to Antar Venus, communication management is the process of managing communication resources to improve the quality and effectiveness of message exchanges that occur in different communication contexts.

The context of communication here refers to the level of personal, interpersonal, organizational, governmental, social or even international communication. Communication management is synonymous with social interaction. There are times when you have to know how to position yourself properly in certain situations, you also have to know how to deal with and cooperate with other people without getting involved in personal matters.

This is part of why it is important to have a professional attitude in each of you. Manage communication within and between social systems. Communication management includes P4I (Receiving, Management, Storage and Delivery of Information) in the social subsystem consisting of individuals, groups, organizations, masses and society. The concept of management from the point of view of communication science is actually understood as a process of influencing others.

Furthermore, the concept of communication management also tells us that the ability to communicate well is not only something that is inherent in us, but also something that we can learn and develop.

For example, we can improve our communication to become a reliable communicator. Therein lies the benefit of studying communication management, especially to better understand how to communicate with others, so that communication takes place as effective communication.

Communication management combines a management approach with communication management that allows us to achieve harmony in the communications we do.

1. Based on the characteristics of the science of communication. The characteristics of communication science include being irreversible, complex, having a causal dimension, and containing potential problems. Judging from these characteristics a communication process is very complicated. So an act of communication must be managed appropriately. This is where the communications management subdiscipline can make a contribution.

2. Related to the need for the functionalization of communication science in an effort to create or knowledge worker in the field of communication. Knowledge workers are communication workers who have theoretical insights about communication and have skills in applying this knowledge. In the study of communication management, a communication learning model that leads to the provision of meaningful knowledge and meaningful skills can be constructed.

Communication is considered important for other elements of organizational management. For the first reason, communication serves to align organizational goals with the target results achieved. Second, it functions to adapt to changes in the organizational environment. Third, fostering relationships between members of the organization in carrying out different organizational tasks (workload). For this reason, effective communication skills are an absolute must for an employee of an organization.

Functions and Benefits of Communication Management in Business

In the business world, communication management has two main functions, namely as a means of common understanding among all members of the company and as a means to involve other people in the company with information that is clearly provided.

The manager has the role of guiding each member of his team to work according to agreed guidelines to maximize profits.

In addition, this management style is also very useful for maintaining good relations with every member of the company. Without good communication, it is likely that internal conflicts will arise which will result in less than optimal cooperation.

Here are other communication management functions in the company that you can see below:

Managing Communications As Control

Managers control the behavior of everyone, membership in the form of membership rules or regulations. Therefore, the activities of each member must be carried out based on the rules set by the previous company to avoid conflicts that might arise.

Managing Communication As Motivation

Managers will require each member to be able to motivate each member to be able to perform well in accordance with the applicable SOP.

Managing Communication as a Form of Emotional Expression

Companies that have good communication management will create good coordination between teams. Thus, communication will be used as an important means of expressing the feelings of each member. Thus, he will be able to minimize all kinds of problems that may arise from interpersonal conflicts.

Managing Communication as a Tool for Disseminating Information

The ultimate goal of communication is as a tool to convey information and to identify other options for implementing the correct policy.

Communication Management Objectives

Basically the purpose of communication management is to establish good interactions so that they can understand and understand how to communicate with other parties.

Communication management is also a medium of information that shapes the way other people interact.

Some of the goals of communication management in the wider community include; developing professional relationships, forming goodwill , increasing tolerance , mutual understanding , mutual appreciation and obtaining favorable opinions, both externally and internally.

Forms and Examples of Communication Management

George R. Terry explained that communication consists of 5 important elements, namely:

1. Formal Communication

Formal communication is communication that occurs between superiors and subordinates without any specific arrangement. The form of communication used in this official communication channel has the authority and responsibility through various instructions both written and verbal using functional procedures that occur from superiors down or vice versa.

An example is the company’s regulatory policy regarding the number of working hours specified in the employment contract.

2. Informal Communication

Informal communication also does not require special arrangements and usually occurs spontaneously. Such as suggestions relating to responsibilities or duties at work. An example is a company member providing advice and feedback when taking on an assignment.

3. Informal Communication

Informal communication is communication that is done to talk about things other than work. This type of communication emphasizes the relationship between people. Like two employees who confide in each other’s problems in life outside of work.

4. Technical Communication

Technical communications are communications designed to communicate a specific strategy, such as a marketing manager providing technical guidance on how to do marketing through social media.

5. Procedural communication

Procedural communication is communication made to report company performance.

Onong U. Effendi, on the other hand, divides communication into three parts, namely:

• Vertical Communication

Vertical communication is ethical back and forth communication between superiors and subordinates.

• Horizontal Communication

Horizontal communication is communication that exists between managers and employees in a company. In other words, horizontal communication is the flow of communication that takes place at a certain organizational level.

• External Communications

External communication is communication that exists between the company and other companies outside the company.

Communication Management in Adult Communication

Michael Kaye in his book entitled Communication Management explains that there are communication patterns in adults that are often similar to the Russian Matouschka doll . According to him, the smallest doll is part of today’s adult communication concept.

This section will explain about yourself. Mutual understanding and empathy are very important steps in achieving effective self-management. In other words, the inner communication that occurs must include perceptions, feelings, memories, and ways of thinking.

While closed dolls are interpersonal communication dolls. This interpersonal orientation lies in how a person can relate to other people and how individuals can interact with other individuals in carrying out meaningful communicative activities.

For dolls in particular, people-in-system dolls , there will be more focus on the social system or organization they work in, which can affect the person in how they communicate with other people in the system. For the fourth doll, the skill doll, we will focus more on packing all the other dolls.

This competency model is important to understand because this competency model can not only be assessed externally, but at all levels of the “Russian Matouschka Doll”. Someone becomes an expert in interpersonal communication when he can understand and exercise control over himself.

In addition, someone will also be considered more competent in communicating if he can build, coordinate, and explain something to other people or colleagues. Finally, someone will also be considered an expert in communication when he can change the system that has been in effect before.

Closing

From the explanation above, it can be concluded that communication management is a reciprocal process in providing information to others.

Managing communication is key to the success of any relationship, be it a friendship or a partnership. Without good communication, things get complicated.

Thus a brief explanation of communication management, starting from the meaning, purpose, forms and functions as well as the benefits of communication management in business. Hopefully this article is useful and adds insight to you. Don’t forget to read and buy books at sinaumedia!

Author: Ziaggi Fadhil Zahran

Also read related articles on “Communication Management”:

Management Levels: Definition, Functions, & Roles in the Company

Understanding Nonverbal Communication: Understanding to Tips

Elements of Communication and Factors Influencing It

Complete Types of Communication with Explanations

Implementing Effective Communication in Social Life

Communication Is – Humans are social creatures and surely you must have heard that sentence and realized the truth behind that sentence. Why are humans called social creatures? One reason is because humans cannot live alone.

Yup, people are predicted to be the most intelligent creatures on Earth, humans are also not perfect beings who are versatile. To be able to survive on Earth, a human also needs the help of other humans. Whether it’s, direct assistance, or indirectly.

For example, a baby who is only a few months old, they clearly really need other humans, namely parents, to feed him, drink, dress him, bathe him, and put him to sleep.

Never mind babies or small children, even adults also need other people to survive and have a good life. For that good life, adults make friends, relationships, and relationships with the opposite sex. In addition, to start the relationship, we start by communicating.

Communication is something we always do every day. Whether it’s with co-workers, friends, parents, family, girlfriends, or even strangers we accidentally meet in public spaces with different purposes. However, even though we do it every day, what is communication actually? Let’s find out together!

Definition of Communication

Communication at first glance looks simple, but the meaning of the communication itself is actually very diverse. The term communication itself actually comes from the Latin word communicatus which means sharing or the goal of achieving togetherness. Well, the word “communicatus” was then translated into many languages ​​including Indonesian and became the term we usually use to describe conversations between us and other people.

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary or KBBI, communication is the process of sending and receiving messages between two or more people.

Definition of Communication According to Experts

Apart from the Big Indonesian Dictionary, experts from abroad also provide their own understanding of communication.

Bernard Berelson

A sociologist and behavioral scientist from the United States, Bernard Berelson said that communication is the transmission of information, ideas or emotions using symbols, words, images and other media.

Theodore M. Newcomb

Meanwhile, according to a professor, writer, and social psychologist from the United States named Theodore M. Newcomb said that communication is a transmission of information consisting of discriminatory stimuli from the sender to the recipient.

Gerald R. Miller

Finally, according to Gerald R. Miller who is a United States professor in the field of communication, communication can occur when someone conveys a message to the recipient with the aim of influencing the recipient of the message.

From some of the definitions above, according to the Big Indonesian Dictionary or experts, we can all conclude that communication is the process of transferring news or messages from one person to the recipient with the aim of changing the behavior or decision of the recipient of the message.

In the past, communication could only be in person. But as time goes by, humans are getting more advanced and have succeeded in finding many ways to be able to communicate with other people, whether directly or indirectly.

Starting from telegrams or letters that take a long time for the message to reach its destination. In addition, communication can also be carried out or by telephone, SMS, video call , to communicate through chat facilities in various smartphone applications .

Types of Communication

As previously said, communication does look so simple, but its meaning is quite diverse. Well, it turns out that it’s not just the meaning, communication is also divided into several types, here’s the explanation!

1. Communication Based on the Way of Delivery

The first type of communication is distinguished by the way it is delivered. From this way, communication is divided into 2 types, namely:

Verbal communication

Oral communication is the first type of communication as well as being the type of communication most often we do every day. In this case, communication can be with office colleagues, friends, or strangers that we only meet once. Whether it’s verbal communication by chatting directly face to face or via communication devices such as smartphones .

In addition, oral communication can be said to be communication that is carried out using our mouth or mouth. Usually, the closer a person’s relationship is, the more they will communicate verbally, even when they are busy.

Written communication

If oral communication is communication that is done using the word orally, then written communication is communication that is done using the help of written media.

In the past, written communication was limited to handwriting and sent in the form of letters. However, along with the times, written communication can now also be done with the help of our gadgets or devices.

The media that can be used for written communication, such as email , chat on WhatsApp, Instagram, and a number of other social media. Even though it’s not really written by hand, still using a number of these applications we will produce text or writing.

2. Communication Based on Purpose and Purpose

Apart from being differentiated based on how it is delivered, communication is also divided into several types based on its intent and purpose. The intent and purpose here are the intent and purpose of the person who initiated the communication, as well as the person to whom he is speaking. Here are several types of speeches based on their intent and purpose.

Speech

Speech is an activity that requires someone to speak in front of many people. In contrast to ordinary two-way communication, speech is a one-way conversation because the people who are the opponent only listen and do not participate in giving responses.

Speeches are also delivered in formal language for certain purposes. Not infrequently the person delivering the speech also equips himself with a script so that the speech delivered does not go off track and can run smoothly.

Suggestions or criticism

Suggestion is a suggestion so that something can be better. Meanwhile, criticism is a form of negative response to something. Criticism and suggestions are not foreign terms in the world of work.

Criticism is usually given when someone is doing poorly or below standard. While suggestions are given when the results of someone’s work are considered not good, by providing input so that the next job can be better.

Order

An order is someone’s request for another person to do something. Usually orders are given by people in higher positions to those in lower positions.

For example, bosses to employees, teachers to students, children to parents, or older siblings to younger siblings. Commands are usually spoken in a firm tone which makes them difficult to argue with or refuse.

Lecture

Lectures are actually similar to speeches, because both are types of one-way communication. However, the difference lies in the topic of conversation or topics to be conveyed. In contrast to speeches, where the topic can be anything, lectures are usually not far from religious topics.

The person giving the lecture is someone who is considered an expert in religion, such as an ustadz, kyai, priest, or religious leader, and the lecture is delivered in a relaxed manner and often ends with a question and answer session between the religious leader and the listeners to the lecture. However, it is different from speeches delivered seems formal and there is rarely a question and answer session.

Interview

In simple terms, an interview is a question and answer activity conducted by two or more people. Interviews were conducted to gather more information from sources.

In the world of work, interviews are most often carried out in the process of recruiting new employees. Usually, companies will contact applicants who are deemed to fit the criteria set by the company for a particular position.

In addition to seeing them directly, the interview process is also carried out by the company to find out the potential and abilities possessed by job applicants.

3. Communication Based on the Scope

After communication is based on the purpose and method of delivery, communication is also differentiated based on its scope. Based on this, communication is divided into two, namely internal communication and external communication. Here’s the explanation!

Internal communication

Internal communication is communication that is carried out within a limited scope. For example, communication between members of an organization, someone to their family members, or communication between employees in a company.

When organizational members communicate, they will discuss topics that are only known by their fellow members. The topics discussed are also mostly sensitive or special topics where other people are not allowed to know.

External communication

External communication is the opposite of internal communication. If the previous communication had a limited scope between members, then external communication actually has a very broad scope.

So, external communication is communication made by a person or an organization to the public. The topics covered in this type of communication are also topics that are common and known to everyone.

Purpose of Communication

Everything in this world happens not by chance, but has a purpose behind it. This also applies when we communicate with other people.

When you chat with other people, you must have a certain goal. Starting from important goals such as conveying messages, to trivial goals such as wanting to chat to drive away boredom. Simply put, communication has three basic purposes, here’s an explanation!

1. So that the message conveyed can be understood

Communication is the process of transferring messages from one person to another. When you communicate with other people, you certainly hope that the message you convey to them can be understood, so that it doesn’t cause any misunderstandings.

To ensure that there are no misunderstandings, a communicator or person delivering a message must have good communication skills and be able to convey the message as clearly as possible.

2. In order to be recognized by others

Although the main goal is to convey a message, communication actually has many purposes, one of which is so that we can be recognized by others.

As you know, humans are social creatures who always need other people beside them. Therefore, to get a friend or colleague, you need to start interacting with them.

One form of interaction is to communicate. By starting communication, people will know you and not think of you as an unknown stranger.

3. To be accepted by people or the environment

Not only to be known by other people, communication is also done so that we can be accepted by other people, both their existence and the ideas you convey.

However, again, for this, you must have good communication so that people can also get a good impression and understand what you are conveying to them.

Communication Function Is

Besides having a purpose, communication also has a function. Actually there are many communication functions, and here are some of them:

1. As a Tool to Control Something or Someone

The first function of communication is to control something or someone so they don’t get off track. For example, teachers who warn their students to tidy up their uniforms or cut their hair so that it doesn’t get too long and violate school rules.

Another example is a boss who warns his employees not to play gadgets too often while working or being absent too much because it will interfere with the work of other employees as well.

These two examples show that communication can be used to control someone. Usually this one function is carried out by people who have positions or older ages to those who are younger. This happens when a person who is younger or more junior does something that violates the rules, so communication is carried out so that he does not commit another violation afterwards.

On the negative side, the communication function is also often abused by irresponsible people just to get what they want by using other people who are weaker than themselves.

2. To Motivate

Besides being able to use communication as a tool for control, we can also use communication to save someone from feelings of hopelessness that often arise in difficult times.

By word of mouth or smartphone , we can give words of encouragement, advice, or any sentence that makes someone who is down can get back up.

At first glance, the words we say may sound trivial even to our own ears. However, a different effect will be felt by those who listen to it.

Believe it or not, a sentence that sounds trivial to you, can save someone from the worst situation, and that means a lot.

3. As a medium for expressing the contents of the heart

The human heart is very clever in recognizing various emotions. But unfortunately, the heart cannot speak, so to convey what is felt by the heart, we need communication, both orally and in writing.

With communication, we can express feelings without the need to keep them to ourselves. You can express what you feel to the people closest to you. As for the feelings or contents of the heart that are expressed, such as anger, annoyance, disappointment, sadness, joy, happiness, even despair.

By communicating with those closest to you, these feelings won’t disappear right away, but at least you will feel much better than before expressing them.

4. As a Tool for Finding and Providing Information

Sometimes we need certain information to carry out various activities. To get this information, you sometimes have to communicate with other people, although you can indeed find a lot of information on the internet.

However, sometimes there is important information whose nature is only known by certain people. For example, you are on vacation to a city that you are visiting for the first time and want to visit a certain tourist destination. Therefore, you at least need to ask local residents for directions to these tourist destinations.

Communication is indeed a simple activity, but actually this is an important thing to do. Without communication, we will experience many difficulties. Without communication, you will have no friends, boyfriend or life partner. Without communication, you will often get lost, will experience lots of difficulties. More than that, without communication, your life will be many times more difficult than it should be.

For Sinaumed’s who want to learn all about communication , you can really visit sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits, we always try to provide the best and latest information for you and make you #MoreWithReading with sinaumedia.

Commercial advertising is – Businesses can grow well over time and some effort is also needed in it. One of them is an attempt to market the product to be sold by utilizing the use of commercial advertising.

Because it is considered so important for the development of a business. Of course, it’s not surprising that now there are lots of commercial advertisements that are easier to find around you. Whether it’s commercial ads published offline or online .

So, for more details, you can read a full review of commercial advertising only in this article.

Before we discuss about commercial advertising it would be better if we also know the meaning of the advertisement itself. Even though we often encounter advertisements at this time, not everyone understands the meaning of advertising. Advertising is a process of conveying a knowledge that is in a product or service from a company aimed at the target market or the general public.

To be able to display an advertisement, the company also has to pay a separate fee. The cost of an ad is also fairly flexible, depending on the type of ad, property and various others. However, the costs that will be incurred by a company for an advertisement of its product must also have been taken into consideration.

Where later the existence of an advertisement can also have a developmental impact on the company and the product they are selling. This is because product advertisements can provide a special attraction or public interest in the advertised product.

It is not surprising that until now, every time a new product is produced, advertising is used as a method of introduction to the general public.

In general, advertising is divided into two types, namely commercial advertising and non-commercial advertising. In this article, we will explain more about commercial advertising and how it differs from non-commercial advertising.

Definition of Commercial Advertising

After we know the meaning of advertising in general. Next, we will study together about the meaning of commercial advertising.

Commercial advertising is an advertisement that basically has a function to support a marketing campaign for the products or services offered. The existence of commercial advertising can also make a product or service more widely known by the wider community.

This is because ad serving will utilize various media platforms such as electronic media. However, the selection of media used for displaying a commercial ad also depends on a company’s policy.

Ideally advertising can provide a boost to create market demand and furthermore is to be able to generate some revenue. Some examples of commercial advertisements are advertisements for food products, advertisements for tourist destinations or advertisements for products or services that the general public really needs to buy.

It should also be noted that not all commercial advertisements have a role as a product marketing medium. However, there are also commercial advertisements that are used specifically to shape a brand’s image or increase brand awareness .

Where the formation of a brand image can be more effective in making potential consumers directly about the company, product or service and also have a positive assessment of the brand. It’s no wonder that every commercial ad will be packed with impressions that can make consumers’ lives happier, easier and more efficient.

Non-Commercial Advertising

Previously, it was explained that the types of advertisements are generally divided into two, namely commercial advertisements and non-commercial advertisements. After knowing the meaning of commercial advertising. Next, what we will discuss together is the meaning of non-commercial advertising.

Non-commercial advertisements are advertisements that contain social messages so that people can pay attention to certain issues. Usually non-commercial advertising has a form such as an invitation or suggestion to do something.

An example is an advertisement calling for reducing the use of plastic. The purpose of making this advertisement is to invite the general public to reduce the use of plastic in order to support environmental sustainability.

Then there are also non-commercial advertisements released by the government, such as advertisements inviting the public to obey in paying taxes.

Some of the objectives of non-commercial advertising are to provide motivation, provide education, invite the general public to live better lives and provide warnings regarding things that are not good.

Commercial Advertising Features

Although commercial advertisements have been found around us. But there are still some people who sometimes have misunderstandings between advertising, propaganda and publicity. Although they both involve public attention, in fact these three things are not the same as one another.

Commercial ads have special features in them. In order for you to understand more about the characteristics of commercial advertising. The following is an explanation of the characteristics of commercial advertising.

1. Paid Communications

The first feature of commercial advertising is an advertisement that has a paid form of communication and is more dominated by commercial purposes. Generally, a published advertisement is considered interesting as well as important by the owner of the information. In addition, the advertising sponsor is also somewhat anonymous or can still be identified. That way consumers also know the origin of opinions and claims about these products.

2. Not in the Form of Personal Communication

Commercial advertising has the nature of non-personal communication. Regardless of the way it is presented, commercial advertisements are always intended for the general public, not for personal consumption.

But it’s possible that today there are some personalized advertising communication patterns that do feel like they are for a certain person. However, this is only limited to the method of presentation to be able to bind the customer experience.

3. Has a Persuasive Nature

Commercial advertising has a persuasive nature. The main target of commercial advertising is to be able to increase sales of a particular product or service. In order to achieve this goal, commercial advertisements usually have a very persuasive nature so that consumers can be sure that the offers in the advertisement are better than the advertisement offers from other competing brands .

Because it also often makes commercial advertisements always ensure that the content created can indeed show the products offered can meet the needs and improve the quality of life of consumers.

Many methods are used in commercial advertising. Starting from attracting consumer emotions, winning the trust of consumers using authority support or providing logical reasons why consumers should buy a product or use a service.

4. Aimed at Target Audience

Commercial advertising is intended for the target audience. Where recently this feature has been increasingly felt. In the past, advertisements were broadcast via television or radio broadcasts that could reach a fairly wide audience.

But now more and more advertisements are being served through digital platforms whose reach is not only wider but also segmented.

Every product or service brand has its own personal buyer that they want to attract. Currently, the focus of an advertisement on a certain segment is also quite effective. Because of this, commercial advertisements are currently more specifically designed to attract the target audience.

Those are some of the characteristics possessed by commercial advertising. Then you also need to know that in commercial advertisements there is always persuasive language such as solicitation and seduction. Then in commercial advertisements also often use words that are interesting and easy to understand and also explain the product or service you want to advertise.

Commercial Advertising Purposes

If seen from the previous explanation, the purpose of commercial advertising is to be able to bring profit to the owner of the product being promoted by the advertisement. However, if we take a deeper look at the goals of commercial advertising, there are still a few more. The following are some of the purposes of commercial advertising.

1. Introducing the Product or Brand

The first purpose of commercial advertising is to introduce a product or brand. Actually it is a simple logic. Where consumers will not recognize and buy a product if the existence of the product or brand is unknown.

Therefore, a brand or a company needs to make efforts to be able to introduce its products to the wider community, especially for products that have just been released.

Advertising which is basically a medium for creating awareness of a brand or product will usually fall into the category of informative advertising . Where this advertisement will be a medium for introducing new products, certain programs and providing knowledge to potential customers regarding the benefits and advantages of the product or service being offered.

2. Make Prospective Consumers Interested

The next goal of commercial advertising is to convince consumers that the product or service being offered is the best compared to other competitors. The existence of commercial advertising is also expected to be able to change perceptions and form a positive image related to a product or a brand .

The main target is consumers can take action. As an example, consumers are starting to switch from competing products to products that are being offered through commercial advertisements. Apart from that, for old customers, interest from new customers can also make them continue to use the product.

Efforts to keep consumers interested will mostly use a technique that uses persuasive advertising techniques . In this type of advertisement, features, facts and advantages are usually not highlighted.

Persuasive advertising actually only makes consumers have an interest in products by touching their emotions. An example is giving an exclusive, cool or successful impression which can make consumers want to be part of that environment.

3. Ensuring Products Don’t Decline Early

It should be noted that every product has a life cycle and there will be times when it will decline after reaching maturity in the market. Although in fact this will always be experienced by all products.

But of course you as the product owner also want the product to have a long life on the market. This can be realized using commercial advertising.

Where the company will release product advertisements that are already well established with the aim of reminding consumers about these products or services. This process is usually known as reminder advertising .

Simply put, this advertisement exists so that the products that have been sold do not experience a decline before the time comes. It is even possible that using reminder advertising techniques can make a product or service age quite a bit longer than it is generally on the market.

Each purpose of commercial advertising as explained above is basically to introduce a product so that consumers can be interested and buy the product. Until in the end consumers who have used these products remain loyal to use them. This of course can make the product have a longer age on the market.

Types of Commercial Ads

Even though currently the existence of commercial advertisements has been widely aired in various media. But actually commercial advertising is still divided into two types, you know. The two types of commercial advertising are strategic commercial advertising and tactical commercial advertising. Explanations of the two types of commercial advertising are provided below.

1. Commercial Advertising Strategy

The first type is strategic commercial advertising. Where the function of this type of commercial advertising is to help the process of building an existing brand. The method used is usually to inform about the advantages and benefits of the product and the value of the brand. The existence of strategic commercial advertising also makes consumers more confident that the product brand is always there for them.

2. Tactical Commercial Advertising

Next there is a type of tactical commercial advertising. Where in this advertisement is able to give encouragement or pressure to consumers to make contact with the brand that is being introduced quickly.

Most of these ads will provide special offers in a relatively short time. This is done so that consumers can provide a quick response to the products offered on the same day.

Commercial Advertising Structure

After knowing all things related to commercial advertising. To be more complete, we will study together about the structure that is in a commercial advertisement.

Simply put, commercial advertising is an advertisement that has the goal of marketing a product or something that is being sold by certain companies or individuals so that these products can sell well in the market.

Of course, in order to match the delivery target, we as product owners must be able to make an advertisement well and have a neat structure. Making commercial advertisements also requires good planning so that these advertisements can run according to plans that have been made before.

In general, the process of making commercial advertisements requires an appropriate script and also a storyline in which there are interesting, clear and sequential introductory words. According to experts in the field of advertising, commercial advertising at least uses an attractive image.

This is done so that people can be more interested in the advertisement and understand what is conveyed in it. In addition, the commercial advertisement must also include a title, product name and an explanation related to the product.

Example of Commercial Ads

In Indonesia, there are indeed many commercial advertisements that are easier for us to find at this time. An example is an advertisement for Indomie products in the 90s. Where at this time the advertisement for this product has a lyrical tagline that makes it easy for people to recognize it when they miss it, even if it’s just a piece of it.

This ad is also included as one of the most interesting types of commercial advertising. Of course, you are also no stranger to the lyrics ” From Sabang to Merauke ” in advertisements for Indomie products in the 90s.

Thus a review of commercial advertising . Sinaumed’s can read books related to advertising that you can get at sinaumedia.com . sinaumedia always provides the best products so you have #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Hendrik

Also read:

Fun Fact Venus – In order in the solar system of the Milky Way galaxy, the planet Venus is a planet that has the second closest distance to the Sun. Venus only lost to the planet Mercury which has the closest distance from the Sun. The planet Venus itself is also known as the brightest natural object in the sky at night after the Moon.

Based on the shape, the planet Venus has almost the same physical characteristics as Earth. In terms of dimensions and density of air from its atmosphere layer, Venus is very similar to Earth. It’s just that the planet Venus has a surface that consists mostly of gas clouds with very hot temperatures. The temperature that Venus has is in the range of 462°C. It is not surprising that Venus is the hottest planet in the Milky Way galaxy system.

Meanwhile, the maximum brightness possessed by the planet Venus can be seen just before sunrise or after sunset. Thanks to this brightness, Venus is nicknamed the Morning Star or Evening Star from the 2020 book Our Earth in the Solar System.

Now, for Sinaumed’s who are curious about the sundries, fun facts of Venus, this article will discuss in depth all the things you need to know. Come on, see the full review below!

Features of Venus

According to the official website of NASA (National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics), the planet Venus has several differences from Earth and several other planets in the Milky Way galaxy. The United States’ aviation and space agency has long observed other planets around Earth. So, here are some special features possessed by the planet Venus, including:

1. The planet Venus is very hot

The planet Venus is known to have a very thick and dense atmosphere. In addition, the planet’s atmosphere is also heavily filled with toxic carbon dioxide while being shrouded in thick clouds of heat-trapping yellowish sulfuric acid. No wonder, when the heat from Venus causes an uncontrolled greenhouse effect with hot temperatures reaching 471 degrees Celsius.

2. The planet Venus has a unique surface

In terms of surface features, the planet Venus has quite a few differences compared to Earth. This planet has a corona or crown. Plus, there is a structure that resembles a ring with a width of about 155 to 2100 km. Scientists believe that the corona or crown that belongs to the planet Venus is formed when hot material at the bottom of the crust rises enough to bend the surface.

The planet Venus also has a rust-colored surface. In addition, there are tesserae or high areas where there are many very creaking mountains and several valleys in different directions. According to scientists, there are thousands of large active volcanoes on the planet Venus today.

3. Huge Surface Pressure

Not only is it known as a very hot planet, Venus also has a surface pressure that is 90 times greater than that of Earth. The pressure on the surface of the planet Venus is the same as the pressure found at a depth of 1000 meters below sea level.

4. Venus rotates in the opposite direction

The planet Venus is known to take 243 Earth days to rotate on its axis. The rotation time of the planet Venus is considered very slow when compared to several other large planets. The impact of this slow rotation makes the metal core of the planet Venus unable to produce a magnetic field like that on Earth.

In addition to slowly rotating on its axis, the planet Venus also rotates in the opposite direction. Of course this is very different from several other planets in the solar system. This is very different from the sun rising from the west and setting in the east.

Venus Fun Facts

Even though the planet Venus is pretty close to planet Earth, it looks like humanity will have a hard time getting here. The planet that has the name of the Roman Goddess of Beauty and Love is known to be very impossible to explore. Of course, this planet is very different from Mars, which has previously been landed by humans.

Talking about the planet Venus, of course, is not enough with its characteristics. There are sundries, Venus fun facts that you need to know more. Starting from Earth’s twin planet, a planet with long days and short years, to a planet that is famous for its smell

So, here is a discussion of sundries, fun facts about Venus, which have been compiled from various reliable sources. So, see this review until it’s finished, Sinaumed’s.

1. Earth’s Toxic Twin Planet

As previously stated, even though it has a very different appearance, the planet Venus is the most identical twin to planet Earth. The similarities that these two planets have can be seen based on their size and the structure that forms them.

It’s just that, the planet Venus has a surface that is very hot to extreme levels. Plus, the atmosphere that belongs to the planets nicknamed the Morning Star and Evening Star is very toxic.

2. Second Planet from the Sun

In the order of the Milky Way galaxy, the planet Venus is the second closest planet to the Sun. Venus is only one order away from the planet Mercury as the planet closest to the Sun. The planet Venus itself can make orbits at a distance of about 67 million miles or 108 million kilometers.

3. Venus Has Long Days and Short Years

The distance that must be traveled by the planet Venus to rotate on its axis is very long and slow. Not surprisingly, the planet Venus has one day which is almost the same as 243 days on planet Earth. However, its closer distance to the Sun makes the planet Venus have a shorter year than Earth. One year on Venus only takes about 225 Earth days.

4. Has a Varied Field

The planet Venus basically has a solid surface covered with volcanoes such as domes, fissures, and other mountainous areas. The mountainous regions of the planet have vast volcanic plains. Plus, the highlands on Venus also have extensive jagged structures.

There are more volcanoes on the planet than some other planets in the Milky Way galaxy. Astronomers claim that there are more than 1,600 volcanoes on the surface of Venus alone. These calculations have not been added to several mini volcanoes that are too small to be seen. Until now, of these numbers there are only 37 active volcanoes.

5. Younger Surface Age

Scientists found that most of the surface of the planet Venus is less than a billion years old. In fact, the estimated surface age of the planet Venus is only 150 million years. This is of course relatively young when adjusted from a geological perspective.

6. Extreme Greenhouse Effect

The thick atmosphere that belongs to the planet Venus is able to trap heat from the Sun. This of course creates an extreme and uncontrollable greenhouse effect. Not surprisingly, the planet Venus gets the title as the hottest planet in the Solar System with temperatures that can be used to melt lead.

In addition to sulfuric acid, the atmosphere of the planet Venus consists of 96 percent carbon dioxide. This makes this planet unsuitable for life on earth that depends on oxygen. Plus, the uncontrollable greenhouse effect makes the water on the planet Venus always evaporate.

7. The Smelly Planet

The planet Venus can be confirmed to be a toxic planet. Counting from an altitude of 28 to 43 miles (45 – 70 kilometers), the planet Venus is shrouded in thick clouds of toxic sulfuric acid. Almost like sulfuric acid on Earth, the planet Venus smells like rotten eggs.

8. Spaceship Magnets

The planet Venus was recorded as the first planet that was successfully explored by a spacecraft. Early in the history of space exploration, Venus was studied quite intensively by scientists. It’s just that, the extraordinary heat that Venus produces makes Astronauts last for only a few hours.

9. Life on Venus

With the shape and structure that belongs to the planet Venus, it is very unlikely that there is life like on planet Earth. However, some scientists created a theory that microbes most likely existed and could survive on the planet Venus. High in the cooler clouds and pressure similar to the surface of the earth. Phosphine, being one of the potential indicators of microbial life, has been observed in clouds.

10. The wind on Venus is always noisy

The atmospheres of the planets Venus and Earth are of course very different. How fast the tornadoes and tornadoes on Earth cannot be compared with the winds on the planet Venus.

In the middle cloud layer of Venus, winds pass with speeds of up to 724 kilometers per hour. Of course the wind speed is not suitable for humans living on Earth. This is because the wind on the planet Venus moves up to 60 times the speed of its rotation. Meanwhile, the fastest winds on Earth are only in the range of 10-20 times the planet’s rotation speed.

11. Planets that are Rarely Seen Past the Sun

When compared to several other planets, Venus can be said to be one of the planets that is rarely seen crossing the Sun from Earth. Certainly, the planet Venus crossing the Sun is seen less than once in a century.

Since the invention of the first telescope in 1608, it has been recorded that Venus has been seen crossing the Sun only seven times. The view of Venus crossing the Sun was first seen in December 1639. This success was the result of important thinking and accurate calculations by two English astronomers, namely Jeremiah Horrocks and William Crabtree

From 5 to 6 June 2012, the planet Venus was again seen crossing the Sun. This scene can be seen in North America as well as parts of South America, West Asia, East Africa, and almost all of Europe. The view of the planet Venus crossing the Sun can be seen again around 2117.

12. The brightest planet that can be seen from Earth

For those of you who can’t wait for the planet Venus to cross the Sun, there is an easier way to witness Venus. Apart from the Moon, the planet Venus can always be seen from Earth. This is because the distance that the planet Venus and Earth have is quite close compared to other planets. Not only that, Venus is also the brightest celestial object and can be seen from Earth.

In January 2011, a unique event occurred involving Venus and a pilot. An Air Canada Boeing 767 pilot who was about to fly from Toronto, Canada to Zurich, Switzerland made an emergency landing to avoid a collision with a mysterious light object. Apparently, the pilot who was a little sleepy mistook the planet Venus for a mysterious light object. Luckily, this incident did not cause any casualties.

13. Venus is a Mysterious Planet

Until now, this planet that is close to Earth still holds various mysteries to be studied. Not only now, ancient human civilizations have also started doing research related to the planet Venus. Research on Venus began to be traced the first time in the 16th century BC by the Babylonian Empire. The Babylonian people called the planet Venus “Ninsi’anna” or it could mean “Holy Woman”.

Meanwhile, the ancient Greek civilization considered that the planet Venus was two different stars, namely Phosphorus in the morning and Hesperus in the evening. However, as time went on to be precise in the 6th century BC, this view was refuted by the mathematician Pythagoras from Samos who stated that the two stars were one planet. It’s just that the planet can be seen or appears in the morning and evening.

14. Like the Moon, Venus Looks to Have Phases on Earth

The planet Venus itself makes a revolution or goes around the Sun under Earth’s orbit. This makes the planet, nicknamed the morning star, appear to have phases like the moon. This theory has previously been expressed by a legendary Italian scientist, namely Galileo Galilei. In the early 17th century, the study of Venus became one of the strongest pieces of evidence showing that the Sun is the center of the solar system (heliocentric). As a result, this theory breaks the view that the Earth is the center of the solar system (geocentric).

When the planet Venus is far from the Sun, this planet will appear half shining. Meanwhile, if Venus is near the Sun, this planet will appear to form a crescent or even a full circle. The results of these observations are very reasonable to prove that the planet Venus does not revolve around the Earth, but the Sun.

From some of the explanations above, it can be said that if there was no planet Venus, it would be very difficult to imagine how hot the earth would be. In addition, the planet Venus is also known as the morning star planet because when seen by humans it looks like a very bright star.

Those are some Sundries, Fun Fact Venus, a planet that is close to Earth and is famous as a symbol of women and extreme heat. For Sinaumed’s who are curious about the planet Venus, you can read books related to Sundries, Venus Fun Facts and various other interesting outer space things by visiting sinaumedia.com so you will have #MoreWithReading information.

Example of TOEFL questions – The English test is a test that is almost unavoidable while still learning English. The English language test is usually used as one of the graduation requirements for both school and college. Therefore, of course you can’t avoid this English test right?

The English language test actually has the aim of testing one’s competence or testing one’s English skills. There are several ways or types of tests carried out to test it, starting from tests such as the TOEFL, TOEIC, to IELTS tests. Before taking the English test, you will usually need examples of TOEFL, TOEIC, or IELTS questions as practice to work on so you can get maximum results.

So, in this article, sinaumedia.com will present examples of TOEFL questions along with their answers and discussion. We hope that you will understand more about the questions for the TOEFL test. Come on, see the full review below!

Sample TOEFL questions

A. Listening Comprehension

On the recording, you hear:

Man : I heard Arthur isn’t tutoring here in this term.

Woman : That’s right. He was fired.

narrator : What does the woman say about Arthur?

in your test book, you read:

1. He’s changing the term.
2. The school is on fire.
3. He was dismissed from his job.
4. He’s tired of tutoring.

You learn from the conversation that the woman thought the man was fired

from his job. The best answer to the question, What does the woman say about

Arthur? is (C) He was dismissed from his job. Therefore, the correct choice is C.

1.

1. A. He’s the best.
2. He always uses his body.
3. He’s really big.
4. He’s got a good head on his shoulders.

2.

1. A. She was waiting for the gift.
2. She couldn’t have obtained more gifts.
3. The gift really amazed her.
4. nothing could stop her.

3.

1. A. Taking it along with physics.
2. Take it later.
3. Taking it instead of physics.
4. Taking them all now.

4.

1. A. He could not comprehend the problem.
2. It was possible for him to finish the problem.
3. He has not had time to check the assignment.
4. He could not understand the biology lecture.

5.

1. A. She was ready a few minutes ago.
2. She is going to chemistry class.
3. She’ll be ready in a couple of hours.
4. She needs to finish the history assignment first.

6.

1. A. The class takes a lot of time.
2. She is assuming the class is difficult. 
3. The class is terrible all the time.
4. She is summing up the class is difficult.

7.

1. A. The problem is difficult to be fixed.
2. The problem can be fixed.
3. There is a pair of problems.
4. A solution is not deceptive.

8.

1. A. Looking for a flat.
2. Paying bills.
3. Switching the lights off.
4. Arguing to the landlord.

9.

1. A. She’s taking a different course.
2. She has the key to the classroom.
3. The key was misplaced.
4. They were in the regular room.

10.

1. A. He doesn’t think there’s a class today.
2. The man is quite prepared.
3. it is unusual for this professor to give quizzes.
4. The professor always gives quizzes regularly.

11.

1. A. He’s exhausted.
2. He has studied about the war for hours.
3. He’s ready to study for hours.
4. He’s wearing a new cloth.

12.

1. A. She’s sure the exhibition isn’t free.
2. The exhibition is not very far away.
3. She doesn’t know how far away the exhibit is.
4. She’s uncertain about the fee.

13.

1. A. nick wants to buy the book.
2. nick has the book.
3. He never lent the book to nick.
4. He will lend it to the woman.

14.

1. A. He has to be on time for class.
2. They are already late for class.
3. it’s too early to go to class.
4. He has no time to go to class.

15.

1. A. He is an engineer.
2. He is a philosopher.
3. He is an astronomer.
4. He is a technician.

B. Structure and Written Expression

Directions:

Items in the first part of this section are incomplete sentences. Under each of

these sentences, there are four words or phrases. You will choose the one word or

phrases – (A), (B), (C), or (D) – that best completes the sentence.

1. 1. 1. … of the Stamp Act in 1765 provoked strong opposition among the American colonists.
   2. 1. The passage was
      2. it was the passage
      3. Before the passage
      4. The passage
   3. 2. in 1905 Juneau replaced Sitka … Alaska.
   4. 1. the capital was
      2. as the capital of
      3. was the capital of
      4. the capital being
   5. 3. … were first viewed through a telescope by Galileo.
   6. 1. Jupiter has four moons
      2. Jupiter’s four moons
      3. Jupiter surrounded by four moons
      4. Surrounded by four moons, Jupiter
   7. 4. … the end of the ice Age around 8000 BC, mammoths became extinct.
   8. 1. with
      2. it was
      3. that
      4. in addition
   9. 5. There are two basic kinds of air compressors, reciprocating and ….
   10. 1. another kind that is rotating
       2. one that rotates
       3. a rotating kind
       4. rotating
   11. 6. The human body has four jugular veins, … each side of the neck.
   12. 1. there are two on
       2. it has two on
       3. two are on
       4. two on
   13. 7. … its proximity to new York, new Jersey is an important link in the nation’s transportation system.
   14. 1. since
       2. As a result
       3. however
       4. because of
   15. 8. Agronomists work to improve the quality of crops, increase the yield of fields, and … of the soil.
   16. 1. the quality is maintained
       2. maintain the quality
       3. the maintenance of the quality
       4. maintaining the quality
   17. 9. From 1898 to 1933, the US Weather Bureau obtained information about the weather from … to box kites.
   18. 1. attached devices
       2. attached to devices
       3. attached devices
       4. devices were attached
   19. 10. Projective tests … as the Rorschach Test have no right or wrong answers.
   20. 11. One purpose … to decide if there is sufficient evidence to try a person for a crime.
   21. 1. of a grand jury is
       2. of a Grand Jury
       3. for a grand jury
       4. of a grand jury which is
   22. 12. … in 1937, the Golden Gate Bridge spans the channel at the entrance to San Francisco Bay.
   23. 1. Completes
       2. Completed
       3. Completing
       4. to complete
   24. 13. A slipped disk as a condition … the intervertebral disk protrudes and presses on nerves.
   25. 1. what
       2. which is
       3. in which
       4. that
   26. 14. Scientists stress that the overall warming trend of the last decade holds much more significance … single year’s temperatures.
   27. 1. any do
       2. than do any
       3. than any do
       4. do than
   28. 15. When … impulses from many of the neurons in one part of the brain, an epileptic seizure occurs.

1. 1. 1. the simultaneous bursts
      2. simultaneously burst
      3. there are simultaneous bursts of
      4. simultaneously bursting

The rest of the items in this section consist of sentences in which four words or phrases have been underlined. You must identify the one underlined expression – (A), (B), (C), or (D) – that must be changed in order to correct the sentence.

C. Reading Comprehension

Directions:

In this section you will read several passages. Each one is followed by a number of questions about it. You are to choose one best answer, (A), (B), (C), or (D), for each question. Then on your answer sheet, find the number of the question and fill in the space that corresponds to the letter of the answer you have chosen.

Answer all questions about the information in a passage on the basis of what is stated or implied in that passage.

Read the following passage.

John Quincy Adams, who served as the sixth president of the United States from 1825 to 1829, is today recognized for his masterful statesmanship and diplomacy. He dedicated his life to public service, both in the presidency and in the various other political offers that he held. Throughout his political career he demonstrated his unswerving belief in freedom of speech, the antislavery cause, and the right of Americans to be free from European and Asian domination.

Example 1

To what did John Quincy Adams devote his life?

1. 1. 1. improving his personal life
      2. Serving the public
      3. increasing his fortune
      4. Working on his private business

Sample Answer: B

According to the passage, John Quincy Adams “dedicated his life to the public

service”. Therefore, you should choose (B).

Example 2

In the third sentence, the word “unswerving” is closest in meaning to ….

1. 1. 1. moveable
      2. insignificant
      3. unchanging
      4. diplomatic

Sample Answer: C

The passage states that John Quincy Adams demonstrated his unswerving belief

“throughout his career”. This implies that the belief did not change. Therefore, you

should choose (C).

Read the text to answer questions 1 to 9.

The next famous woman writer to be considered is Dorothy Parker, an American poet, short story writer, and literary critic who became famous in the early twentieth century for her witty but cynical observations on life. She got her first paying job as a writer in 1916 at the age of twenty-three when she began working for a women’s magazine, and nine years later she became a contributor to The new Yorker and regularly had her book reviews appear in “Constant Reader ”, a column in that magazine.

In addition to her magazine work, she published volumes of poetry and short stories with the recurrent themes of disappointment with life and the loss of idealism; these pessimistic themes, however, were presented with biting wit. One of her most famous observations, “Men seldom make passes/At girls who wear glasses,” came from the poem “news item,” which was published in the volume Enough Rope (1926). This volume of poetry was followed by Sunset Gun (1928), Death and Taxes (1931), and a collection of short stories, Here Lies (1939). Her book reviews were published in 1970 in a volume entitled “Constant Reader”.

1. What topic does the paragraph preceding the passage most likely discussed….

1. Dorothy Parker’s early childhood
2. American literature of the nineteenth century
3. An introduction to literary criticism
4. A well-known female author other than Dorothy Parker

2. According to the passage, Dorothy Parker was not famous for ….

1. poetry
2. humor
3. book reviews
4. autobiography

3. The word “observations” in paragraph 1 could best be replaced by ….

1. looks
2. scenes
3. views
4. jokes

4. Dorothy Parker’s first job was ….

1. for a women’s magazine
2. as a literary critic
3. for The New Yorker
4. as a short story writer

5. in paragraph 2, the word “recurrent” is closest in meaning to which of the following?

1. Related
2. repeated
3. flowing
4. negative

6. The word “pessimistic” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to ….

1. negative
2. impractical
3. forgotten
4. unattained

7. The expression “biting wit” in paragraph 2 could best be replaced by which of the following?

1. intelligence
2. Sadness
3. Sharp humour
4. Hunger

8. In what year did “news item” appear?

1. 1916
2. 1926
3. 1928
4. 1931

9. It can be inferred from the passage that the title of Parker’s volume of book reviews came from ….

1. some earlier work she had done
2. a favorite expression of hers
3. a title of none of her poems
4. her biting sense of humor

Thus the discussion of examples of TEOFL questions. For Sinaumed’s who want to know more about TOEFL, TOEIC, and IELTS, they can read related books by visiting sinaumedia.com .

To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Umm

Source:

1. 1. • https://www.kemdikbud.co.id/download-example-soal-toefl-terbaru-dan-pembeshamannya/
      • https://drive.google.com/file/d/12q9Dhtk3WsqXl569WuMYmJDTXOtpp8d6/view
      • https://www.geniusedukasi.com/

Hygiene hadith – Maintaining cleanliness is one of Allah’s commands for all Muslims, without exception. In addition, Islam also upholds cleanliness. Because it is considered important, the command to always maintain cleanliness is also stated in many hadiths.

Apart from being considered a good habit, maintaining cleanliness has also become a ritual for a Muslim. Examples include purifying oneself five times a day by making ablution before prayer and so on. Therefore, cleanliness is something that cannot be separated from Islam.

Maintaining cleanliness is the same as maintaining a healthy body. By maintaining cleanliness, a person will be far from various kinds of diseases. More than that, maintaining cleanliness also means ensuring that one is truly clean and holy when worshiping God.

Regarding cleanliness, here is a collection of hadiths about cleanliness that need to be practiced and taught to children from an early age. However, before discussing the hadith on cleanliness, it is better for us to discuss maintaining cleanliness according to Islam first.

Maintaining Cleanliness According to Islam

According to Islam, cleanliness has an aspect of worship as well as a moral aspect which is often used with the term Thaharah which means purification and removing or releasing dirt.

In the Quran itself, the word Thaharah is even repeated 19 times. This proves how important the aspect of cleanliness is in Islam. Some of the letters that mention the word Thaharah are as follows:

1. Holy from menstruation: Al Baqarah 2: 222
2. Purify or elevate maryam: Al Imran 3: 42
3. Sanctify wealth: At-Taubah 9: 103
4. Purify the heart: Al-Maidah 5: 41
5. Purify yourself and perfect the favors: Al Maidah 5: 6
6. Water used for purification: Al-Anfal 8: 11
7. Sanctify or elevate the degree of ahlul bait: Al Ahzab 33:33
8. The sanctity of Allah’s house for those who perform tawaf: Al Hajj 22: 26
9. Holy clothes: Al Muddassir 74: 4
10. The sanctity of Allah’s house: Al Baqarah 2: 125
11. Those who love purification: Al A’raf 7: 83
12. Water from the holy sky: Al Furqan 25: 48; An Naml 37: 59; Al Insan 76: 31; Al Baqarah 2: 232; Hud 11:78; Al Ahzab 33: 53; Al Mujilah 58: 12; Al Imran 3: 55; Al Baqarah 2: 25; Al Imran 3: 15; An Nisa 4: 57; Ab-Basa 80:14; Al Bayyinah 98: 14; Al Waqiah 56: 79.

According to the research journal Ushuluddin Science UIN Sunan Gunung Jati Bandung , there are three kinds of terms of cleanliness in Islam. Are as follows:

1. Nazafah or nazif, namely cleanliness at the first level, such as the cleanliness of a person or thing from external dirt that can be cleaned using water.
2. Taharah according to language means to purify which has a broader meaning, which includes external cleanliness as well as spiritual cleanliness.
3. Takziyah is to cleanse oneself from disgraceful traits and improve oneself from all praiseworthy qualities.

As previously explained, that God really likes cleanliness. Allah says in the letter Al Baqarah verse 222 which means,

“Verily Allah loves those who repent and those who purify themselves.”

Apart from that, Allah also classifies His people as lucky people if that person always maintains personal hygiene, especially when going to perform worship. As the word of Allah in the Al-Quran Surah Al-A’la,

“Surely lucky is he who cleanses himself with faith and he remembers the name of his Lord, then he worships (prays). But you disbelievers choose the worldly life, while the hereafter will be better and more lasting.” ( QS Al-A’la 87: 14-17 ) .

Hygiene Hadith Collection

Knowing or even practicing the hadith of cleanliness is one of the tools of monotheism recommended by Islam to maintain a healthy life. Allah SWT really loves cleanliness and purity, even in every Islamic religious service it is required to purify oneself, namely by doing ablution. In addition to ablution, in Islam it is also obligatory to purify oneself from large and small hadas by means of a large bath.

Seeing the importance of cleanliness and purity in Islam, there are many hadiths that explain cleanliness. The following is a collection of hadiths about cleanliness in Islam.

1. Cleanliness Will Bring Rewards

Through the hadiths of cleanliness, the Apostle taught his people to be pioneers in carrying out and maintaining cleanliness, for example, such as maintaining cleanliness of the body, clothes to cleanliness of the environment.

Here is the hadith,

حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ حَدَّثَنَا حَبَّانُ بْنُ هِلَالٍ حَدَّثَنَا أَبَانُ حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى أَنَّ زَيْدًا حَدَّثَهُ أَنَّ أَبَا سَلَّامٍ حَدَّثَهُ عَنْ أَبِي مَالِكٍ الْأَشْعَرِيِّ قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الطُّهُورُ شَطْرُ الْإِيمَانِ وَالْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ تَمْلَأُ الْمِيزَانَ وَسُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ وَالْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ تَمْلَآَنِ أَوْ تَمْلَأُ مَا بَيْنَ السَّمَاوَاتِ وَالْأَرْضِ وَالصَّلَاةُ نُورٌ وَالصَّدَقَةُ بُرْهَانٌ وَالصَّبْرُ ضِيَاءٌ وَالْقُرْآنُ حُجَّةٌ لَكَ أَوْ عَلَيْكَ كُلُّ النَّاسِ يَغْدُو فَبَايِعٌ نَفْسَهُ فَمُعْتِقُهَا أَوْ مُوبِقُهَا

It means:

Has told us Ishaq bin Mansur has told us, Habban bin Hilla, has told us, Aban has told us Yahya, that Zaid has told him, that Abu Sallam has told him from Abu Malik Al Asyari, that he said,

“The Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wassalam said, ‘purification is half of faith, alhamdulillah it fills the scales, subhanallah and alhamdulillah both of them can fulfill or one of them can fulfill what is between the heavens and the earth, prayer is a light, alms is a guide, patience is a light and The Quran is a proof for your good deeds and an argument for your bad deeds. Every human being tries, then there are people who sell themselves, so he frees them or destroys them. ( Narrated by Muslim number 328 )

From this hadith, it can be concluded that cleanliness is not only good for health, but also has a reward value from Allah SWT.

As regards the hadith, it is stated that purification is half of faith. This is related to a person’s faith which becomes complete, if that person can maintain cleanliness and purity for himself.

Clean living in question is physically, spiritually, physically and mentally healthy, piety and faith, commendable behavior and a comfortable and pleasant environment.

This series of hadiths indirectly indicates that maintaining cleanliness is very important and a main thing, just like other practices such as prayer, dhikr, patience and charity.

2. The Apostle cursed Muslims who were reluctant to maintain cleanliness

Rasulullah SAW, forbade Muslims to pollute the surrounding environment. So if there are people who are Muslims, then he is encouraged to always maintain personal hygiene and the surrounding environment.

This is explained in the words of the Prophet Muhammad which was narrated by Imam Muslim, from Abu Barzah ra, that he asked the Prophet Muhammad SAW about things that could be beneficial if done, then the Apostle replied, “Remove dirt from the paths of the Muslims. “

Apart from that, it is also important for Muslims to always keep their place of residence and the surrounding environment clean. As in the following hadith cleanliness.

God bless you

It means:

Clean your yard, because the Jews don’t like cleaning their yard. (Narrated by Ath Thabrani in Al Ausath, 4/231 which was issued by Al Albani in the Ash Shahihah Lineage no 236)

In another cleanliness hadith, Rasulullah SAW also invites Muslims to stay away from two things that are cursed and hated, “Fear two things that are full of curses! The Companions then asked, ‘what are these two curses, O Messenger of Allah?’ then the Apostle also said, namely those who defecate on public roads or in their yards.

3. Hadith About Maintaining Personal Cleanliness

In addition to keeping the environment clean, maintaining personal hygiene is important. This is also explained in a hadith narrated by Bukhari and Muslim.

“From Abu Hurairah ra, the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam said, ‘There are 5 kinds of fitrah namely circumcision, shaving pubic hair, cutting moustache, cutting nails and plucking armpit hairs.” ( Narrated by Bukhari and Muslim )

So, Sinaumed’s can get used to himself or his children from an early age to always maintain cleanliness in the five ways above. Sinaumed’s can start by teaching simple things first. Examples include cutting nails every Friday or circumcision or circumcision for boys. Then also pay attention to always clean yourself from all uncleanness and dirt by bathing.

Then, when the child has grown up, teach the child to take care of himself by shaving his pubic hairs, cutting a man’s mustache and finally plucking his armpit hairs.

4. Maintain Hair Cleanliness and Neatness

Apart from the five fitrahs that have been mentioned in the previous hadith, Islam has also emphasized personal hygiene, including keeping hair neat. Even specifically, the Prophet mentioned that Muslims should honor their hair by caring for it. Here’s the hadith.

“It is better if he has hair, then glorify him (hair)!” ( Narrated by Abu Dawud )

There is also another hadith which explains that the Prophet once reprimanded someone who had fluffy (or not combed) hair and an irregular beard. Here’s the hadith.

“Rasulullah SAW also forbade him to enter the mosque until the person smoothed his hair. Rasulullah SAW then said, ‘isn’t that better than you coming with fluffy hair like (stature) from satan.”

5. Pay attention to dental and oral hygiene

Important personal hygiene also includes maintaining clean teeth and mouth. Therefore, the Prophet also taught Muslims to have a scales. Here’s the hadith.

عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ – رَضِيَ اللهُ عَنْهُ – : أَنَّ رَسُوْلَ اللهِ – صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ – ، قَالَ : (( لَوْلاَ أنْ أشُقَّ عَلَى أُمَّتِي – أَوْ عَلَى النَّاسِ – لأَمَرْتُهُمْ بِالسِّوَاكِ مَعَ كُلِّ صَلاَةٍ )) متفقٌ عَلَيْهِ

“From Abu Hurairah ra, that Rasulullah SAW once said, ‘If it doesn’t burden my people or doesn’t burden humans, then I will definitely order them to have their heads together with each prayer.” ( Muttafaq Alaih. Hadith narrated by Al Bukhari no. 887 and Muslim no. 452 )

6. The Hadith of Personal Cleanliness by Ablution

Every Muslim has an obligation to take ablution every time he prays. The guidance has many benefits and benefits, both physical and non-physical in nature.

The benefit or benefit of doing ablution physically is that it will make the parts of the body that are exposed to the ablution water always clean, because these parts of the body are cleaned five times a day or more, when a Muslim performs sunnah prayers. Then the non-physical benefits, ablution can clean small sins. Here’s the hadith.

عن أبي هريرة -رضي الله عنه- مرفوعاً :إِذَا تَوَضَّأَ العَبْدُ المُسْلِمُ، أَوِ المُؤْمِنُ، فَغَسَلَ وَجْهَهُ خَرَجَ مِن وَجْهِهِ كُلُّ خَطِيئَةٍ نَظَرَ إِلَيْهَا بعَيْنَيْهِ مع المَاءِ، أَوْ مع آخِرِ قَطْرِ المَاءِ، فَإِذَا غَسَلَ يَدَيْهِ خَرَجَ مِن يَدَيْهِ كُلُّ خَطِيئَةٍ كانَ بَطَشَتْهَا يَدَاهُ مع المَاءِ ، أَوْ مع آخِرِ قَطْرِ المَاءِ، فَإِذَا غَسَلَ رِجْلَيْهِ خَرَجَتْ كُلُّ خَطِيئَةٍ مَشَتْهَا رِجْلَاهُ مع المَاءِ، أَوْ مع آخِرِ قَطْرِ المَاءِ، حتَّى يَخْرُجَ نَقِيًّا مِنَ الذُّنُوبِ

“From Abu Hurairah ra, according to Marfu; that Rasulullah SAW said, ‘If there is a servant who is a Muslim or a believer performing ablution, then he washes his face, then all the faults that are seen with his two eyes will come out from his face, together with water or together with the last drop of water.

When he washes his hands, all the wrongs that he has done with his hands will flow out of them together with water or together with the last drops of water.

If he washes his feet, then all the faults committed by his feet will come out, together with the water or together with the last drop of water. Until he comes out clean from sins.” ( Hadith narrated by Muslim in Sahih Muslim no.244 )

7. Hadith Keeping the Environment Clean by Prohibiting Open Urination

As is well known, apart from maintaining personal hygiene, it is important for a Muslim to maintain the cleanliness of the surrounding environment. One of them is by not defecating or urinating. The following hadith explains.

عَنْ أَنَسٍ رضي الله عنه، أَنَّ أَعْرَابِيّاً بَالَ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ، فَقَامَ إِلَيْهِ بَعْضُ الْقَوْمِ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللّهِ صلّى الله عليه وسلّم: “دَعُوهُ وَلاَ تُزْرِمُوهُ” قَالَ فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ دَعَا بِدَلْوٍ مِنْ مَاءٍ، فَصَبَّهُ عَلَيْهِ
وفي رواية لمسلم: ثُمَّ إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللّهِ صلّى الله عليه وسلّم دَعَاهُ فَقَالَ لَهُ: “إِنَّ هذِهِ الْمَسَاجِدَ لاَ تَصْلُحُ لِشَيْءٍ مِنْ هذَا الْبَوْلِ وَلا الْقَذَرِ، إِنَّمَا هِيَ لِذِكْرِ الله – عزّ وجل -، وَالصَّلاَةِ، وَقِرَاءَةِ الْقُرْآنِ”

“From Anas ra, that a Bedouin Arab urinated in the mosque. Then a number of people would come to him, but Rasulullah SAW said, ‘Let him. Don’t stop it.’

Anas then said, ‘After the Bedouin finished urinating, the Prophet SAW then asked for a large bucket full of water to be taken, then poured into the urinal.

Then Rasulullah SAW called the Bedouin Arab and said to him, ‘These mosques are not suitable for urinating like this or excrement. These mosques are only for dhikr to Allah Azza wa Jalla, praying and reading the Koran.”

Those are 7 hygiene hadiths that need to be practiced and taught to children from childhood and of course practiced by adults. Hopefully all the discussion that has been explained can provide benefits for Sinaumed’s. If Sinaumed’s wants to know other authentic hadiths, then Sinaumed’s can read a collection of hadith books.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits , sinaumedia.com provides hadith collection books for Sinaumed’s who want to learn and add insight. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information .

Don’t hesitate to buy books at sinaumedia.com because they are guaranteed to be original and of good quality.

Author: Khansa

Also read:

Examples of Limerick Pantun – sinaumedian must have often heard of short poems like this? This short poem is called pantun.
What, really, is the poem? Pantun is one of the oldest forms of poetry. According to tradition, this rhyme was originally delivered orally. The origin of the word pantun itself is from the Minangkabau language: “Patuntun” or means guide. Here’s an example:

Mr. Markum has breakfast.
Eat bread with porridge.
Assalamualaikum, good morning.
We are cheerful, our hearts are grateful.

Pantun is an oral tradition belonging to the Malay community which later spread throughout Indonesia. Malay here means covering the entire island of Sumatra, including Padang and Riau, and the Malaysian peninsula.

Initially, rhymes were a form of oral literature, but now many rhymes have been transformed into written forms. Pantun is also known to be in the song too.

Actually, pantun is not only known in the Malay area. Poetry such as rhymes are also known in the Betawi, Javanese, or Sundanese communities, and also among other ethnic groups.

For example, in Kalimantan there are rhymes from the Banjar and Dayak regions. There are also rhymes from Batak, Tapanuli, Bali, Makassar, and there are still other tribes that recognize rhymes in their culture. Of course, in these areas pantun is known by a different name.

As old poetry, pantun has certain general rules. Although not stiff, but usually not far off the mark.

Characteristics and structure of the poem

There are several characteristics of how a verse of poetry is called pantun.

The first feature , there is no name of the creator, alias is always anonymous. The reason is that this rhyme is conveyed orally. Everyone can use this rhyme again at one time in the future, without having to give credit to the creator.

The second characteristic is that in a series or couplets or verses, the most common pantun consists of 4 lines or arrays, but there are also types of rhymes that are shorter or known as karmina.

The third characteristic is that each line of this rhyme usually consists of 8 to 12 syllables.

The next feature , namely the final rhyme of a rhyme is abab. The beauty of the rhyme apart from the words that are strung together, also comes from the rhyme or rhyme at the end.

Rima means the repetition of sound types at the end of a rhyme line. The rhyme or rhyme of this rhyme must be in the form of an abab. Cannot be replaced with aabb, or abba. Yes, this rhyme is very important because rhymes are originally in oral form, so they have to be very interesting when they are spoken.

If in the first two sentences or sampiran the ending sounds in the first line sounds like “a”, then the second sentence sounds like “b”.

Then in the two ending sentences of the rhyme, the final sound in the third line sounds similar to the first sentence, and in the second rhyme sentence the final sound is similar to the ending sound of the second sentence. So the final rhyme is: abab.

There are two parts to the pantun structure, namely the sampiran and the contents. The first two lines are called sampiran or opening.

Sampiran provides an introduction to listeners, how the rhythm and rhyme of the rhyme in the contents will sound.
Sampiran sometimes has nothing to do with the content. However, there are several rhymes whose function is as an opening or shadow before heading to the main problem. Then the next two lines are the contents or intent of the pantun itself. So, the essence of the poem is in the last two lines.

This is one of the limericks that is a little old.

People weave while sitting.
If you have, take it to the hall.
Seeing a cock wearing horns,
Came a weasel asking for peace.

There are 4 lines. The rhyme at the end of this pantun is abab: sit (a), balai (b), horns (a), and peace (b). Each line consists of 9-10 syllables. That chicken, which is often the victim of a weasel, can be very afraid of its predators (weasels), when the chicken shows its strength, which is represented by using horns. Although these horns are clearly fake, the weasel still doesn’t take any chances, and invites the chickens to make peace. Funny?

But, in this poem there is a valuable lesson. Make yourself like you have the power that your enemies fear. Then believe that you are strong enough or have the ability to defeat your enemy. So, it’s not impossible that your enemies will be reluctant and even afraid of you. So it’s like “fake it ’till you make it”.

Pantun Lightning or Karmina

There is also an instant edition of one type of rhyme, which only consists of 2 lines like this: Fat
drum, harp strings,
Full stomach, happy heart.

Another name for the rhyme form above is karmina, or lightning rhyme. Karmina is also part of old poetry and is an oral literature. The rhyme or rhyme of this lightning rhyme is similar, because it only has 2 lines, namely aa.

For example, the example of karmina above, the lute and the heart. The first line is the cover, and the second line is the rhyme. This rhyme contains things that are commonly known, when the stomach is full, the heart is definitely happy. Compare the mood when the stomach is hungry, the default will definitely want to grumble all the time, right.

At that time, Karmina was a little less popular than rhymes, and they were only spoken occasionally to convey advice or make fun of her in a subtle way. However, in this day and age, it seems that many people have chosen to use this lightning rhyme style as a joke as well. Maybe, because it’s only two lines, it looks easier to make.

Sinaumed’s can also learn how to write good rhymes through the book Expert Proverbs, New Poetry, and Rhymes which are below.

Types of Poems

There are several types of poetry that are known.

1. Pantun about customs that tells about customs and culture;
2. Religious rhymes, containing life advice based on religion;
3. Pantun mind which contains advice about the manners that we should apply in life;
4. Children’s rhymes, of course the contents are for listeners who are still children, usually about advice;
5. Heroic rhymes tell about heroism or heroic spirit.
6. Trading rhymes, not about trading profits and losses, but usually to tell the fate or story of someone who has
7. migrating or people who are less fortunate;
8. The rhyme of joy contains the joy of the speaker or the moment when he recites the rhyme;
9. Condolences, usually to describe life’s difficulties, for example about financial circumstances or impartial fate;
10. Love rhymes or love rhymes, which contain expressions of one’s feelings for another person;
11. Separation rhymes or divorce rhymes, the contents of which are about the feeling of losing someone;
12. Pantun proverbs, about proverbs or proverbs to advise;
13. Friendship rhyme contains stories of friendship; And
14. Limerick.

Of all, perhaps the most popular is the limerick. Currently, almost everyone uses limericks or sometimes some use karmina. Let’s talk about limericks.

Fried bakwan plus tofu,
be careful of getting hit by oil.
sinaumedian want to know?
Come on, now let’s listen!

Find various rhymes in the book Super Complete Collection of Proverb Pantun & Poetry that you can get at sinaumedia!

Read more: Definition of Pantun: Purpose, Function, Types, Characteristics and Examples of Pantun

Meaning of Limerick

From the name alone, we already understand that the limerick is clearly a poem that contains humor. The goal is to entertain people who hear. Just like any pantun in general, it has a sampiran and a content section, rhymes with abab (or aa, if the pantun consists of two lines), and remains anonymous.

So the meaning of limerick is one type of rhyme that contains humor and aims to entertain those who hear it.

Sometimes the sampiran part has nothing to do with it, but it is not impossible that there is humor in it and is related to the content of the rhymes.

The contents of the limericks also vary. Some of them are just plain jokes. There are also those who use this limerick to satirize, or reply to satire.

Or, rhyme riddles that are used to make guesses, and rhymes to answer guesses. And because the contents of this rhyme can invite a big smile, limericks will be very useful to break the ice.

Or if the atmosphere is indeed fluid, throwing limericks at each other will add to the warmth of the event.
Anyway, instead of only being able to carry feelings that will be baper when someone rhymes to insinuate or make jokes about us, it’s better to prepare rhymes to reply.

By reciprocating rhymes, we learn to think quickly and responsively in composing a series of sentences that rhyme beautifully, are full of jokes, are definitely not SARA, but are solid in content and right on target.

Characteristics of Limerick Poems

Basically the characteristics of limericks are almost the same as the characteristics of rhymes in general. Then what are the characteristics of limericks? The characteristics of limericks are as follows:

There are 4 Rows

The first feature, the limerick which contains very interesting words has 4 lines. Actually, it is almost the same as rhymes in general, but in limericks the lines shown tend to lead to humor or antics.

Have abab Rhyme Pattern

The second feature, the rhyme pattern in the limerick is abab. These rhymes that have the same sound make the limerick not only funny, but also pleasant to read or listen to.

There is a cover and content

The third feature is that the limerick has a sarong and content. However, in the sampiran section, it can be said that it is quite difficult to make because it requires the ability to compose witty or funny words. Meanwhile, in terms of content, it definitely has to be funny because the name itself is a limerick. Even though it is funny, it still doesn’t leave moral values ​​or life messages.

There are 8-12 syllables in a line

The fourth feature, one line of limerick has 8-12 syllables. Therefore, when making limericks, it should be as short as possible so that it remains funny and its meaning is easily accepted.

Those are the characteristics of limericks, hopefully by knowing the characteristics you can make limericks. To make it easier to make limericks, then you can see examples of limericks in the next discussion.

Example of Limerick Pantun

Below will be explained quite a lot of examples of limericks that you can know.

1. Limerick and its meaning

Want to see examples of other limericks that people have known for a long time?

When crabs come to the swamp
Leeches go down into the river.
When monkeys are laughing,
their faces are clearly very funny

The monkey doesn’t just laugh, he looks funny, especially when he laughs.

Tamarind kandis tamarind
One crate in the train
If grandma is old
My heart is still love

The husband’s seduction to his partner, that even though he is old, don’t worry, the love in his heart is only for his beloved wife.

Here is empty there is empty
There is no tobacco stick
I’m not telling a lie
There is a frog carrying a buffalo

Obviously “the me” is lying. How can a small frog carry a buffalo?

Snakehead fish in the swamps
Eel stuck in the net
My stomach hurts from laughing
Dentures jump onto the plate

About someone who wears dentures, but the dentures don’t cooperate so they jump onto the plate while the owner is eating.

There are still some other limericks. In the past, jokes were usually about other creatures, very little about other people, perhaps fearing that they would offend others. But now, it has shifted. Many limericks contain jokes or tell the funny situation of a friend. Like what? Here are some examples of rhymes and quick witty rhymes!

2. Limerick 2 Lines

Eyebrows are eyebrows
How are you, brow?

Going to Tanah Abang to buy longan tomatoes
Alhamdulillah, brother is healthy, sis!

3. Examples of Limerick rhymes with the theme of Friends (friendship)

Roses are red,
Violets are blue.
Everyone is beautiful,
But my best friend is only you.

Rotten vegetables must be thrown away.
Then take two cloves of onions.
If friends are like money,
the real fake is quite dreamy.

Sunday went to the market
On the way met the mouse deer
Friendship is not a big thing
But about a million little things

To the forest for firewood,
Long walk until evening;
Haven’t heard from you for a long time.
When I got the news, I wanted to owe you

At seventeen there was a parade.
Everyone watched it together. Everywhere
they took their gadgets,
they always asked for the Wi-Fi password.

Two three tableau shows
My best friend is good but still single

4. Examples of Limerick Riddles or Guesses

Black cat is eating
Little boy playing tamiya
If I’m just in the corner
Why can I travel the world?

Answer: stamps

On this object we thank
On the classroom wall it perches neatly
It’s black when it’s clean
And dirty when it’s white

Answer: blackboard

Go to the bath, clean the feet.
Go to the market to sell.
What thing has four legs.
One body but doesn’t walk?

Answer: table

5. An example of Limerick with the theme of Love

Eat lanting, use barbecue sauce.
I have nothing, if I don’t have you.

Four times four equals sixteen
I’m insecure if you don’t reply to my WhatsApp

There’s a cracker eating contest.
Drinking milk makes you healthy.
Who says my girlfriend is fat?
That’s so it’s easier to see

There is a Korean drama called Dong-Yi
Watch while drinking tea and sugar
Love should be like baby shampoo
Contains “no tears” formula

6. An example of Limerick on the theme of education

There was a honey bee,
Perched on an acacia tree.
School is like opium,
if it’s not expensive.

Every morning, you drink
bitter herbs. Bitter herbs are brought by guests.
Always follow your heart.
Don’t forget to bring your brain

Playing on the beach, finding shells
Playing in the tabebuya picking garden
Why think about what people say
People don’t remember what they say

7. Example of Limerick Education (About financial literacy)

Eat duku while guarding the goal,
Go home to eat mangosteen.
My wallet contains onions.
Every time I open it, I cry.

Sparrows sticking out on a branch
The rain is slowly dripping
Wealth is only entrusted by God
May we be entrusted with a lot of people

So a handyman with makeshift tools,
Hit nails only with a hammer.
Remember, money is not everything.
Just make sure you have plenty of money at all times

The convict let go and run away.
The winding road up the hill.
My body is tired, I want to sleep.
But my wallet is empty. I need money

The kite got stuck and the pole was taken.
The broken pole was thrown where did it go? When you buy it,
money isn’t a problem

There is a cupboard filled with badges.
An upright cupboard in the house.
Humans can plan.
Without money, everything can be canceled.

Early morning walk carrying a gallon,
Trapped in a hole in the middle of the road.
If money doesn’t grow on trees,
why do banks have so many branches?

8. Example of Cool Limerick on the Theme of Education (health)

Go swimming into the deep sea,
Paper flowers get a butterfly.
If it’s not good to eat late at night,
why does the refrigerator have a light?

Home, office, abbreviated as rukan.
In front of the children playing tops.
If sports were as easy as eating,
now I must be slim

9. Examples of Limerick Children

Watching Si Unyil’s TV show
Watching it while laying down
Good childhood memories
Never receiving bills

One point two comma,
You are beautiful and loved by Mama

On a cempaka tree branch
Perched on a finches
Even though I’m not good at math,
I’m good at counting money.

Buy bunder-bunder tomatoes.
Cook pasta with olives.
Sometimes I feel inferior.
My friends are good at making rhymes

10. Limerick 4 Lines

Buy fruit at the Jakarta market
Don’t forget to buy tomatoes
So people don’t forget often
Because forgetting means not remembering

Sunday go swimming
Swim with friends
Your head will be dizzy
If you don’t get your monthly salary

Eat catfish with anchovy sauce.
Don’t forget the fresh vegetables.
Your heart will feel lonely
if you don’t have a partner

11. Very funny witty rhymes

Go to Tebet station.
Continue to Tanah Abang.
Who isn’t afraid
to see a flying cockroach ?

Come home from school, play kite
together.
Mind will be confused
when you see a frog talking

12. Limerick for Elementary Children (school)

Early in the morning, drink herbal medicine.
Herbal medicine brand “Buyung Upi”.
Continue to study knowledge
for provision for old age

After school straight home
Arriving at home straight to eat
Be a friendly person
Always have lots of friends

Go to the zoo
Go with your parents
If you want to be a winner
Never give up

A squirrel eating a mulberry fruit.
If there is a “Hi” time, there must be a “Bye” time.
So, sinaumedian, that’s a glimpse of cool limericks. Hopefully it can be of use, yes.

If there is a well in the field,
can we take a bath?
If there is a long time,
can we chant again

Find various other cool limericks that are no less funny in the Complete Collection of Pantun & Majas Proverbs by Ernawati Waridah which is below.

Books About Pantun

1. Pantun Forest Book

2. Da’wah rhymes

Daily Prayers – It’s not a life if Sinaumed’s doesn’t find difficulties or obstacles in your activities. Even though you have planned activities for that day, isn’t it impossible for Sinaumed’s to find obstacles or obstacles that hinder activities on that day?

If that happened to Sinaumed’s, how would you feel and react? Will you feel annoyed to the point that your feelings will affect you and will have an impact on the activities you are doing? Or are you actually able to hold back your anger, be sincere, and continue your activities as usual?

The Importance of Saying Daily Prayers

If when you encounter something beyond your control, your first reaction is emotion, then this is normal. Feeling negative emotions is something that is human and is felt by many people. As long as these emotions do not have a bad influence on ourselves or others around us.

However, if Sinaumed’s has started to feel that these negative emotions are having a bad impact on each other or the environment, of course you have to do something before this gets worse. One way that might be effective is by praying.

There are many daily prayers that Sinaumed’s can try reading to help you carry out your activities. And by reading these prayers, there are also many benefits that you can experience, especially for each individual.

Generally, the prayers that you pray on a daily basis do not have an instant impact that can be felt directly. However, Sinaumed’s can feel the effects of these prayers within each of you. You will become more calm, patient, and sincere in carrying out activities.

In Islam, praying will bring its adherents closer to Allah SWT. Muslims who are diligent in worshiping and praying will realize that by praying, they are indirectly surrendering all final results to Allah SWT.

They believe that Allah SWT will give them the best results, be it something they want, or vice versa, something they don’t want. Whatever results they get are the best results that have been given from Him.

Now, it remains only for Muslims to work as best and as much as possible, and put their trust in Him. This allows them to work carefree and no longer have to worry about tomorrow. This is all because they believe that Allah SWT has already arranged everything, so they only need to try their best.

In addition, praying also makes the hearts of Muslims more calm and peaceful in carrying out their lives. This goes back to the basic principle of prayer, where they have surrendered to Allah SWT, so they no longer need to worry about trivial matters that could potentially hinder their activities.

This does not only apply to activities that are considered important in daily life, such as working, studying, or taking care of children. This can also be applied to small activities such as eating and drinking, resting, or bathing and cleaning oneself.

A person who is patient, sincere, and full of gratitude, is able to bring many doors that you would not have thought of before. The book ” Miracles of Patience and Sincerity: The Secret to a Happy Life in the Hereafter ” describes what happens to someone with this positive lifestyle.

8 Collections of Daily Prayers to Facilitate Activities

Muslims, of course, already know how many prayers they can pray for various kinds of daily activities. This makes it easier for them and makes them calmer, because they know that Allah SWT is always monitoring their activities whenever and wherever.

Due to the large number of prayers that can be recited in daily life, of course it would be impossible if we discussed them all one by one. Therefore, here are 8 daily prayers that Sinaumed’s can read to make it easier for whatever your activities are on that day.

1. Prayer Before Starting an Activity

???

Translation: Allāhumma bika ashbahnā, wa bika amsainā, wa bika nahyā, wa bika namūtu, wa ilaika nusyūru.

Meaning: “O Allah, with You we have the morning, with You we have the afternoon, with You we live, with You we die. Only to You (we) return.”

The morning after performing the Subuh prayer and dhikr is the best time to read this prayer. By reading this prayer, Sinaumed’s will be given peace in his heart, knowing that whatever happened that day, everything was arranged and willed by Allah SWT.

2. Prayer to Open the Door of Fortune

Allah

Translation: Allahumma inni as-aluka ilman naafi’an, wa rizqon toyyiban, wa’amalan mutaqobbalan

Meaning: “O Allah, I really ask You for knowledge that is beneficial, sustenance that is lawful, and deeds that are accepted.”

3. Prayer to be kept away from problems or disasters

اللّٰهُمَّ بِحَقِّ الْفَاتِحَةِ وَسِرِّ الْفَاتِحَةِ يَا فَارِجَ الْهَمِّ وَيَاكَاشِفَ الْغَمِّ، يَامَنْ لِعِبَادِهِ يَغْفِرُوَيَرْحَمُ، يَادَافِعَ الْبَلَاءِ يَا اَللّٰهُ، وَيَادَافِعَ الْبَلَاءِ يَارَحْمٰنُ وَيَادَافِعَ الْبَلَاءِ يَارَحِيْمُ وَ صَلَّى اللَّهُ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَى خَيْرِ خَلْقِهِ سَيِّدِنَا مُحَمَّدٍ وَعَلَى آلِهِ وَصَحْبِهِ اَجْمَعِيْنَ سُبْحَانَ رَبِّكَ رَبِّ الْعِزَّةِ عَمَّا يَصِفُونَ وَسَلَامٌ عَلَى الْمُرْسَلِينَ وَالْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ

Translation: Allahumma bihaqqil Fatihah, Wasirril fatihah, Yaa Faarijal hamma, wa Yaa kasyifal ghamma, Yaa Man li ibaadihi yaghfiru wa yarham, Yaa dafi’al bala-i Ya Allah, wa Yaa dafi’al bala-i Ya rohman, wa Yaa dafi ‘al bala-i Yaa Rohim. wa sallallaahu wa sallama ‘ala khoiri kholqihi sayyidina Muhammadin wa ‘alaalihi wa shohbihi ajma’in. Subhaana robbika robbil izzati amma yasifun. Wasalamun ‘alal mursalin walhamdulillahi robbil ‘alamin.

Meaning: O Allah, with the truth of Al-Fatihah and the secret of Al-Fatihah, O the solver of anxiety, O the revealer of confusion, O the One who forgives and loves his servants, O the Repellant of Bala, O Allah. O The Repellent of Bala, O Rohman. O The Repellent of Bala, O Rohim. Sholawat and greetings may always be abundant for the Prophet Muhammad and all his family and friends, Glory be to your Lord, Who Has Might (izzah) from what they said. Salvation may be bestowed upon the apostles. And all praise be to Allah, Lord of the worlds.

This prayer is also commonly referred to as a prayer to repel reinforcements or disaster. Just like the previous prayer, this prayer should also be said after the morning prayer. The hope is that by reading this prayer, Sinaumed’s’ activities on that day can run smoothly, and there will be no significant obstacles in the midst of activities.

4. Prayer is given patience in facing problems or disasters

رَبَّنَا لاَ تُزِغْ قُلُوبَنَا بَعْدَ إِذْ هَدَيْتَنَا وَهَبْ لَنَا مِنْ لَدُنْكَ رَحْنمَةً إِنَّْ لَنَْ مِنْ لَدُنْكَ رَحْنمَةً إِنَّْ لَنَْ مِنْ لَدُنْكَ رَحْنمَةً إِنَّك َِّْ

Translation: Rabbanaa laa tuzigh quluubanaa ba’da idz hadaitana wa hablana min ladunka rahmah innaka antal wahhab

Meaning: “O Allah, do not make our hearts incline to error after You have guided us, and grant us mercy from Your side; for verily You are the Giver (gift).”

Even so, sometimes there are tests given by Him, which can make us upset and feel difficult. If Sinaumed’s has a disaster, you can immediately read this prayer to regain the calm that was previously lost, and be given patience in dealing with this disaster.

5. Prayer When Receiving Unexpected Help

الحمد لله الذي رزقني هذا من غير حول مني ولا قوة اللهم بارك فيه

Translation: Alhamdulillahil ladzi rozaqoni haadza min ghairi haulin minni wala quwwatin. Allahumma baarik fihi

Meaning: “Praise be to Allah who has given me this sustenance without my power and effort. O Allah, grant blessings in it.”

In the calamity that you are facing, you may get help from somewhere. By reading this prayer, Sinaumed’s will be made aware that the help you receive comes from Allah SWT, so that you can celebrate the arrival of the aid humbly.

6. Prayer to Always be Given Health

O Allah, O Allah, be upon him

Translation: Allahumma inna nas alukal afwa wal adiyata wal mu’aafaatad daa’imata fiid dunyaa wal ‘aakhirati wal fauza bil jannati wan najaata minan naari.

Meaning: “O Allah, we ask for forgiveness, health and continuous protection in this world and in the hereafter, victory in entering heaven, and safety from the fires of hell.”

The prayer above besides expecting you to be kept away from illness, also asks Allah SWT to be kept away from the torment of hellfire. This prayer is generally read after praying 5 times a day or other sunnah prayers.

7. Prayers are given happiness in this world and the hereafter

رَبَّنَا آَتِنَا فِي الدُّنْيَا حَسَنَةً وَفِي الْآَخِرَةِ حَسَنَةً وَقِنَا عَذَابَ النَّارِ

Translation: Robbanaa aatinaa fiddunya hasanah, wa fil Akhiroti hasanah, waqinaa ‘adzaabannaar

Meaning: “O Allah, give us good in this world, and also give good in the hereafter, and protect us from the torment of hell fire.”

Sinaumed’s may also know this prayer by the name “prayer sweeps the universe”. This prayer is also very often heard as the last prayer that is recited after the prayer as the closing of other prayers. It is hoped that by reading this prayer, you will always be given happiness in this world and also in the hereafter.

8. Prayer To Close The Day

اللَّهُمَّ اجْعَلْ فِى قَلْبِى نُورًا وَفِى بَصَرِى نُورًا وَفِى سَمْعِى نُورًا وَعَنْ يَمِينِى نُورًا وَعَنْ يَسَارِى نُورًا وَفَوْقِى نُورًا وَتَحْتِى نُورًا وَأَمَامِى نُورًا وَخَلْفِى نُورًا وَعَظِّمْ لِى نُورًا

Translation: Allahummaj’al fi qalbi nuran, wa fi bashari nuuron, wa fi sam’i nuuron, wa an yasari nuuron, wa fauqi nuran, wa tahti nuuron, wa amami nuran, wa khalfi nuuron, wa adzim li nuran

Meaning: “O Allah, make light in our hearts, light in our sight, light in our hearing, light on our right, light on our left, light above us, light below us, light in front of us, behind us is light, and magnify the light for us.”

After your day has ended, Sinaumed’s may want to read this prayer after the Isya prayer or the sunnah Witr prayer. This prayer is a form of gratitude for Muslims to Allah SWT, and hopes that they will always be guided every day on the right path by Him.

Of course there are many other daily prayers that aim to help Sinaumed’s get through your days. Sinaumed’s, of course, can find many other prayers for various situations, by reading the book ” Collection of Prayers from the Al Quran + As Sunnah As Sahih “.

Prayer Manners

Prayer can indeed be done anytime, anywhere, and in any situation. After all, one prays basically to get ease in doing something. There are times when they are in situations where they are not in ideal conditions to pray.

Even so, someone who wants to pray does not mean they can say their prayers without caring about the good and right manners of praying. If that’s the case, it’s possible that the prayer they wanted to be answered, would not be answered by Allah SWT because it seemed arbitrary.

Below, there are a number of manners of praying for Sinaumed’s who want their prayers to be answered by Him. Hopefully, by following the right manners, Sinaumed’s can get whatever you want, be it for now or in the future.

1. Being in a Clean State

As explained earlier, you may not be in an ideal situation to pray. If that’s the case, Sinaumed’s can try to wait for the situation to calm down, and clean himself up to pray. The minimum is to perform ablution to clean small impurities.

2. Intend to Pray Well

The intention here means to make the best of yourself to pray to Allah SWT. Sinaumed’s doesn’t need to recite a special intention before praying, but only needs to strengthen his personal intention in his heart, that you really want to pray and want Him to hear you.

3. Facing Qibla

Just like praying, it would be nice if Sinaumed’s knew the Qibla direction before praying to Allah SWT. It is very likely that the prayer that Sinaumed’s says will be easier to hear and answer if you face the Qibla.

4. Extend Hands When Reading Prayers

There’s a reason why Sinaumed’s often sees people raising their hands when praying. Reaching out is a symbol of asking, and indicating that they need something, putting them in a lower position. It’s the same with us, asking Allah SWT whose position is higher than us.

5. Confident That Your Prayers Will Be Granted

Allah SWT is the Supreme Listener, and this should make Sinaumed’s not afraid that your prayers will not be heard. It could be that He has prepared something according to your needs. Disbelief that prayers are not answered is tantamount to prejudice with Him.

The last adab can be said to be the most important when Sinaumed’s prays. Everything requires a process, and there is a possibility that your prayers will not be answered in the near future. The important thing is that you always trust and believe that Allah SWT will give the best for you.

It takes time to slowly let go and put your trust in Him. However, if Sinaumed’s is able to do that, surely Sinaumed’s’ life will be calmer and made easier by Him. The book ” Life in Prayer ” can be reading for Sinaumed’s so that he can get closer to Allah SWT.

This is a discussion of 8 daily prayers that can make your activities easier. We have also discussed the importance of prayer and the etiquette of prayer. Hopefully this article can open up Sinaumed’s’ insights about prayer.

Apart from those related to daily prayer , Sinaumed’s can also read a number of books that we recommend above by visiting the website www.sinaumedia.com to get books from sinaumedia, #Friends Without Limits. By reading books, of course, Sinaumed’s can get #MoreWithReading information.

Cognitive Ability – Every individual is gifted with the ability to think and learn something new. It is also what makes an individual who initially does not know become more expert and knowledgeable. The ability to think of each individual is different according to their respective cognitive abilities.

For every parent who has children, cognitive abilities are of course important. Because the growth and development of children will be influenced by these cognitive abilities.

It is not uncommon for parents to learn the right way to develop cognitive abilities in their children. However, not a few parents also pay less attention to this. The following is a discussion of cognitive abilities to think.

Definition of Cognitive Ability

Cognitive ability is a process in humans that occurs internally in the central nervous system so that a person can think. Cognitive abilities in every human being are also in line with their physical growth and development.

All activities of each individual, for example, learning, developing an idea, considering an event, to solving problems are closely related to cognitive abilities. It can be said, cognitive abilities also have a big influence on the level of one’s intelligence.

According to KBBI or the Big Indonesian Dictionary, cognitive itself is defined as something that is related to and involves cognition or the activity of acquiring knowledge.

The definition of cognitive ability according to experts is as follows:

1. According to Williams and Susanto, cognitive is the way an individual behaves, acts, and how fast the individual is when solving the problem at hand.
2. According to Neisser, cognitive is the acquisition, arrangement, and use of knowledge.
3. According to Gagne, cognitive is an internal process that occurs in the central nervous system when humans think.
4. According to Piaget, cognitive is how children adapt and interpret objects and events around them.
5. According to Drever, cognitive is a general term that covers the methods of understanding, namely perception, judgment, reasoning, imagination, and capturing meaning.
6. According to Ahmad Susanto, cognitive is a thought process, namely the individual’s ability to relate, assess, and consider an event or events.
7. According to Husdarta and Nurlan, cognitive development is a continuous process, but the results are not a continuation of the results that have been achieved before.

Types of Cognitive Ability

Broadly speaking, cognitive abilities can be divided into several types. An explanation of the types of cognitive abilities is as follows.

1. Cognitive Habits

In cognitive habits, an individual’s skills are usually related to the elaboration of knowledge and information collected by the senses. Some of the skills included in cognitive habits include the following.

a. Attention

Attention is a type of cognitive ability to maintain concentration on certain objects, actions or thoughts in the environment.

b. understanding

Understanding is the ability that allows us to translate sound or speech into words or in writing. This allows humans to be able to communicate with other humans

c. Elaboration

Elaboration is a form of the ability of our own thinking to respond to something we feel, namely in the form of a response.

d. Recovery

Recovery is the ability to memorize something that has been lived and becomes the basis. Until at a later stage we can recover what we have learned without the need for the relevant stimulus.

2. Metacognitive Skills

Metacognitive skills relate to the information processing system in a person’s self so as to enable the ability to think and speak. This skill allows someone to have control, explanation, transmission of living knowledge, and the formulation of the language to be used along with other complex ideas.

Examples of Cognitive Skills

Cognitive skills in each person can be assessed and recognized in different ways. Some examples of these cognitive skills are as follows.

1. Linguistic Ability

This linguistic skill allows a person to translate sounds in spoken form into words or writing. This ability includes syntax, lexicon, pragmatics, and others.

2. Mindfulness Capacity

This skill allows a person to have the ability to make perceptions beyond what other people feel and can even be far more aware of the little things that happen in the environment. These skills include concentration, attention, response speed, etc.

3. Capacity for Abstraction

The following skills enable one to construct and interpret complex sign systems and then translate them into concrete forms. These skills include spatial orientation, imagination, arithmetic reasoning, etc.

4. Deductive Capacity

The following skills enable one to infer and draw conclusions based on events which consist of several pieces of information. Someone will solve it imaginatively using imagination or according to what they feel or with intuition. These skills include logical reasoning, categorization, similarities and differences, intuitive reasoning, etc.

Cognitive Ability Development Phase

Cognitive abilities in a person also have stages. These stages or phases develop over time. The following are the phases of the development of cognitive abilities in humans.

1. Infancy

When born into the world, babies will begin to learn to use their senses to see the world around them. Newborn babies’ abilities are also limited, usually new babies can focus on following moving objects, feel differences in tone and volume, and begin to anticipate events, for example sucking when they see a nipple. After growing, around the age of three months, babies begin to be able to imitate the expressions of other people in front of them, such as smiling too.

At the age of six months, babies begin to understand the world around them. They have started to imitate the sounds they hear, recognize their parents, and have a fear of strangers so they can cry because of this. They are also able to respond to something that happens, for example, if an object is dropped, they can pick it up again.

When babies are nine months old, they can already imitate the movements and actions of the people around them. They begin to understand simple words that people around them often use, such as “no,” and understand what those words mean.

By the time he is 12 months old, babies can follow moving objects, say two to four words, including calling their parents like “mama” and “papa”. In addition, babies can also imitate animal sounds, and can feel anxious when they are separated from their parents or the people closest to them so far.

Entering the age of 18 months, babies can understand quite a few words, which is around 10-50 words, identify body parts, and understand the ownership of objects by saying the word “I” to some of these objects.

2. Toddler

Toddlers are babies under five years, between 18 months to 3 years, toddlers have reached the ‘sensorimotor’ stage, namely sensory and motor functions. A toddler has started to be able to try to do various things independently, they also begin to be able to distinguish between appropriate and inappropriate behavior with the help of understanding the concepts of words such as “please” and “thank you” which were previously taught by their parents.

3. Preschool

Preschoolers , ages three to six, are in the ‘preoperational’ stage , or preoperational matters. In order to learn and memorize, they need to be preconditioned. Preschool children usually already have and develop their social skills while playing with friends their age. Other cognitive development in preschool children is having an increase in attention, reading, learning, and things that are a little more complex.

4. School age

School-aged children, namely six to 12 years, have started to use logical actions in thinking and solving problems. These children have also begun to be able to learn through their mistakes and are able to explain the causes and effects of some things that happen.

In adolescents aged 12 to 18 years, their level of independence has increased. They can already think of a way out based on the problems and situations that occur. Teenagers are also able to pursue some of the special skills needed for a job.

Key Aspects of Cognitive Development

A person’s cognitive ability is a manifestation of basic or primary abilities which, according to the Ministry of National Education, are as follows.

a. Language ability

Cognitive abilities in language aspects include several aspects such as reading, speaking, listening, and writing. The four are also very related because they cannot be separated from the others.

b. Memory ability

Cognitive abilities in the aspect of remembering occur when a person remembers information. It includes various things that an individual has learned in the past.

c. Reasoning ability

Cognitive ability in the aspect of reasoning is an important ability related to logic. With logic, one can distinguish between right and wrong.

d. Space view capability

Cognitive ability in the aspect of spatial relation ability is a person’s ability to imagine objects that are constructed through images in a pattern.

e. Number ability

Cognitive abilities in the aspect of numbers include a person’s ability to understand shapes, sequences, and numbers in solving problems.

f. Ability to use words

Cognitive abilities in the aspect of using words include a person’s ability to arrange words so that they are neat and understandable to the other person.

g. The ability to observe quickly and carefully

Cognitive ability in the aspect of observing quickly and carefully is a person’s ability to understand a problem by observing or observing first so that he can decide the problem carefully.

Factors Influencing Cognitive Development

The development of cognitive abilities in each individual is different. There are several factors that affect cognitive development in a child. These factors include:

a. Heredity / heredity factors

Heredity or hereditary factors will determine the development of a child in terms of intellectual. It can be said that heredity is the closest thing that will be related to the growth and development of a child. That is, most likely a child will think of his parents.

b. Environmental factor

Environmental factors can also be something that greatly affects a child’s cognitive abilities. There are two environmental factors that greatly influence children’s cognitive development, namely the family and school environment.

c. maturity factor

The maturity factor also means physical and psychological, it also means that the maturity factor is influenced by a person’s age. The maturity factor in a person is said to have agreed when they are able to carry out their respective functions.

d. formation factor

Formation factors in cognitive skills include all circumstances outside a person’s self that affect the development of intelligence. Formation factors are divided into two, namely intentional formation (formal school) and accidental formation (the influence of the natural environment).

e. Factors of interest and talent

Factors of interest and talent in a person’s cognitive development include a person’s talent that influences his intelligence. Someone who has an interest and talent for something will also find it easier to learn it.

f. Freedom factor

The freedom factor in cognitive development includes freedom in thinking, this means that everyone has freedom in choosing the method or method to be used in solving problems.

How to Improve Cognitive Ability

Cognitive abilities in a person can be improved in various ways. Some of these ways are as follows.

1. Physical Activity

Physical activity can have a major effect on the development of cognitive abilities in a person. This physical activity can also include games that hone motor skills. If a child has good motor skills, it is not uncommon for a child to also have better academic abilities such as reading and arithmetic. So, it can be concluded that various physical activities that involve motor performance have a good impact on improving children’s cognitive abilities.

2. Learn New Things

Learning new things can make children have good social relationships and keep them honed because they continue to enrich skills. Various activities that are not too binding will have a good impact on the human mind and brain. As we get older, the human brain also needs to be sharpened so that memory does not fade quickly.

3. Curiosity and Creativity

Having high curiosity and creativity will shape children to participate in providing new innovations. One form of creativity that can be introduced to children is playing musical instruments. By playing music, children will more easily interpret and integrate various sensory information. Some creative activities are also proven to be able to stimulate the human brain to be able to maintain memory.

4. Social Connection

Creating social connections is important for a person’s cognitive development, because feelings of loneliness can actually trigger psychological and cognitive decline.

Several studies have even shown that feelings of isolation and lack of social connections can actually trigger sleep disturbances, increase blood pressure, increase stress hormones, and increase depression. Therefore, making social connections with the surrounding environment is important for cognitive growth.

5. Meditation

Meditation or focusing thoughts and feelings to achieve something is an activity that plays an important role in reducing stress and slowing the development of age-related cognitive disorders. As we get older, there is a high correlation between stress and Alzheimer’s disease, therefore practicing meditation can improve cognitive growth.

6. Brain Training Games

Some games or games that train the brain can also sharpen one’s cognitive abilities. Some games involving learning and memory as well as problem-solving puzzles may contribute to preventing or delaying the onset of Alzheimer’s disease in some people. Games that train the brain can also improve reasoning and thinking processing speed.

7. Enough Sleep

Not only work, the brain also needs adequate rest. When sleeping, the brain will master a new task. It is an intensive activity for the brain to consolidate learning so that the brain can benefit from sleep because of the abundance of available energy.

Sleep is not only a waste of time, it is also beneficial because of the degree of reorganization that the brain undergoes during sleep. Poor sleep quality is precisely related to important processes in human performance.

Application in the Workplace

There are several specific ways to use cognitive abilities at work, namely:

1. Identify Patterns

You can combine your logic and reasoning skills with your memory skills to recognize patterns. This trend might show up in the data, or it might be a recurring result that you recognize at work. Realizing that sales increase after certain marketing initiatives. By realizing the causes of increased sales, then you can use the same pattern.

2. Resource Analysis

After identifying patterns, the next step to accentuate cognitive abilities in the world of work is resource analysis. In this case, what is meant by resource analysis is that we must recognize the capabilities we have, so that we can carry out and complete the work optimally and on time. If a job can be completed optimally and on time, then the leadership will feel happy and most likely it will be easy to get promoted.

Apart from that, you also have to develop your skills so that you always find a solution to a problem quickly. Several ways can be done to develop skills, such as analyzing various things, making critical questions, and so on.

3. Focus on something to do

Use self-help cognitive abilities to focus, thus enabling you to handle tasks more productively. By focusing effectively on a particular project, you can complete it more quickly and more accurately, allowing yourself to move on to other tasks. Apart from that, staying focused can also help you to get into more meetings, actively listen to colleagues, and work with goals and achievements.

How to Emphasize Cognitive Abilities When Looking for a Job

Apart from using your cognitive skills at work, you can also use your cognitive abilities while looking for work, so that it can help you become a more attractive candidate. The following are some ways to display your cognitive abilities when looking for a new position:

1. Cognitive Ability for CV

A well-written and well-structured CV can represent strong cognitive abilities. Clean structure and spacing define your visual processing abilities. For example, when you target summaries and objective statements to the details in a job posting, you can display logic and reasoning skills that demonstrate how you can contribute to the company’s mission. In addition, you can also include cognitive strengths such as problem solving and active listening in the areas of your abilities.

Example: “Professional educator with experience teaching and educating elementary school (SD) students for three years. Analyze the behavior of students and provide learning materials based on characteristics that suit students.”

2. Cognitive Ability for Application Letters

The cover letter requires that you professionally address the potential employer, creatively present yourself as the right candidate for the job and describe how you can benefit the company. When you meet these requirements through a written cover letter, then you have demonstrated the ability to solve problems creatively, which in turn demonstrates your strong logic and reasoning abilities.

Example: “I always appreciate every planning session that is carried out with the team that I form, because in these sessions, I can share innovative ideas with others and I can collaborate to create the best product designs. Every time I make a product design, I definitely analyze data from designs that have previously been tested in order to show that there is potential value in certain visuals, so that customers can be interested in the product designs we make.”

3. Cognitive Ability for Job Interviews

Interviews allow you to present many opportunities to display cognitive abilities. When answering questions, you can showcase your memory skills by referring research to the company or the original job description. You can demonstrate your attentiveness by actively listening and responding to the interviewer. You can also demonstrate logic and reasoning skills by solving hypothetical problems that may be presented by the interviewer.

Example: “I understand that the company organizes a marketing conference every year to bring together professionals from various fields of the industry. This conference will give me valuable insight into what other companies are doing to meet their customer needs as well as the creative solutions they have found to increase brand loyalty.”

Conclusion

Based on the explanation above, we can see that the cognitive skills of each person are different. Cognitive abilities are also divided into several types of skills. By studying cognitive abilities, we come to understand that everyone’s needs and approaches to developing their cognitive abilities are also different.

However, even though everyone has different cognitive abilities, of course we as parents can take closer steps to support the development of children’s cognitive abilities.

So, that’s a complete explanation of cognitive abilities in thinking along with their types, stages of development, main aspects, and how to improve cognitive abilities in children, which is expected to help Sinaumed’s get more in-depth information.

If Sinaumed’s has an interest in studying cognitive abilities in children, you can learn them by reading references on the internet and available books that you can get on the official website www.sinaumedia.com with various choices.

Closing Journal – Closing journal is one part of the financial statements that will be prepared at the end of the accounting period. This portion of the financial statements is used to close nominal accounts to prepare a period-end balance sheet.

There are several important things that need to be understood and paid attention to when preparing closing journals. This includes how to compile it, along with what components must be recorded in it. Check out the full review of closing journals, starting from understanding, how to make them, to the following case examples.

1. Purpose and Function of Making Closing Journals

Closing entries journal or closing journal is made at the end of the accounting period after the preparation of the company’s financial statements. This journal needs to be made because there are accounts whose balances must still be adjusted until the amount is zero, so as not to affect the next period’s transactions.

The preparation of this closing journal is adjusted to the form of the company, both CV, firm, and PT. The preparation of closing journals that are made flexible aims to make it easier for interested parties to study them.

The main purpose of making closing entries is to close all accounts that are on provisional estimates, so that their balances are zero. This is done so that the balance in the capital account shows the actual conditions at the end of the period.

Closing the account that is in the temporary balance will make the company’s capital balance have the same amount as the balance at the end of the period. The capital balance will be used as a benchmark for opening the next period’s books of accounts.

The function of the next closing journal is to separate income and expense accounts. This is so that the two accounts do not mix with the balances in the next accounting period. After the separation of the two accounts, the company can start preparing for the next period.

Closing entries are also useful for facilitating the auditing process because each transaction between periods has been separated. The company’s auditors will easily make transactions that are in several accounting periods at once.

The last use of the closing journal is to help present the real financial statements of the company after closing the books in one period. The financial statements presented at the end of the period only contain the company’s assets, liabilities and equity.

Furthermore, there are several components that will be closed later, namely nominal accounts and capital assistants. This type of account will be closed so that the balance becomes zero, so it has no effect on the company’s financial transactions in the next period.

Learn about the basics of accounting and easy ways to keep journals through the book Introduction to Accounting: Easily Journalize With a Transaction Cycle Approach which is below.

2. How to Make a Closing Journal

The format of this company’s financial closing report is the same as the general journal. Journal entries prepared at the end of this period are used to transfer balances to permanent accounts. The transferred balance comes from the nominal account in the general ledger.

Closing entries are made when the preparation of the company’s annual financial statements has been completed. Each nominal account will ensure that the balance returns to zero so that the company can start the accounting cycle in the next period.

The preparation of this closing journal is actually based on the company’s income statement. The company accountant doesn’t need to be confused anymore about opening other financial reports, because the profit and loss has already explained the nominal figures in detail.

The format of the general journal which is made the same as the general journal also has the main goal of speeding up the work process. In addition, this format is also considered to make it easier for the auditing party to check what accounts are in the closing journal.

The components in the closing journal include income accounts, expenses, profit/loss summaries, and prive. The following is a complete review of all account components that must be prepared in closing entries at the end of the period.

In making financial reports, there are important elements in it, such as a systematic list of account names, balances in the value of money circulating in each activity segment, and calculations using accounting that can be selected according to company needs which are discussed in the Second Edition of Introduction to Accounting .

2.1.1 Revenue Account

The revenue account contains every transaction related to income received by the company in one period. In general, company income is divided into two types, namely due to the company’s operational activities and other income.

Income related to the company’s operational activities, for example, is the company’s income when it succeeds in selling goods or services. This type of income is influenced by the company’s production factors.

Other types of income in the company relate to income outside the main operational activities, for example, such as due to the sale of machinery. All of the income will be posted in a special ledger of the income account

In the process of making financial reports, each income account in the general ledger will be closed and the balance transferred to the profit and loss summary at the end of the journal entry. Closing the income account is quite easy, namely by reversing the position of the balance.

The company’s earnings account pair at the closing journal entry is the profit/loss summary. The revenue account is recorded in the debit position, while the profit and loss summary is recorded in the credit. The following is an example of how to enter closing entries for a revenue account.

The income account has a normal balance on the debit side, so that at the time of closing the journal entry, the balance will be transferred to a partner. After the closing entries are made, the balance in the revenue account will be zero.

It should also be noted that in a trading company, there is a slight difference with the service sector regarding the revenue account. In a service company, usually the company’s income will be recorded in operating income, while in a trading business it will be posted in the sales account

2.2.2 Expense Account

Expenses are a form of company expenditure during one period to carry out operational activities in order to gain profit. Just like income, expenses are divided into two types, namely operating expenses and other expenses.

The operating expense account has a direct relationship with the company’s operational activities. Examples of these operating expenses include depreciation of equipment, payment of employee salaries, and company electricity costs.

The next type of expenditure, namely other expenses, in this case, is none other than expenses that are not directly related to the company’s operational activities. One of the forms of other expenses charged to this company is interest expense from bank loans.

How to close this expense is done by moving the related accounts into the journal. This expense account is placed on the credit side of the closing journal, because the original balance was debited, so it must be reversed.

The counterpart to the expense account when it is recorded in the closing journal is the profit/loss summary. The function of the profit/loss summary account is to find out the total amount of the company’s expenses to calculate the company’s profit. The following is an example of entering an expense account closing journal.

In trading companies, types of expenses are divided into operating expenses and general administration. Operating expenses are the company’s direct expenses related to the process of organizing and selling merchandise.

General administrative expense is a form of company expenditure for managerial office activities that act to make sales planning and concepts. These two loads are held in 2 different places, namely the office area and the warehouse center.

2.3.3 Profit/Loss Summary

The next component that must be included in the closing journal is the profit and loss summary account. The method used to close the profit and loss account is slightly different when compared to the expense and income accounts.

The profit and loss summary account is closed after the preparation of the financial statements by transferring the balance to the capital account. There are two types of ways you can do to make closing journals for profit/loss summary accounts. This depends on the condition of the company, whether it is likely to be a profit or a risk.

If the company experiences a profit, where the income is greater than the expenses, then the profit and loss summary account will be recorded in a debit position. The following is an example of closing an income summary account when the company is in profit.

There is also another possibility that can also occur related to the company’s finances, namely the emergence of losses. When the company suffers a loss, when preparing the account closing journal, the profit/loss summary will be posted on the credit side, with the following example.

Each condition of the profit/loss summary account in the closing journal must be posted because it has an effect on capital for the next accounting period. The capital owned by the company will increase or decrease according to its position in the closing journal.

2.4.4 Private Account

The last account that must be closed when compiling the journal at the end of this period is the private account. The definition of prive is personal expenditure by the owner of the company which usually has a minimal amount.

The prive must be posted to the general ledger for further closing in the period end journal. This private company expenditure will affect the capital position, even if only in a small amount.

This prive will later be recorded on the credit side of the closing journal, while the debit section will be filled with capital. The withdrawal of privately owned capital will affect the nominal in the company’s capital balance for the next accounting period.

The thing that must be considered before making closing entries is that the owner should not take the capital excessively. Taking capital that is done too often and excessively must be avoided so that financial stability can be maintained.

In the process of preparing closing entries, the position of the private account is on the credit side, while the debit side will be filled with capital. The following is an example of making a closing journal related to a private account closing report.

3. Examples of Case Journal Closing

Learning how to compile closing journals is incomplete without being accompanied by case examples. Making closing entries can be based on the balance sheet and loss report for the year in question to find out what points are in the financial statements.

The form of the income statement and balance sheet can be designed with the simplest possible model to facilitate the reversal process. 

In this case, the financial statements of a trading company are somewhat more complex because there is a sales account which acts as income. Apart from that, there are also other accounts related to sales, so caution is required when compiling them.

Expense accounts at trading companies are also divided into 2 types, namely expenses made for the production process and organizing office management. Both types of expenses must be entered in the closing journal. The following is an example of a case for compiling closing journals in a company.

PT Makmur Sentosa

balance sheet

As of 31 December 2020

Profits owned by the company obtained from the income statement will be included in retained net income or additional capital. This is marked by the closing of the profit and loss summary account and the increase in nominal capital on the balance sheet.

In learning about financial accounting, management accounting, and auditing with current developments, Sinaumed’s can read the book Introduction to Behavioral Accounting An Exploration of a Conceptual Model for Beginners .

4. Accounting Book Recommendations

The following is a recommended book on accounting. Books consist of introductory accounting books , cost accounting books, and financial accounting books

Material Related to Closing Journals

5. Conclusion of Closing Journals

Closing entries are an important part of the company’s financial accounting process at the end of the period so that there are no nominal accounts on the initial balance sheet for the next period. The nominal account must be reversed so that the balance position becomes zero because it relates to only one period of operation.

The process of recording closing journals can be done by moving the accounts and balances in the income statement, but with a reversal position. This nominal account will be reversed to become a permanent position on the balance sheet.

There are 4 components that must be included in closing journals, namely income, expenses, profit/loss summary, and prive. Each component is optional because it is based on the company’s personal operational activities.

Furthermore, because this closing journal plays a very important role in the company’s financial books in the current and subsequent periods, the preparation of this journal must be done as well as possible. The details of each aspect listed must also be properly examined.

Climate in Indonesia – Climate is the average weather condition over a long period of time in an area or zone. Climate is measured by humidity, rainfall, temperature, atmospheric pressure and wind direction.

However, not only that, you need to know that the climate is affected by latitude, altitude, region or area, and the waters that are nearby. The science that studies the climate of a region is called climatology. 

The definition of climate itself can also be used as a determinant of aspects of life, such as what types of plants and animals can grow and live in the area.

Overall, the climate in Indonesia is a tropical climate. This means that the climate in Indonesia is classified as warm, tends to be hot and humid throughout the year. With this tropical climate, Indonesia only has two seasons, namely the dry season and the rainy season.

In some countries, the main factor that determines climate is air pressure or temperature. However, climate change in Indonesia is determined by the rainfall factor. This can be proven by the average humidity in Indonesia of around 65% – 90%.

Indonesia has several types of climate, most of which have a tropical rainforest climate with the highest rainfall, followed by a tropical monsoon climate , and a tropical savanna climate with the lowest rainfall.

In addition to the climates mentioned above, Indonesia also has a marine climate and a subtropical highland climate in several highland areas in Indonesia, namely at an altitude of approximately 1,500 to 3,500 meters above sea level (masl). Then, in the mountainous region, precisely in Papua, it has a tundra climate.

However, in essence, Indonesia is a country that has 3 types of climate, namely seasonal climate (monsoon climate), tropical or tropical climate (hot climate), and marine climate. Based on these three climates, it is the tropical climate or hot climate that is very attached to Indonesia and is known by many people, as explained in the first paragraph.

The tropical climate itself is the climate that belongs to an area or country that is around the equator. Thus, not many countries have this tropical climate where the sun will shine brightly in that area.

So don’t be surprised if many foreign tourists, especially from countries with subtropical to moderate climates, are very happy to come to Indonesia to simply bask in the hot sun.

So, what and how is the climate in Indonesia? So, for more details, see the explanation below, come on!

The Climate Change Science book  consists of 6 chapters containing explanations of the phenomenon of global climate change and its implications. Written with the aim of forming a basic framework for understanding the phenomenon of climate change and its impacts, which is structured in a logical sequence and language that is easy to understand, and is based on reliable scientific sources.

This book, apart from being a reference in climate change courses, is also expected to be able to encourage various parties to participate in reducing the impacts that may occur as a result of climate change.

3 Types of Climate in Indonesia

The following will briefly describe the 3 types of climate in Indonesia.

1. Seasonal Climate (Monsoon Climate)

Seasonal climate or commonly referred to as the monsoon climate is one type of climate that is owned by Indonesia. The monsoon climate or season occurs due to the influence of the monsoon winds which blow in Indonesia and change direction every six months.

The monsoon wind that blows changing directions will have a different climate effect or impact on the country of Indonesia every half year. Then, monsoon winds in every direction will have an impact, both positive and negative.

Monsoons are divided into two, namely southwest monsoons and northeast monsoons. In fact, because of this monsoon, Indonesia has two distinct seasons, namely the dry season and the rainy season

For more details, try to see the discussion below regarding the southwest monsoon and northeast monsoon.

Southwest Monsoon

The southwest monsoon is a monsoon wind that blows and blows from the southwest or the Asian continent. Because it blows from the southwest, this monsoon wind passes through a very wide ocean causing Indonesia to experience the rainy season because the wind carries quite a lot of water vapor from the various oceans it crosses. The southwest monsoon blows from October to April.

Then, because of this southwest monsoon wind, Indonesia experiences a rainy season, which has several impacts on living things and the natural environment. There are positive impacts and negative impacts.

The positive impacts of the west monsoon wind include enriching the soil, helping farmers harvest, abundant availability of water, more fertile and green plants, and all living things, both humans, animals and plants, benefit because they will have no trouble finding water.

Behind the positive impacts, there are also negative impacts from the southwest monsoon, including continuous rain which will cause major flooding, some farmers experience crop failure because the rain often falls to inundate the fields, the environment becomes muddy, there are many seeds of disease, and the process of breeding insects will increase.

Northeast Monsoon

Contrary to the southwest monsoon, the northeast monsoon blows from the northeast. In other words, this wind will carry many elements or particles from the desert (because it crosses the desert) so that Indonesia experiences a drought where rain does not always come and fall.

Like the west monsoon, the east monsoon also has an impact on Indonesia. The positive impact of the northeast monsoon is that the sun will shine hotly so that it will be beneficial for living things, such as for sunbathing, and so on. Then, accelerating the rice drying stage for farmers and there are no obstacles when doing activities outside.

Meanwhile, the negative impact of the northeast monsoon, among others, is that many plants dry up, even die due to lack of water, then water sources will become scarce if rain does not fall. Not only that, all living things, both humans, animals and plants or plants will be bothered to find and get water sources.

Climate change is becoming more and more obvious. Over the last 100 years, Earth’s temperature has increased rapidly. Glaciers frozen for tens of thousands of years are melting, causing sea levels to rise and island nations to be submerged. Animals are endangered, and ultimately our lives are also threatened.

This book tells about the causes of climate change and the ways we can do to stop it. With small efforts that we can do together, the Earth will be saved.

2. Tropical or Tropical Climate (Hot Climate)

Next is the hot climate or what is known as the tropical climate. Unlike the monsoon climate or monsoon climate caused by southwest and northeast winds, this tropical climate is caused by Indonesia’s astronomical position.

As previously explained, regions, regions or countries that are on the equator only have a tropical climate, and this is also experienced by Indonesia. Indonesia is a country whose territory is traversed by the equator so that it has a hot or tropical/tropical climate.

Tropical or tropical climates or hot climates are climates that are between 23.5 degrees north latitude to 23.5 south latitudes and cover almost 40% of the earth’s surface.

The tropical climate or tropical climate makes Indonesia a country that is rich in sunshine and has a high level of rain. This will bring a lot of not only profit, but also loss.

The benefits that can be obtained from this tropical or tropical climate, among others.

• Indonesia gets enough light from the sun so that plants or plants can grow and develop very fertile.
• With the hot sun, many foreign tourists visit Indonesia just to sunbathe.
• Indonesia has a fairly high level of rainfall so that the soil in Indonesia is very fertile and many plants are suitable for planting in Indonesia.

3. Marine Climate

Next there is the marine climate. Maybe some of you ask, why does Indonesia have a sea climate? This is because the region or territory of the Indonesian state is dominated by the sea. That is what causes Indonesia to be a country that has a marine climate.

What is meant by marine climate? Marine climate is a climate that brings a lot of rainfall that is humid. That way, Indonesia will experience a long-term rainy season.

Then the sea climate will bring a lot of comfort to the Indonesian people. Why is that? This is because the marine climate has many advantages that can be said to help the Indonesian people. This marine climate includes tropical, subtropical, and temperate climates.

That was the discussion about the three types of climate in Indonesia. Due to Indonesia’s geographic and astronomical location, Indonesia has three different climates, as explained above. Thus, the three climates are very dynamic in Indonesia and also result in several benefits that can be felt by the Indonesian people themselves.

Natural Events that Affect the Climate in Indonesia

The climate in a country is also influenced by the surrounding area of ​​the country. Apart from the surrounding area, sometimes there are several world events that will affect the climate in a country. It is the same with the climate in Indonesia which can be affected by several natural events. The following are natural events that affect the climate in Indonesia.

1. El Nino and La Nina

It’s no stranger to hearing the terms El Nino and La Nina. In short, El Nino is one of the most influential natural events for Indonesia, where it can reduce the level of rain in most parts of Indonesia. Meanwhile, La Nina can cause the level or rainfall in most parts of Indonesia to decrease the temperature at sea level.

2. Intertropical Wind Meeting Areas

What is meant by an intertropical wind meeting area? The intertropical wind meeting area means a hot area that tends to always rise so that there is rarely wind in that area. This area or area has a meeting between the southeast trade winds and the northeast trade winds which have an impact on the lifting of the air and can give rise to convective storms. This will greatly affect the climate in Indonesia.

3.Dipole Mode

Dipole Mode is an event characterized by an anomalous difference in sea surface temperature, namely between the tropical Indian Ocean in the western hemisphere and the Indian Ocean in the eastern hemisphere. The anomaly itself has conditions that tend to be colder, even colder than normal conditions or conditions in general.

The Trilogy of Indonesia in Facing Climate Change will explain that in dealing with climate change, global cooperation is needed, hand in hand, involving developed countries, developing countries, and international institutions.

So Indonesia needs to fully develop itself so that climate resilience and environmental sovereignty can be realized contextually with the Industrial Revolution 4.0.

Impact of Climate Change in Indonesia

The following are some of the impacts of climate change in Indonesia based on reports from the Bright Indonesia Foundation, among others.

1. Rising Sea Level: Rob Floods

It has been calculated that from 2000 until later in 2030, rising sea levels will cause tidal flooding with a percentage of 19% to 37%. Java Island is considered quite vulnerable to tidal flooding and will be even more vulnerable in 2030, followed by half of northern Sumatra. In fact, South Sulawesi, which has not experienced tidal flooding, will experience an increased risk in 2030.

Rising sea levels coupled with uncontrolled development expansion could result in damage of US$400 million or the equivalent of Rp.5.8 trillion for Indonesia’s territory in 2030.

2. Extreme Forest Fire

Eastern Sumatra and East Kalimantan are predicted to experience a temperature increase of up to almost 4 degrees Celsius and rainfall will decrease by 12 percent in 2070 to 2100. This will certainly result in 55 days of extreme forest fires per year in the East Kalimantan region in the.

Then, on the island of Sumatra in the eastern hemisphere, the total days of danger from extreme fires tend to increase each year, from 17 to 64 days (under a high emission scenario).

3. Risk of Drought Increases

The risk of drought will increase together with the potential risk of extreme forest fires. The areas of southern Kalimantan and northern Sumatra in 2071 to 2100 will experience a drought of around 20 to 30 percent. Meanwhile, the Java region and the southern part of Sumatra will become drier by around 30 to 40 percent in that year.

4. Extreme Heat Wave

Indonesia is expected to experience more than three extreme heat waves, namely between 2020 and 2025. Then, extreme heat waves every two years between 2068 and 2100.

This extreme heat wave has the same intense size or could be bigger when compared to the extreme heat wave in Russia in 2010 which killed approximately 55 thousand people, destroyed approximately 9 million hectares of plants, caused forest fires, and killed all the birds that is in the city of Moscow.

5. Increased Flood Risk

Floods from overflowing river water resulted in a loss of US$5.5 billion or the equivalent of 79 trillion rupiah. Climate change in Indonesia can increase the damage in the economic sector as a result of overflowing river floods by up to 91 percent in 2030.

High levels or rainfall will result in more severe flooding in several areas in Sumatra, Sulawesi, Kalimantan, Papua and Maluku Island.

6. The Disappearance of Coral Reefs and Marine Tourism

In Indonesia, 29 percent of tourism is outside urban areas, to be precise on the coasts of islands. Globally, coral reefs are predicted to experience a fairly drastic decline, even if global warming is limited to 1.5 degrees Celsius, the remaining corals still have the potential to generate tourism revenue.

Then, at 2 degrees Celsius, most of the coral reefs will be invisible or disappear. This could result in marine tourism disappearing from Indonesia.

7. Delayed Growth in the Economic Sector

Indonesia has experienced an average annual loss of approximately US$45 million between 2000 and 2019 due to climate change-related natural disasters and is likely to increase substantially.

Economists also predict that in the scenario of very high emissions and climate change, Indonesia’s GDP growth or Gross Domestic Product could reach US$8,800 per capita in 2100. This of course intersects with the scenario of no climate change. That way, per capita income in Indonesia will jump to 38,500 US dollars in that year.

In addition to the impacts above, of course the impact of climate change in Indonesia has also resulted in a decrease in rice and coffee production, as well as an increase in damage from hurricanes.

That’s information about the climate in Indonesia. If Sinaumed’s is interested and wants to broaden his knowledge regarding climate in Indonesia or climate in the world, of course you can find, buy, and read his books at sinaumedia.com and sinaumedia Digital because sinaumedia is always #Friends Without Borders for those of you who want to gain knowledge.

Hopefully this article can add to your insight, okay!

Author: Tasya Talitha Nur Aurellia

Source: from various sources

Do you know how many seasons there are in Indonesia?   and what are the names of those seasons?

Come on, find out while working on fun activities about the seasons and the weather in this book. You can also draw, count, and do other activities while learning more about the seasons and weather. Must be fun, right ?

There is a close relationship between climate patterns and the distribution of various types of vegetation. Climate as an important factor that plays a major role in the distribution of flora and fauna. Different climatic factors in an area cause different types of plants and animals. Check out the more detailed explanation below:

Climate Definition

Climate is the long-term average of weather conditions for a location on Earth or other planets. Some of the meteorological variables that are usually measured are temperature, humidity, atmospheric pressure, wind, and precipitation. A location’s climate is affected by its latitude, terrain, and altitude, as well as nearby bodies of water and currents. The study of climate is studied in climatology. More generally, the “climate” of an area is the general condition of the climate in that location at a certain time.

Climates can be classified according to the averages and ranges of various variables, usually temperature and precipitation. The most commonly used classification is the Köppen climate classification. The Thornthwaite system, used since 1948, combines evapotranspiration with temperature and precipitation information for use in studying biodiversity and how climate change affects it. The Bergeron Synoptic and Spatial Classification System focuses on the origin of air masses that determines the climate of a region. The climate in a place on earth is influenced by the geographic location and topography of that place.

You can also study discussions about various factors of climate change in the book Science of Climate Change which also discusses various other topics related to climate change.

The influence of the relative position of the sun to a place on earth gives rise to seasons, which distinguish one climate from another. Climate differences result in several climate classification systems. Based on the relative position of a place on earth to the equator, it is known that areas with general climate similarity due to differences and patterns of changes in air temperature, namely the tropics (23.5°N-23.5°S), subtropics (23.5° N-40°N and 23°S-40°S), moderate (40°N-66.5°N and 40°S-66.5°S), and polar (66.5°N-90°N and 66.5°S-90°S). Seasons in Indonesia are divided into 2 types, namely the rainy season and the dry season. The division of 2 seasons in Indonesia is because Indonesia has a tropical climate.

Definition of Vegetation

Vegetation (from English: vegetation) in ecology is the term for the entire community of plants in a certain place, including both the communal mix of the constituent flora types and the land cover (ground cover) they form [1]. Vegetation is that part of life made up of plants that occupies an ecosystem, or, to a lesser extent, an ecological niche.

Different types of forests, gardens, grasslands and tundra are examples of vegetation. The term vegetation is distinct, and broader in scope, from flora. The definition of flora only refers to the richness of plant species that exist in a certain area or period of time; while vegetation is also characterized by a richness of life form (life form), structure, periodicity; as well as by special floristic features. The term vegetation or vegetation type has almost the same meaning, and is often used interchangeably, with a plant community; but the latter generally has a narrower coverage area.

Vegetation types are distinguished based on certain floristic characters, for example the association of dominant species, or environmental characteristics such as soil type and climate. Vegetation analysis is usually carried out by ecologists to study the abundance of types and structures (biomass, growing density, canopy layers, etc.) of vegetation in an area. By analyzing the distribution of floristics, it will be easier for ecologists to study a plant community.

Climate and Vegetation Relations

Climate is an important factor that plays a major role in the distribution of flora and fauna. Different climatic factors in an area cause different types of plants and animals. Regions with extreme climate patterns such as the poles which have very low temperatures and deserts which have very high temperatures result in the distribution of flora and fauna not being optimal because it is very difficult for plant and animal life.

Various causes of climate change and ways we can do to stop it can be found in the book Why? Climate Change – Climate Change by delivering interesting and fun information.

Therefore, the distribution of flora and fauna in this area is very small, thus affecting the number and types of flora and fauna. Conversely, in areas with tropical climates, the distribution of flora and fauna varies, resulting in an increase in both number and species. The tropics are areas that are very rich in the diversity of flora and fauna, because in this area they get enough sunlight and rain, this situation is different from the polar regions and desert areas.

Variations in temperature in the region will affect how flora and fauna can respond to the influence of the surrounding environment so that they can maintain their lives. Climate has several forming elements that affect the distribution of living things, namely:

• Temperature: As a quantitative measure of temperature; hot and cold, measured with a thermometer. Air temperature conditions certainly greatly affect the life of plants and animals. Plants and animals have different levels of response to environmental influences. Each species has different ideal environmental temperature requirements to survive, for example. Plants and animals that are in the tropics cannot survive if they occupy areas with desert or cold climates. Tropical climate plants and animals do not have a high level of resistance to extreme temperature differences between day and night.
• Air humidity is the amount of water vapor contained in the air, which can be measured with a hygrometer. The level of air humidity directly affects the pattern of distribution of plants on earth. Some plant species are very suitable for living in dry areas, on the other hand there are plant species which only survive on land with high moisture content, for example mangroves planted in areas with high humidity, these mangroves will develop and have maximum productivity. conversely, if the mangroves are planted in areas that have low humidity, the mangroves will not be productive and develop optimally. Based on the level of humidity, plants can be divided into four main groups, namely:
  • Hydrophytes: Plant groups that require wet, watery soil conditions or settle in waters. Example: Lotus and Water hyacinth
  • Xerophytes: A group of plants that live in dry places or where the humidity is low. Example: Cactus and Ephorbia
  • Mesophytes: Group of plants that live in damp or semi-wet places Example: Orchids and Mushrooms
  • Tropophytes: A group of plants that are able to adapt to changes in dry and rainy seasons, usually in tropical monsoon climates. Example: Teak trees.

• Wind: is the movement of air from areas of high pressure to areas of low pressure. In the process of dispersing living things, the wind functions as a means of transportation that moves the seeds of several plant species and helps the pollination process, both natural and cross-pollinated. In addition, the wind also distributes water vapor or rain from one place to another. That’s why the wind affects the climate.
• Rainfall: The amount of rain that falls (falls) in an area in a certain period of time; abundant(an) rain. For living things, water is a primary need because water is the source of life. The importance of water for the life of biodiversity results in the distribution of living things between regions. The distribution of various living things usually depends on the intensity of rainfall. As a result of differences in rainfall in each region on the earth’s surface, it causes differences in the types of animals and variations in the characteristics of the vegetation that inhabit these areas. The importance of water for life has resulted in the pattern of distribution and density of living things between regions in general depending on the amount of rainfall.

The various impacts of climate change are also discussed in the book Educomics Plants Vs Zombies: Weather and Climate which is packaged through illustrations so that it is easier to understand.

The character of the vegetation that covers the tropical rain forest is very much different from the vegetation that covers the monsoon, steppe or desert areas. The character of the vegetation in the monsoon region is dominated by deciduous plants to maintain moisture during the dry season. Desert areas are dominated by plant species that are highly resistant to drought. The specificity of the pattern and characteristics of this vegetation certainly results in the presence of animals that are unique to certain vegetation environments . There are many more compared to areas that are relatively drier.

Clauses are – Words, phrases, clauses, and sentences are elements in the structure of language. These four elements certainly have different meanings. However, among the four elements, it is phrases and clauses that most people may rarely know about. Words and sentences maybe almost everyone knows what they mean, while phrases and clauses maybe only a few people understand their meaning.

On this occasion, we will discuss clauses, from their definition to their examples. So, read this article to the end, Sinaumed’s.

Definition of Clause

A clause is a grammatical unit in the form of a group of words with a predicative construction which then consists of a subject and predicate with or without objects, complements, as well as various adverbs and potentially as sentences.

However, in the realization of language use, the presence of this subject element does not appear explicitly (obviously) and only has a predicate element present, depending on the rules that apply to each language. This is common in null subject languages. A simple sentence alone consists of one clause, while a more complex sentence consists of several clauses.

Clauses themselves are often contrasted with phrases. A group of words is said to be a clause if it has a predicate and a subject, whereas a phrase then contains a verb without a subject or contains a subject without using a predicate in it.

For example, the sentence “I didn’t know you painted that painting.” are a clause and a full sentence, while “that painting” and “making a painting are phrases”.

Definition of Clause According to Some Experts

In addition to the general meaning of clauses, some experts also state the meaning of clauses. The following are some definitions of clauses according to experts.

1. Rusmaji

According to Rusmaji, a clause is an element of a sentence, because most of the sentences themselves generally consist of two clause elements.

2. Forecast

According to Ramlan, a clause is a core element of a clause in which there are S as well as P. However, S here is also often imagined, for example in a broad sentence, namely as a result of combining clauses and answer sentences.

3. H. Alwi

According to H. Alwi, a clause is a syntactic unit consisting of two or more words and contains an element of predication.

4. Chaer

According to Chaer, a clause is a syntactic unit that is predicative. That is, within this unit or construction then there is a predicate, if in that unit there is no predicate, then this unit is not a clause.

5. Arifin

According to Arifin (2008: 34) a clause is a grammatical unit in the form of a combination of words which at least consists of a subject and a predicate. This clause or word combination itself has the potential to become a sentence.

Clause Features

To understand about clauses, you need to know the characteristics of clauses. Broadly speaking, the characteristics of clauses are divided into two, namely a combination of several phrases and a combination of words that already have a subject and predicate.

A combination of several phrases

Phrases have characteristics, namely consisting of two or more words, do not have a predicate, have a grammatical function in a sentence. For example, there are several examples of phrases, such as brothers and sisters, singing, their favorite song. These three phrases then have their respective functions.

Siblings as the subject, singing is the predicate, and their favorite song serves as the object. If all three are combined it will become a clause or even a complete sentence.

A combination of words consisting of a subject and a predicate

A clause is a combination of words consisting of a subject and a predicate, and at first glance it looks like a sentence. The difference is, clauses do not end with final intonation or have punctuation in them.

The final intonation that is read means the intonation of punctuation marks, orders, and news. Clauses also have characteristics such as consisting of two or more words, having a subject and predicate, having a grammatical function in sentences without ending intonation and punctuation. For example an example clause:

• Clause: You don’t study
• Sentence: You do not study?

A combination of several clauses can become a compound sentence, which is two single sentences which are then connected by a connecting word, so that it can become one whole sentence or produce a subordinate clause.

After knowing the characteristics of a clause in outline, then to make it easier for you to understand about a clause, you need to know an example of a clause. In the next discussion, we will discuss about the example clause. So, but see this article to the end, Sinaumed’s.

Example Clause

The clause itself is a group of words as well as a grammatical unit consisting of a subject (S) and a predicate (P). In a complete sentence, it must consist of at least one clause. But in some cases the sentences are more complicated, usually consisting of two or more clauses.

In general, the clause itself is divided into dependent clauses and independent clauses. A dependent clause is a clause that must be connected to other clauses in order to form a complete sentence. Meanwhile, independent clauses are clauses that can stand alone without being connected to other clauses to form a complete sentence.

To better understand it, consider the example of a clause in a sentence as follows:

Example Clause 1

Joni must maintain the best grades he has in each semester so he can get a scholarship.

– clause I: Joni must maintain the best grades in each semester

– clause II: Joni gets a scholarship

Example Clause 2

My father told me to continue my education up to college and major in Graphic Design.

clause I: Father told me to continue my education to college level

clause II : Father told me to major in Graphic Design

Example Clause 3

Andri promised not to disturb and burden our family again.

clause I : Andri promises not to disturb our family anymore

clause II : Andri promised not to burden our family anymore

Example Clause 4

He deserves the title of role model after he sacrificed his energy and time.

clause I: You deserve an exemplary title

clause II: You have sacrificed your energy and time

Example of Clause 5

Juni used a pole to pick the mangoes.

clause I : Juni uses a pole

clause II : Juni took mangoes

Example Clause 6

Grandfather wanted us to work and live in the village.

clause I : Grandpa wants us to work in the village

clause II : Grandpa wants us to live in the village

Example of Clause 7

Ghia used an online motorcycle taxi service and went to campus

clause I: Ghia uses online motorcycle taxi services

clause II : Ghia goes to campus

Example of Clause 8

Joni often fights because both of them are stubborn.

clause I : Joni often fights

clause II : Joni is equally stubborn

Example of Clause 9

Rena cancels going to Jakarta because she misses her flight.

clause I: Rena cancels going to Jakarta

clause II : Rena missed her flight

Those are some examples of clauses. From all the examples above it can be said that in one sentence sometimes it can produce more than one clause. This can happen as long as the clause is not punctuated at the end of the sentence, such as a full stop, exclamation point, question mark, and so on.

As previously explained, this clause can consist of several phrases. Therefore, sometimes there are still some who are confused in making phrases, but not yet into clauses.

To make it easier to understand the difference between a clause and a phrase, you can read the following discussion.

The difference between Phrase and Clause

At this point, we will discuss the differences between phrases and clauses. To be clear, here are the differences between phrase and clause.

Understanding

A phrase is a combination of two or more words that are bound and act as a unit, but does not contain a subject-verb pair. The main purpose of the existence of the phrase is to provide an explanation or explanation.

However, consisting of two or more words, a phrase itself does not have a predicate and cannot become a sentence. However, a phrase can be a subject, a predicate, as well as various other elements in a sentence.

Meanwhile, a clause is a combination of two or more words, one of which is a predicate element. In contrast to phrases, clauses can also potentially become a complete sentence. This is because the clause contains subject and predicate elements which are the archetypes in a sentence.

Characteristic features

The following are the features of the phrase:

• Consists of two words and more.
• It is non-predicative and does not contain a predicate in it.
• Occupy grammatical functions in sentences
• It has a denotative or connotative meaning, depending on the type of phrase

The following are the characteristics of the clause:

• Contains a subject as well as a predicate in it
• Could or could potentially be a sentence
• It has no ending intonation
• Including being part of a plural sentence

How to Distinguish between Phrases and Clauses

1. Clause as subject and predicate, while phrase has neither.
2. If there is a combination of words that does not convey meaning and cannot stand alone, it is a phrase, while a clause is in the form of an independent statement, which conveys thoughts or ideas.
3. If the combination of words contains a subject as well as a verb, it is considered a clause, otherwise it is referred to as a phrase.

Closing

From all the discussion above it can be said that a clause is a collection of phrases or more precisely phrases that do not have a subject and predicate simultaneously. In addition, this clause is often spelled similar to a sentence. This can happen because the clause has not been given punctuation.

For example, when a clause is given a conjunction, it can become a compound sentence. Meanwhile, if a clause is punctuated with a full stop, it becomes a sentence. After reading this article to the end, do you know the difference between a clause and a phrase?

Thus the discussion of clauses, starting from the definition to the examples. Hopefully all the discussion above can be useful for you.

If you want to find books about clauses or books about Indonesian sentences, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Sofyan

Source: From various sources

Recommended Books Related to Clauses that You Must Read

Indonesian Language Writing and Presentation of the Revised Edition

By mastering the basic material above, then, students are guided to be skilled at reproducing information from other people’s reading or writing, compiling papers, and writing research proposals. These materials are prepared in this book to assist students in doing many assignments during lectures. More than that, this book outlines how to make scientific presentations in academic forums. It is felt that this oral presentation is important to master from an early age so that students can really become proficient at presenting their ideas. To test the ability of each material, this book also contains many exercises to be discussed in class.

Basic Concepts of Indonesian

This book contains an initial understanding of the concept of Indonesian language. With this book, it is hoped that readers will be able to understand various linguistic concepts as well as be able to apply them in the process of everyday communication. In addition, it is hoped that learning errors related to linguistic concepts will no longer occur because the use of the language is in accordance with the concept of linguistics as the basic rule.

Tesamoko Thesaurus in Indonesian

In English, such an adventure is not difficult; a writer assisted by a ready-made “dictionary” such as Roget’s Thesaurus; there a wealth of synonyms are neatly listed. In Indonesian, there was once a “synonym dictionary”, but now I don’t know what will happen to it. Then this book that is before you is a big contribution to our world of writing. Writers, journalists, ad text writers, speech writers, and others will be able to draw from Eko Endarmoko’s work – a historic endeavor.

SMA/MA Interactive Books Kl.10 Indonesian Language Compulsory Smt.1 Re

Classified Ads – In the past, long before the internet mushroomed and could be easily accessed by everyone, print media became everyone’s mainstay in finding information. Usually, parents, especially fathers, prefer to subscribe to newspapers to find the latest news information in Indonesia as well as to complete a crossword puzzle on one of the pages of the newspaper.

Mothers usually subscribe to magazines to find out the latest cooking recipes for their families, while teenagers choose youth magazines to read short stories, get posters of idols that are currently popular, or just want to know their zodiac predictions this Sunday.

However, compared to magazines, newspapers are the choice of many people to find current information. Want to know the latest news, just open the newspaper published today. Want to find information about job vacancies, just open the newspaper. Likewise, if you are looking for information about a used house or car, all you have to do is open a newspaper.

There, you can find rows of classified ads displaying information about job vacancies, houses and cars for sale. Sometimes, elementary school children also have to collect clippings for their schoolwork, and for that they have to buy newspapers.

Because all information can be found in newspapers, it is not surprising that newspapers are always selling well, people hunt them every morning. Those who are looking for work, in particular, will diligently buy today’s newspapers to find information about the latest job vacancies in the classifieds column.

For those of you who grew up in the 90s or early 2000s, you must be very familiar with classified ads, but if you are a Millennial or Gen-Z child, classified ads are definitely a very foreign thing. Considering that you grew up with the internet, let alone classified ads, maybe you rarely even read newspapers.

For those of you who don’t know, classified ads are advertisements that often appear in print media such as newspapers or magazines, but most classified ads appear more often in newspapers.

Unlike the advertisements that we see on the internet or television, classified ads tend to be short, but full of information. For example, if you are looking for a house, you will find some information about the house, such as location, land area, price and contact telephone number.

However, because the capacity of the advertising column in a newspaper is very limited, the information that is included is also only the most important ones, and even then it is shortened so that it doesn’t take up too much space.

Definition of Classified Ads

In general, classified ads are short advertisements that appear in the columns of print media such as newspapers or magazines. Typically, classified ads display the sale of a number of goods and properties, as well as information about job vacancies. To place this ad, those of you who want to sell property or promote a product must come to the newspaper printing office to provide information about the property or product to be advertised, as well as pay the fees required to place the ad.

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary , aka KBBI , classified ads are small advertisements consisting of several lines that appear in a column. In the past, this type of advertising has been one of the favorite ways to sell or promote something. In English, classified ads are known as classified advertising .

Characteristics of classified ads that need to be known

Classified ads are no longer popular nowadays, so it’s no wonder that many Millennials are confused by this one term. For those of you who don’t know classified ads, you can see the characteristics of classified ads. The following are the characteristics of classified ads that you need to know!

1. Limited Number of Lines

As confused as you are, from the name, at least you have a small idea about this ad. Yup, as the name implies, classified ads are short advertisements consisting of only a few lines of sentences. In newspapers, classified ads are usually on the last page.

The number of lines in an advertisement usually depends on the fee paid to the editor of the newspaper. The more rows and the larger the columns used for the advertisement, the greater the cost. Conversely, the fewer rows used, the lower the cost.

To keep costs down, advertisers will usually only post important information which, if totaled, only takes up a few lines. But the most common, classified ads usually only consist of two or three lines.

2. Short Sentences

One of the main characteristics of classified ads that are not found in the advertisements we usually see is that the sentences are abbreviated. Those who are not used to seeing classified ads may be confused by the abbreviations that appear and even misinterpret them.

Sentences in classified ads are deliberately shortened to keep the number of lines in the ad small, so that the costs incurred by advertisers are cheaper. For example, the word ‘Jalan’ will be shortened to ‘Jln’, while the word ‘Address’ will become ‘Almt’. With an abbreviation like this, it’s no wonder that one ad will only spend two to three lines.

3. Cheap advertising costs

Today, to advertise on television, the costs that must be incurred by a person or a company are clearly not cheap. The longer the duration and the more often it is played, the price is also very expensive.

Sometimes, companies also place advertisements on popular television shows to promote their products. If you have this, the costs incurred will be even greater. To reduce expenses, sometimes companies advertise their products on social media.

There, they can promote at any time without worrying about costs. The way of promotion is even more creative, not only by posting photos but also videos that can attract the number of viewers and likes.

However, the conditions will be different if you use classified ads to promote your product. As already mentioned, the cost of classified ads is determined by the number of lines that contain information. However, even with quite a lot of classifieds, the costs incurred to place classified ads will not be as expensive as advertisements on television.

4. Filled with Facts and Opinions

In contrast to advertisements on television where advertisements are made as attractive as possible with pictures and videos. Classified ads displayed in print media such as newspapers will only display important information without pictures. In addition to important information, several types of classified ads also sometimes include opinions.

For example, if you post an ad about selling a house, the information that appears will only be information about the house. Starting from the location of the house, the area of ​​the land, and the contact number that can be contacted by the buyer.

The same goes for job advertisements. Usually the information that appears is the required position, company name, qualifications, and the address to send the application file.

Meanwhile, classified ads that raise opinions are usually found in classified ads for drugs or a product. This type of ad will display testimonials from users of the drug or product. This testimonial is deliberately posted to make customers believe in the quality of the product.

Types of Classified Ads

At first glance, classified ads look the same, especially with the number of columns and lines that are short and only consist of a few sentences. But even though it’s short, concise, and clear, it turns out that classified ads are also divided into several types.

Starting from bid advertisements, sales advertisements, job advertisements, and search advertisements. Although at first glance they are the same, these advertisements clearly convey different information from one another. Here are the types of classified ads and their explanations!

1. Offer Ads

As the name implies, offer advertisements are advertisements that offer or promote certain services. Offer ads themselves can take many forms. Starting from billboards, posters, videos, even classified ads that are published in newspapers.

In classified ads, offer ads usually contain various information about services and contacts that can be contacted if needed. Such as advertisements for transport services, for example, will display the type of car used, capacity, and the number that can be contacted.

2. Sales Ads

As the name implies, this type of advertising is advertising that promotes a product to customers. On television, sales advertisements are also the type of advertisement we see most often. Starting from advertisements for drinks, food, to household products that we usually use for our daily needs.

In newspapers, most sales advertisements do not promote products such as food or household products, but the sale of used cars and motorcycles, as well as properties such as houses and apartments.

For house sales, advertisements usually only display location, land area, condition of the house, price, to contacts who can be contacted if the buyer is interested. Sometimes, the sales ad also displays a photo of the house even though it is in black and white format so that the buyer has an idea about the house.

3. Job Vacancy Ads

So, for this classified ad, you could say it was the favorite advertisement for job seekers in the 2000s. Every time there is a new issue of a newspaper, we buy it just to find information about job vacancies.

In contrast to sales or offer advertisements which only consist of two or three lines, job vacancy advertisements are usually longer. Not only consisting of position and company name, job advertisements also consist of required qualifications such as education level, age limit, gender, to job description details that must be completed if the applicant is accepted to work at the company.

Finally, so that applicants don’t get confused about where to send their applications, the company also includes an address or email for sending files, complete with a deadline for sending them.

4. Search Ads

If sales and offer ads contain promotions for profit, then search ads are more social in nature. This type of ad is placed to look for items or people who have disappeared. For the goods themselves are usually in the form of a wallet or mobile phone. It also states when the item disappeared, plus its characteristics.

Unlike the previous advertisements, advertisements for searching for people, usually contain a complete photo with the characteristics of the missing person. Starting from height, skin color, hair, age, name, gender, last condition, date of disappearance, to contact who can be contacted by the reporter. Advertisements are placed in the hope that missing people can be found soon and reunited with their families.

Examples of Classified Ads

Most Gen-Z or Millennial children will feel unfamiliar with classified ads. It’s understandable, they really grew up in an era when all information could be found on Google and also social media. What’s more, all information and advertisements look much more attractive on the internet because they are equipped with photos and videos that are far more convincing.

Because the internet already has everything, they are no longer interested in opening newspapers and looking at the classified ads that are displayed there. However, even though the internet contains everything, sometimes we still need newspapers. Either for school work or other purposes. For you Millennials or Gen-Z kids who are curious, what does this classified ad look like, here’s an example!

1. Examples of Offer Classified Ads

2. Examples of Sales Classified Ads

3. Example of a job advertisement

4. Example of a Missing Person Classified Ad

Classified ads are past their popularity. In the past, people applying for jobs, looking for homes, looking for relatives depended on the advertisements in the newspaper. Today, its popularity has indeed waned as fewer and fewer people read newspapers. However, you can still use classified ad services to promote or find something or someone that is important to you and your family.

Although many print media companies have collapsed because they are unable to compete with the sophistication of the internet, there are still many newspaper readers. That means, you can still find classified ads on the back of the newspaper.

For Sinaumed’s who are studying advertising, you can visit sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits , we always try to provide the best and newest products for Sinaumed’s, so that you have #MoreWithReading information .

Author: Siti Marliah

Also read:

Classification of Types of Research Methods – Discussion of research methods will certainly not be far from students who, in the course of their lectures, will be taught about the implementation of this research. Yep, research activities are the most reliable way to train students to think critically and act systematically. For Sinaumed’s who is a student, have you ever conducted research activities in your course?

This research activity can be carried out in all fields of study and is one of the responsibilities of the students. Theses and theses are also some forms of a research activity. Although research activities can be carried out in all fields of study, the research methods may vary, depending on how the data the researcher wants to collect.

Then, what are the types of research methods? What types of data are usually found in research activities? So, so that Sinaumed’s isn’t confused about discussing this research method, let’s look at the following review!

Classification of Types of Research Methods

It should be noted that the research method is a method or effort to obtain data. This data will later be described, proven, developed, and it will be found that there is a definite theory from the data. A research activity is generally carried out to understand, solve, as well as anticipate problems that arise in human life.

The classification of the types of research methods is based on various things, starting from the type and analysis, based on the use of the technique, based on the purpose, based on the nature of the problem, based on the level of explanation, and many more. Well, here is the explanation!

Research Methods Based on Types and Analysis

1. Quantitative Research

According to Robert Donmoyer (in Norjanah: 2014), quantitative research is approaches to empirical studies to collect, analyze, and display data in numerical form (numbers) rather than narrative. This research is usually done when you want to get accurate results because it relies on calculations.

An example is research conducted to determine differences in the effectiveness of conventional learning models in an effort to improve learning achievement in mathematics in a school.

2. Qualitative Research

A qualitative research is usually conducted to provide an explanation of a phenomenon and will later construct a theory related to this phenomenon. This research method is mostly in the form of narrative.

An example is research on the values ​​contained in a novel and its feasibility as a medium for learning literature at a school level.

Most people find it difficult to differentiate between quantitative and qualitative research. So, so that Sinaumed’s doesn’t get confused, here are the differences between the two research methods!

3. Joint Research

Combined research is a research method by combining quantitative research with qualitative research. An example is research in the form of numbers (quantitative), then elaborated using a narrative form (qualitative) in the form of interviews with informants.

Research Methods Based on the Techniques Used

1. Survey Research

This survey research method is research conducted on a large or small population. The data studied later is a sample of the population, which will then find relative events, distribution, and relationships between variables, both sociologically and psychologically.

An example is research on the level of student achievement in a school.

2. Historical Research

This historical research is related to logical analysis of events that took place in the past. The sources of data vary, ranging from people or informants who were directly involved in past events to documentation relating to these events.

The purpose of this research method is to reconstruct past events in a systematic and objective manner. An example is a reconstruction study of spelling teaching in the United States over the last 50 years.

3. Experimental Research

The experimental research method is a study that seeks to find the effect of certain variables on other variables, under tightly controlled conditions. An example is research to compare mathematics learning outcomes in superior classes with ordinary classes using certain learning models.

Research Methods Based on Objectives

1 . Basic Research ( Basic Research )

In this research method, it is usually intended for the development of a science and is directed at developing a theory to find a new theory. This research focuses more on efforts to identify, explain, and predict phenomena that occur in human life, both natural and social.

An example is basic research related to the fields of psychology and education, namely research on the factors that influence human attitudes and behavior. Later, the results of this research will be used as a basis for developing attitudes to change behavior through the educational process.

2. Applied Research

Applied research method is a type of research whose results can be directly applied to solve the problems being faced. This research generally examines the merits of scientific theories as well as knowledge of empirical relationships and analysis and a particular field of study. Examples of applied research related to education, namely about how to increase students’ interest in reading and test scientific theories about the factors that influence students’ motivation to learn.

3. Evaluative Research

Actually, this research method is part of applied research, but is more focused on measuring the success of a particular program, product or activity. Usually, this research is carried out by a particular unit or institution. For example, research on teacher quality before and after joining a professional program.

Research Methods Based on the Nature of the Problem

1. Descriptive Research

In this research method, later the researchers will try to provide a systematic and careful about the actual facts and the characteristics of a particular population. As the name implies, the method of delivery is in a descriptive form. An example is descriptive research conducted to find out how much the level of skills education needs is in an area.

2. Developmental Research

This research method will later investigate the pattern and process of growth or change of a thing as a function of time. An example is research in the form of developing a new admissions system in a school to increase its quantity and quality.

3. Case Research and Field Research ( Case Study and Field Research )

This research method focuses on a case in an incentive and detailed manner regarding the background of the situation at issue. The purpose of this research is to study intensively about the background, circumstances, and environmental interactions in social units, namely individuals, groups, institutions, or society.

An example is a case study on consumption patterns in urban life.

Research Methods Based on Explanation Levels

1. Descriptive Research

As the name implies, this research was conducted in the form of a description. The purpose of this descriptive research is to determine the value of the independent variable, either one variable

or more without making comparisons with other variables. For example, research on the use of computer technology in schools in certain areas.

2. Comparative Research

As the name implies, the research is comparative. The variables are still the same as the independent variable research, but the samples must be more than one at different times. An example is research on the quality of student achievement in rural areas compared to the quality of student achievement in urban areas.

3. Associative Research

This study aims to determine whether there is a relationship between two or more variables in it. Associative research can be built with a theory that later functions to explain, predict, to control a phenomenon. An example is research on the relationship between the completeness of learning media and student learning motivation in a school.

Research Methods Based on Data Types

1. Primary Research

This research requires researchers to collect data from the first source, which is usually obtained by using the questionnaire method or interview method. In primary research, several methods can also be used, namely:

• case studies (using individuals or groups as study material that is longitudinal or at a certain time that is relatively long),
• surveys (quantitative studies to examine the symptoms of a group or individual behavior),
• experimental research (using two or more groups as research objects and then comparing the results)

An example is primary research using the case study method regarding student learning patterns in class X Language in a school.

2. Secondary Research

This study uses data material that is not from the first source, so it tends to use library research. In literature studies, it is usually for qualitative research, in which data is collected from a survey institution (which has been done before), libraries, to state institutions that have similar data libraries.

An example is research on the ability of students in a class to understand the concept of geometry.

Research Methods Based on Place

1. Laboratory Research

As the name implies, this type of research will be carried out in a laboratory, which is usually done in the exact sciences. Especially in the majors of medicine, electrical, civil, biology, food nutrition, and others.

An example is research in the field of Biology regarding the breathing apparatus for several types of animals.

2. Field Research

The field in question is not a large area in the field, but this research was carried out at the target location directly. Usually, this research is carried out by social and economic scientists by entering directly into the community or group of people who are the object of their research.

An example is research on literacy levels in a remote village in West Java. So, researchers must enter and mingle directly in the community in the village.

3. Library Research

This research is of course carried out in the library, which usually reviews the literature, especially on research that has been done before, journals, and other sources available in the library. An example is research on journal content related to learning models commonly used in learning.

Research Methods Based on the Fields Researched

1. Social Research

Social research is research specifically devoted to social fields, such as economics, law, education, sociology, and others. An example is research on the influence of social status on the tolerance attitude of people in a region.

2. Exact Research

This exact research is research that is specifically intended for exact fields, such as chemistry, physics, biology, electrical engineering, mathematics, and others. An example is research in the field of Biology regarding the reproduction of reptiles.

Research Methods Based on Scientific

1. Scientific research

As the name implies, this research is scientific in nature by taking into account scientific principles. That is, the main ideas put forward in the research must be arranged systematically and use convincing evidence.

2. Non-Scientific Research

In contrast to scientific research, this type of research does not use or pay attention to scientific principles.

Research Methods Based on Field (Science)

1. Business Research

As the name implies, research of course will discuss matters in the business field, ranging from accounting, management, marketing, finance, and others. The following is an example of his research:

• Accounting : research on budget control procedures, practices and systems, methods of financing, inventories, depreciation and so on.
• Finance : research on the operations of financial institutions, financial ratios, mergers and acquisitions and so on.
• Management : research on employee attitudes and behavior, HR management, production/operations management, strategy formulation, information systems and so on.
• Marketing : research on product image, advertising, distribution, pricing, packaging, consumer preferences, new product development and so on.

2. Legal Research

Legal research is of course a research that discusses matters in the field of law. An example is research on civil law, criminal law, constitutional law, and international law that applies to society.

3. Communication Research

This research will of course discuss matters related to the field of communication. Examples are research on mass communication, business communication, public relations and advertising.

4. Economic Research

This research will of course be carried out by discussing material or phenomena related to the economic field. Usually in this study a lot to discuss about microeconomics, macroeconomics and development economics.

5. Agricultural Research

This research was carried out by discussing material or phenomena that occur in agriculture, starting from agribusiness, plant cultivation, plant pests, and agronomy.

So, that’s a review of the types of research methods that can be carried out by adjusting the field of study that you want to pursue. Considering that most types of research are scientific research, the data compiled must also be valid, right?

Kingdom Animalia – Kingdom animalia is a taxonomic classification of organisms that do not have their own cell walls and chloroplasts, so they depend on other organisms for food. Unlike the case with plants, animals do not have chlorophyll, so they cannot carry out photosynthesis to make their own food. Therefore, animals have to find their own food to get energy.

Kingdom animalia is arguably one of the kingdoms that has the most numerous and varied members. More than 1.5 million living animal species have been described—about 1 million of which are insects—but it is estimated that there are more than 7 million animal species in total. Animals range from 8.5 micrometers to 33.6 meters in length and have complex interactions with each other and with their environment, as well as forming elaborate food webs. The study of animals is called zoology.

The object of zoological study includes the structure, function, behavior, and evolutionary processes of animals. The main topics in zoology are comparative anatomy, ethology, animal psychology, molecular biology, ethology, behavioral ecology, evolutionary biology, taxonomy, and paleontology. Meanwhile, someone who studies zoology is called a zoologist.

In general, the animal kingdom is divided into two, namely invertebrate animals (no backbones) and vertebrate animals (backbones). Invertebrate animals are animals that do not have a backbone and their nervous system is located below the digestive tract, while vertebrate animals are animals that can only reproduce through marriage (fertilization of the ovum and spermatozoid into one unit).

Aristotle divided animals into those with blood and those without blood. Carolus Linnaeus created the first hierarchical biological classification for animals in 1758 in his book Systema Naturae , which was expanded by Jean-Baptiste Lamarck into 14 phyla in 1809.

In the late 1800s, Ernst Haeckel divided the animal kingdom into multicellular Metazoa (now a synonym of Animalia) and Protozoa, while single-celled organisms are no longer considered animals. In modern times, animal classification relies on sophisticated techniques, such as molecular phylogenetics, which are effective in demonstrating evolutionary relationships among animal taxa.

To recognize various animals that belong to the kingdom animalia group, we certainly need to know their characteristics. What are the characteristics? The following is a summary of the characteristics, features, and types of kingdom animalia.

Etymology

The word “animal” is a loan from Arabic, حيوان (animal) which means animal. The word “animal” is a loan from Sanskrit which means “creature”, while “animal” is an original Malay word.

In English, “animal” is called animal, from the Latin “animalis”, which means “has breath”. In everyday non-formal usage, the word usually refers to animals, not humans. Occasionally, close human relatives such as mammals and other vertebrates are designated in informal use. The biological definition of the word refers to all members of the kingdom animalia, including creatures as diverse as sponges, jellyfish, insects, and humans.

Characteristics of Kingdom Animalia

Animals have several characteristics that set them apart from other living things. Animals are eukaryotic (have a nuclear membrane) and multicellular, unlike bacteria which are prokaryotic and unlike protists which are eukaryotic, but unicellular. Unlike plants and algae which produce their own nutrients, animals are heterotrophs, meaning they eat organic matter and digest it internally.

With very few exceptions, animals breathe oxygen and respire aerobically. All animals are motile (able to spontaneously move their bodies) during at least part of their life cycle, but some animals, such as sponges, corals, clams, and barnacles, become sessile later. The blastula is a stage in embryonic development unique to most animals, which allows cells to differentiate into specialized tissues and organs.

Animals are categorized into ecological groups depending on how they obtain or consume organic matter, including carnivores, herbivores, omnivores, detritivores and parasites. Interactions among animals form complex food webs. In carnivorous or omnivorous species, predation is the resource-consumer interaction that occurs when a predator eats another organism (referred to as prey ).

Animals that live near hydrothermal vents and cold seeps on the dark ocean floor are independent of the energy of sunlight. Instead, archaea and bacteria here produce organic matter via chemosynthesis (by oxidizing inorganic compounds such as methane) and form the basis of local food webs.

Characteristics of Kingdom Animalia

Type of Kingdom Animalia

1. Vertebrates

Vertebrates are a type of animal subphylum of Chordata which includes all animals that have a backbone. Vertebrates are the largest subphylum of Chordata. All types of fish, amphibians, reptiles, birds, and mammals (mammals) can be included in vertebrates, except for eels, ghosts, and sea leeches.

Vertebrates have a muscular system which is made up of multiple pairs of masses, as well as a central nervous system which is usually located within the spine. The respiratory system uses gills or lungs.

The blood of Vertebrate animals consists of blood cells suspended in the plasma, then circulates to the organs of the body. Cellular elements or blood cells of vertebrate animals are divided into three, namely red blood cells, white blood cells, and platelets. Each type of vertebrate animal has a different shape, size, and percentage of red blood cells and white blood cells.

Vertebrates can only reproduce through mating. The mating process is carried out by fertilizing the ovum and spermatozoid into a single unit. Fertilization in vertebrates can occur outside the body or inside the body. Fertilization outside the body is called external fertilization, while fertilization inside the body is called internal fertilization. External fertilization occurs in fish and frogs, while internal fertilization occurs in reptiles, birds and mammals.

Vertebrates have several types of kidneys, including the pronephros, mesonephros, and metanephros. Pronephros kidney type is a type of kidney that develops in the embryo or larval phase. Furthermore, the pronephros kidney is replaced by a mesonephric type of kidney, which is then replaced by a metanephric kidney when the animal has begun to mature. Animals that have this type of kidney are mammals, reptiles, and birds.

2. Invertebrates

Invertebrates or Invertebrates are types of animals that do not have a backbone between the vertebrae. These invertebrate animals are divided into several groups, namely the phylum Protozoa, Porifera, Arthropoda, Platyhelminthes, Nemathelminthes, Annelida, Coelenterata, Molluscs, and Echinodermata.

Invertebrates is a term expressed by Chevalier de Lamarck to designate animals that do not have a backbone. Invertebrates include all animals except vertebrates (fish, reptiles, amphibians, birds, and mammals). In addition to not having hard internal bones, invertebrates are generally soft-bodied and have a hard exoskeleton to protect their bodies. Examples of invertebrates are insects, jellyfish, hydra, squid and worms. Invertebrates make up about 97% of all members of the animal kingdom.

There are eight phyla in the classification of Invertebrates, namely:

• Annelids.
• Arthropods.
• Coelenterata.
• Echinodermata.
• Mollusca.
• Nemathelminthes.
• Platyhelminthes.
• Porifera.

Further research in the field of taxonomy showed that many invertebrate animals are more closely related to vertebrates than to other invertebrates.

The formation of a new individual in invertebrate sexual reproduction does not always require and undergoes a fertilization process. Reproduction without fertilization is called parthenogenesis which can occur in male bees and male ants.

The reproduction by fertilization is divided into two, namely conjugation and anisogamy. An example of an invertebrate whose reproductive organs are not yet clearly conjugated is paramecium. Anisogamy on the other hand is the fusion of two sex cells that are not the same size. Anisogamy, for example, occurs when microgametes and macrogametes fertilize in plasmodium, as well as sperm fertilize with ovum in the uterus.

Diversity of Kingdom Animalia

1. Biggest and Smallest

The blue whale ( Balaenoptera musculus ) is the largest animal that ever lived, weighing up to 190 metric tons and up to 33.6 meters (110 ft) long. As the name suggests, the blue whale has a predominantly dark blue body with a slightly paler color on the underside. There are at least three subspecies of the blue whale, namely B. m. musculus in the North Atlantic and North Pacific, B. m. intermedia in the Southern Ocean, and B. m. brevicauda (also called the pygmy blue whale) in the Indian Ocean and South Pacific Ocean.

Prior to whaling, the largest population was in Antarctica, numbering approximately 239,000 (between 202,000 and 311,000).These whales can reach speeds of 50 kilometers per hour (31 mph) (usually when interacting with other whales), but their usual speed is only 20 kilometers per hour (12 mph). When feeding, the speed reduces to 5 kilometers per hour (3.1 mph).

The staple food of blue whales is krill, although they also eat small amounts of copepods. This species of zooplankton is eaten by various blue whales from one ocean to another. An adult blue whale can eat up to 40 million krill per day. They always feed in areas with the highest concentration of krill, sometimes consuming as much as 3,600 kilograms (7,900 pounds) of krill in a single day. The energy requirement of an adult blue whale in one day is in the range of 1.5 million kilocalories.

The largest extant land animal is the African bush elephant ( Loxodonta africana ), weighing up to 12.25 tons and up to 10.67 meters (35.0 ft) long. The largest land animals that have ever lived were titanosaur sauropod dinosaurs such as Argentinosaurus , which may have weighed up to 73 tons. Some animals are microscopic; some Myxozoa (obligatory parasites belonging to the group Cnidaria) never grow larger than 20 µm, and one of the smallest species ( Myxobolus shekel ) does no more than 8.5 µm when fully grown.

2. Reproduction and Growth

Nearly all animals use some form of sexual reproduction. Animals produce haploid gametes via meiosis; the smaller, motile gamete is the spermatozoa and the larger, non-motile gamete is the ovum. Spermatozoa and ovum unite to form a zygote, which develops by mitosis into a hollow ball called a blastula.

Within a sponge, the blastula larva swims to a new location, attaches to the seafloor, and develops into a new sponge. In most other groups, the blastula undergoes more complicated rearrangements. The blastula undergoes invagination (a certain folding) to form a gastrula which has a digestive chamber and two separate germ layers, namely the external ectoderm and internal endoderm. In many animals, a third germ layer, the mesoderm, also develops in between. These germ layers then differentiate to form tissues and organs.

The Origins of Evolution

The first fossils that may represent animals have appeared in 665 million year old rocks in South Australia’s Trezona Formation. These fossils are interpreted as early sponges. The oldest animals were found in the Ediacaran biota towards the end of the Precambrian, around 610 million years ago. The discovery of cholesterol animal lipids in the Dickinsonia fossils is evidence that the Ediakara biota is a type of animal.

Most animal phyla first appear in the fossil record during the Cambrian explosion which began about 542 million years ago in places such as the Burgess Shale. Extant phyla that can be found in these rocks are Molluscs, Brachiopods, Onychophora, Tardigrada, Arthropoda, Echinodermata, and Hemichordata.

Some paleontologists suggest that animals appeared much earlier than the Cambrian explosion, perhaps 1 billion years ago. Trace fossils such as tracks and burrows from the Tonian period indicate the presence of triploblastic worm-like animals, approximately about 5 mm in size. However, similar tracks produced by the giant single-celled protist Gromia sphaerica do not indicate the early evolution of early animals.

The adolescent phase does not last a year or two. Usually, this phase lasts at least 10 years and even up to a dozen years. Every individual who enters adolescence will pass through several stages. For example, from puberty to adulthood.

Before exploring further about the teenage period. It would be better if You first understands the nature of youth. In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), youth is interpreted as starting to mature; has reached the age to marry; young; youth.

The Ministry of Health defines youth as a period of human life in which rapid physical, psychological and intellectual growth and development occurs. He has the characteristics of high curiosity, tends to dare to take risks from his actions without considering them carefully, and likes things that smell of adventure.

Meanwhile, according to the World Health Organization (WHO), adolescents are people in the age range of 10 to 19 years. Meanwhile, according to RI Health Regulations Number 25 of 2014, youth is defined as residents in the age range of 10-18 years and according to the Population and Family Planning Agency (BKKBN) the age range of adolescents is 10-24 years and unmarried.

Adolescence is also referred to as adolescence. According to Hurlock, the term youth or youth comes from the Latin, namely adolescene which has the noun adolescentia which means to grow or grow into adulthood. People in ancient times saw puberty and youth as no different from other periods in human life. They are considered mature when they are able to reproduce.

Currently, adolescence is interpreted more broadly, which includes mental, emotional, and emotional maturity. This is in line with Piaget’s view, psychologically, youth is the age of an individual who integrates with adult society.

Age of children who feel they are no longer below the level of older people but are at the same level of money. At a minimum, in terms of integration with adult society, it has an effective aspect, more or less related to puberty, including striking intellectual changes.

The unique intellectual transformation of adolescent thinking provides the possibility to achieve integration in adult social relations. This is a characteristic that is common knowledge in the teenage period.

Meanwhile, Jhon W. Santrock, adolescence (adolescence) is a developmental period of transition from childhood to adulthood which includes biological, cognitive, and social-emotional changes.

Meanwhile, according to Monks and Haditono, a teenager is someone who is in the age range of 12-21 years. Adolescence is also a transition from childhood to adulthood. Therefore, the mindset will change and process towards adulthood.

In line with Monks and Haditono, King also formulated the definition of youth. For him, youth is a human development which is marked by the transition from childhood to adulthood. Adolescence usually begins around the age of 12 and ends at the age of 18-21 years.

From some of the definitions above, it can be concluded that youth is a phase or period of transition from childhood to adulthood, usually occurring in the age range of 10 to 18 years. During adolescence, physical, psychological, and intellectual development usually occurs. It becomes part of the period of human development.

Adolescent Classification

Classification of adolescents can be done based on the phase or stages. Launching from the Id.theasianparent.com page, here are three classifications of teenagers based on their age.

1. Early Adolescent Phase

Children enter the adolescent phase when they are 10 years old. The age range of 10-13 years is included in the early adolescent phase. At this stage, children experience the early stages of puberty and start growing faster. Both boys and girls experience significant physical growth and an increase in sexual interest.

Not only that, body changes are also a concern for teenagers. For example, starting to grow hair under the arms and around the genitals, breast development in girls, and enlargement of the testicles in boys.

Girls usually grow faster than boys. They are one or two years ahead of boys. In fact, some changes in women are also normal to experience from the age of 8 years and 9 years for boys.

Usually, teenage girls start menstruating at the age of 12 or an average of 2 to 3 years after their breasts start to grow. Physical changes and adolescent mindsets make parents feel anxious and worried. Especially if you don’t know what’s normal and what’s not.

Some children may also question their gender identity in their teens. Meanwhile, cognitively, adolescents at this stage have begun to experience increased intellectual interest. They also have concrete thoughts.

For example, start looking for the truth about something (it can be good or bad) from various sources. Not only that, at this time, adolescents focus more on themselves, which is known as egocentrism.

Early stage adolescents also often feel that their appearance is judged by their peers. So, try as much as possible to wear appropriate and up-to-date clothes. This has an influence on the majority of adolescents who think that all judgments and thoughts of people about themselves are important to pay attention to.

During the early adolescent phase, there is usually an increased need for privacy. Teenagers will start looking for ways to be independent from the family. Not infrequently, teenagers also set limits or react violently if parents seem to be too restraining or interfering in personal matters.

2. Middle Adolescent Phase

Adolescents aged 14-17 years are included in the mid-adolescence phase. Changes occur in the body of girls. such as the pelvis, waist and buttocks begin to enlarge, menstruation begins regularly, increased sweat production, and the reproductive organs develop.

Meanwhile, in boys growth begins to run rapidly. The body becomes taller, the body weight increases, pimples appear, the muscles get bigger, the shoulders and chest get wider, the voice cracks, the penis gets bigger, the growth of cumin, sideburns, and so on.

At this age, teenagers begin to be interested in romantic relationships. They also have the possibility to question and explore sexual identity. These things have the potential to cause stress if you don’t get support from family, friends, or the community.

At this time, the mindset of adolescents is based on logic, but not infrequently it is also driven by feelings or emotions. They have been able to think abstractly and consider the big picture. However, in certain situations, they are still less able to apply it at that time.

For example, the thought, “Tomorrow there is a biology test. But, the latest Korean drama episode is out. I already understand the material, it seems there is no need to repeat reading. So, it’s okay to just watch it. Grades are not a measure of success.”

They also begin to be interested in having a romantic relationship, such as dating. Has a tendency to prefer or spend more time with friends. It is not uncommon for them to have disagreements and even fight with their parents because their emotions are not stable and they are sensitive.

3. Late Adolescence or Young Adult Phase

Adolescents in the age range of 18-24 years are included in the late adolescent or young adult phase. In general, entering the late adolescent phase, the physique has developed to the maximum. Not only that, the ability to think is much more mature than middle adolescents.

They are also more focused on realizing the planned goals. At the same time able to make decisions based on hopes and ideals. For example, teenagers will do things that are a priority in their lives such as schoolwork, or things that support the realization of their goals.

In friendship, romance, and family relations have been more stable. They have been able to make choices about discussing something or sharing stories with trusted people.

Characteristics of Adolescents

Titisari and Utami formulated several characteristics of adolescents as follows.

• Physical and sexual development which is characterized by the rate of development which usually occurs very rapidly and the presence of secondary and primary sex characteristics.
• From a psychosocial perspective, adolescents tend to separate themselves from their parents and expand their relationships with peers.
• From a cognitive perspective, adolescent mentality has been able to think logically about various abstract ideas.
• In terms of emotional development tends to be high. This is because the sexual organs develop and affect the hormones that control emotions.
• In terms of moral development, teenagers who are in a circle must continue to act and behave according to the norms and rules they believe in. This also causes teenagers to violate applicable rules and values, such as having sex outside of marriage, drinking alcoholic beverages, brawls, and so on.
• Personality development is an important phase for the development and self-integrity of adolescents.

Teen Characteristics

This adolescent phase can be identified from several characteristics that have been formulated by Hurlock as follows.

1. Adolescence as an Important Period

When children begin to enter adolescence, it will be accompanied by rapid development. Thus, causing mental adjustments and the formation of attitudes, new interests, and intentions.

2. Adolescence as a Transitional Period

At this time, adolescents enter a phase where they are no longer a child or an adult. They are in a transitional stage of status and there is doubt or uncertainty within the adolescent.

3. Adolescence as a Time of Change

Physical changes develop in harmony or in tandem with changes in attitudes and behavior. There are several types of changes that occur in adolescents. First, the height of emotional intensity depends on the level of physical and psychological changes. Because, usually, emotional changes happen more quickly during the early teenage years.

Second, body changes, roles, and interests that are influenced by the social environment. Third, changes in values ​​that are influenced by changes in interests and behavior patterns of adolescents.

4. Adolescence as a Troubled Age

Each phase of development has its own main problems. However, when teenagers are faced with problems, it tends to be difficult to overcome them on their own. Because of this, many teenagers conclude that solving or solving problems is not always in accordance with expectations and in the way that has been planned.

5. Adolescence as an Age of Searching for Identity

Adolescents in this stage begin to search for identity or the essence of their lives. they start to fret, get restless, and feel dissatisfied in many ways. The search for identity is done in any way, for example reading, watching, joining communities, exchanging ideas with others, and other ways.

6. Adolescence as an Age of Fear

Teenagers are considered as a group of humans who are untidy, difficult to trust, and often destructive. This causes adults who are responsible for supervising and guiding the lives of adolescents to be afraid to take on that responsibility. They are also reluctant to be sympathetic to adolescent behaviors that are considered abnormal.

7. Adolescence as an Unrealistic Period

Teenagers will be easily disappointed and hurt if plans or goals are not achieved. They tend to see life with pink glasses. In his view, self and others are seen according to his wishes. Not from what they are.

Hopes and ideals are cultivated unrealistically. For example dreams or ideals that are not in accordance with self-ability or economy. This raises high emotions which are one of the characteristics of the early phase of adolescence.

8. Adolescence as the Threshold of Adulthood

Approaching the age of maturity or adulthood, adolescents become anxious to show that they are almost adults. At the same time eliminating the impression of stereotypes that have been attached to the new dozen and replacing it with a new view as an adult human being.

Indonesia’s Economic Problems –  As long as resources are available in limited quantities while human needs are unlimited, there will always be economic problems. An example of an economic problem, for example, is the scarcity of rice in Indonesia, while rice is a basic need for most of our society.

Check out a more complete explanation of economic problems, as well as the factors that influence them, as follows:

Factors Affecting Economic Problems

In economic problems, humans are faced with demands to meet the necessities of life both in terms of food, clothing and housing. Factors that influence the economic problems themselves include:

1. Natural Resources

Natural resources are all things that come from nature and can be used to meet the needs of all human life. Based on its formation, natural resources are divided into renewable resources (the amount is unlimited) and non-renewable natural resources (the amount is limited and can be used up).

Natural resources and their relation to economic problems are closely related to the availability or absence of raw materials because of the high rate of population growth, and the narrowing of the land available for natural resources.

To understand more about the economics of natural resources, Sinaumed’s can read the book Natural Resource Economics which is equipped with a graphical and mathematical approach that can help you to understand it better.

2. Human Resources

The Human Resources (HR) factor includes the availability of skilled and professional workers. Human Resources (HR) as productive individuals who work as a driving force for an organization, both in institutions and companies which can be clearly studied in the book Economics of Human Resources .

HR as the main element of the organization compared to other resource elements such as capital, technology, because it is humans who play a role in controlling other factors.

The definition of Human Resources (HR) itself is further divided into two, namely Macro Human Resources (HR) or the number of people of productive age in an area, and Micro Human Resources (HR), namely individuals who work in an institution or company.

Increasing HR competencies can be realized through a number of education and training programs that focus on developing leadership, and competencies according to their interests and the field of work they are engaged in.

3. Working Capital

The production process certainly requires working capital so that production can be completed properly, and meet consumer demand. Although sometimes working capital is very difficult to obtain, especially during a pandemic like now.

Because the impact of Covid-19 not only affects individuals but also the banking sector as a provider of working capital has also experienced paralysis. Working capital as the sum of current assets. The timing of the availability of working capital will depend on the type and level of liquidity of the elements of current assets, such as cash, securities, receivables and inventories.

4. Distribution Process

Even though it is fairly simple and is a classic economic problem. The distribution process is quite influential in economic matters, especially in the basic goods produced to meet the needs of an even distribution.

Distribution as an activity or act of moving products from suppliers to consumers in the form of a supply chain. Distribution is one of the key advantages for the company because it will directly affect product costs and consumer needs.

The existence of proper distribution activities will be very useful to achieve company profits. For example, companies can further reduce capital costs and create high consumer demand for these products.

With the development of digital technology in the current 4.0 era, the distribution process will also change and adapt according to developments. You can learn how distributors can adapt in the Complete Distribution Management Guide book .

5. Consumption Level

The difference in lifestyle is of course directly proportional to how many levels of consumption are carried out by consumers. There are several factors that cause the level of consumer consumption to continue to decline, this is what will cause economic problems if this continues.

These reasons include limited employment opportunities. The effect of limited employment opportunities is the high unemployment rate which in turn reduces the level of prosperity.

The decline in people’s welfare due to unemployment will certainly reduce a person’s desire to buy goods. In addition, price increases will also have a major impact on the economy.

Other causes of course or the process of increasing prices continuously. Inflation as a process of continuous decline in currency values. This can happen due to an increase in the number of needs but limited stock, production or service costs have increased, or the amount of money circulating in the community is quite high.

Classification of Economic Problems

1. Classical Economic Problems

In 1870 the classical economic theory was developed pioneered by Adam Smith. Adherents of these theories argue that economic problems are a unified process consisting of production, distribution and consumption processes. Here’s the explanation:

a. Distribution Issues

Distribution is the initial stage in the product marketing process. Distribution as an important marketing process for all types of industries. Distribution can add value to products through various functions such as utility, place, time and product ownership rights.

b. Distribution benefits

Distribution problems include as a link between production and consumption activities. So that the marketing process will be easier.

Some of the factors that influence distribution channels are markets, goods, companies, and buying habits. Distribution itself can be done in two ways, namely direct distribution and indirect distribution.

c. Production Problems

Production is a process of producing goods or services that aim to meet consumer needs. However, of course not all human needs can be met, because human needs can be met only if he consumes goods or services according to his needs.

Meanwhile, the process of producing goods and services requires other resources, from natural resources (SDA), human resources (HR), capital resources to entrepreneur skills.

In addition, after goods and services reach consumers, the next problem is, of course, whether these goods will be consumed or even wasted because the prices are not affordable. This is also another problem that must be answered by manufacturers as product makers.

d. Consumption Problems

Consumption is the activity of using, spending or utilizing goods produced by producers. There are two factors that affect consumption activities, including income (because the greater the income received, the greater the purchasing power).

On the other hand, as consumers, we must be able to increase our income so that we can reach the products we want. Apart from that, prices of goods and services, customs and habits of consumers, as well as substitute goods or also known as substitute goods, will also affect the level of public consumption.

2. Modern Economic Problems

The essence of modern economic problems is how to make the right choices in allocating resources to meet the various human needs that are increasingly diverse. Modern economic problems are usually obliged to answer between three questions, namely:

What will be produced?

Society must decide what goods and services to produce in order to meet the right target needs. The production of goods and services must be selective with an accurate priority scale due to limited resources. The basic considerations for the goods and services produced are:

• The most efficient allocation of resources (natural, human, and capital), the goal is to conserve resource utilization. For example, saving oil and gas, electricity and water, as well as the use of alternative resources.
• Based on the priority scale of market needs, the community will distinguish which needs are urgent to fulfill, less urgent, and non-urgent needs that must be postponed. For example, the priority is to increase production of basic necessities every Idul Fitri holiday and at the end of the year in order to avoid price increases that are too high or the emergence of inequality.
• Public Purchasing Power, circulating goods and services must have prices that are affordable by as many citizens as possible. This aims to make the consumption of goods and services right on target.

How to produce?

The selection and production priority scale are followed up by determining the right strategy in the production process so that it remains effective and efficient. This strategy is then realized in a production process based on careful planning and management. There are several basic considerations of how a producer performs production actions including:

• Choice of Combination of Resources, which are used are natural resources, human resources, and capital resources. For example, electricity production in Java is more appropriate with hydropower because there are many rivers in the region.
• Technology Choice, because it allows producers to determine whether the company will operate in labor-intensive or capital-intensive conditions. For example, a shoe factory that requires more manual labor should be established in a densely populated area to absorb as much labor as possible.
• Production Cost Efficiency, production cost efficiency is carried out so that with a certain cost maximum profit can be obtained. For example, a printer determines production costs based on targeted sales forecasts. In this way, the maximum profit that will be obtained can be estimated.

For Whom Produced?

Production effectiveness is based on the knowledge of who needs the goods and services produced even before production activities are carried out. Producers will use a variety of basic considerations, starting from assessing consumer purchasing power and interest, knowing market segmentation so that the goods and services produced are clearly aimed at consumers according to their economic and social conditions, determining the distribution channel from producers to consumers so that goods and services really reach their customers. the hands of consumers who need it at the right time.

For example, transporting and distributing rice and basic food products to markets and stalls that are easily accessible to consumers.

Economic Problems in Indonesia

Economic and social welfare issues are still the main problems in Indonesia. The following are some of them summarized by Indef Senior Economist Nawir Messi:

1. Urgency to Improve the Quantity and Quality of Economic Growth

Indef noted that Indonesia has experienced growth at an average rate of 5.27% in the last two decades (2000-2018). But to get out of the trap of middle-income country status and become a developed country, this growth rate is not enough.

In addition, Indonesia is also facing the problem of the quality of economic growth. This is because poverty, social inequality, and unemployment are still high. The GDP portion is still 58.5% concentrated in Java and has increased in the last five years.

2. The Dilemma of Economic Growth vs. Import

Indonesia’s import level is still high because output in the agricultural and livestock sectors is decreasing while population growth, especially the middle class, continues to increase.

Import itself is the activity of transporting goods or commodities from one country to another. The import process is generally an activity of bringing goods or commodities from another country into the country.

Bulk imports of goods generally require intervention from customs in the sending and receiving countries. The industrial sector also still relies on imported raw materials, whose growth has now reached 9% in the last three years.

This then shows that the domestic industry is unable to meet demand due to the increasingly shifting economic structure towards services. In addition, deindustrialization also occurs more quickly.

Indonesia has experienced a decline in the share of manufacturing to GDP by 7% in the last ten years, whereas in Thailand and Malaysia it is no more than 4%. Deindustrialization in Indonesia is also exacerbated by changes in patterns of foreign investment (FDI) which tend to be in the tertiary sector (services, digital economy) compared to the secondary (manufacturing industry).

In regulating various economic activities in Indonesia, the government makes economic laws that are enforced and applied by all parties involved which Sinaumed’s can learn from in the book Indonesian Economic Law An Introduction .

3. Purchasing Power Stagnant

Inflation on an annual basis was recorded at 2.48% from year to year, however this did not succeed in lifting purchasing power which was still stagnant. It is very possible that the current low inflation will also be accompanied by a decline in people’s purchasing power.

In addition, loan interest rates were fixed until finally the expansion of the business world did not accelerate. The cause of the stagnant purchasing power of the public is generally influenced by the income they receive, the prices of goods and services, to the amount of goods they consume.

4. Low Competitiveness

In the last three years, Indonesia as a destination country for direct investment has continued to decline. In addition, the number of companies in Indonesia also began to decrease. On the other hand, Vietnam continues to show improved performance in attracting FDI, one of which is from Japan. In contrast to Indonesia, Vietnam’s popularity for Japanese investors has continued to increase in the last three years.

5. Unpreparedness to Face the Industrial Revolution 4.0

INDEF views that the 4.0 Industrial Revolution discourse was not carried out with careful planning. This is caused by basic planning regarding what needs to be developed in priority sectors and there is no planning for the basic infrastructure of industry 4.0, namely the Internet of Things (IoT), besides that there is no planning in mitigating the workforce affected by the implementation of automation in this sector.

6. Inconsistency of Energy Subsidy Policy

In 2015, energy subsidies were cut by 65.16% to IDR 119 trillion. The reduction in subsidies continued in 2016 and 2017. However, in 2018, energy subsidies again jumped to 57%, and in 2019 they rose again to 4.23%.

In order for energy subsidies not to continue to soar, INDEF assesses, the government needs to improve the targeting of subsidy recipients to make it more precise, such as 3 kg of gas, 900 VA electricity customers who can afford it.

In addition, the government’s commitment to gradually reducing energy subsidies must also be followed by infrastructure development for New, Renewable Energy (EBT) in order to achieve the EBT mix target of 23% by 2025.

7. Low Tax Performance While Increasing Debt Ratio

INDEF noted that Indonesia’s tax ratio has decreased during the 2012-2017 period. The achievement of the tax ratio is also still far from the target in the 2015-2019 RPJMN of 15.2%.

Tax revenue that is not optimal is also reflected in the tax shortfall that still occurs. Meanwhile, the increase in the ratio of debt to GDP is inversely proportional to the tax ratio. The implication is that the burden of debt interest payments on central government spending is getting higher, from 11% in 2014 to 17.13% per.

8. Troubled Village Funds

Village Fund allocation continues to increase from IDR 20.8 trillion to IDR 70 trillion this year. The proportion of Village Funds to Transfers to Regions also continued to increase from 3.45% to 8.47%. However, INDEF noted that the increase in funds was not directly proportional to the increase in social indicators in rural areas.

There are still 10 provinces with higher levels of rural inequality than the national level, namely Yogyakarta, East Java, NTB, NTT, North Sulawesi, South Sulawesi, Southeast Sulawesi, Gorontalo, Papua and West Papua.

Economic Book Recommendations

1. Globalization, Constitutional Economics, and the Economics Nobel

2. Monetary Economy: Case Study of Indonesia

3. Indonesian Economic Politics

Classical Music – When talking about classical music, Sinaumed’s will definitely
remember the famous figures Mozart and Beethoven, who actually have many other important figures in
classical music. The existence of this music genre is rooted in Western art which turns out
to have many benefits. Yep, it is alleged that classical music can provide a myriad of
benefits for humans as listeners, for example for pregnant women, children, and the
elderly.

Even though this music has its roots in Western art, its existence in Indonesia is also popular in
the eyes of our society. Not infrequently, classical orchestras are also held in Indonesia,
which on average are well-known musicians. Then what is classical
music? Why can this genre of music provide so many benefits to the human brain?
How is the history of the development of classical music?

So, so that Sinaumed’s isn’t confused about what classical music is, let’s look at the following
review!

What Is Classical Music

Basically, classical music is music that was born from European culture around 1750-1825. This
music is classified in a certain periodization, starting from the classical, baroque, rococo, and romantic
periods. Until now, classical music is often associated with its great figures, namely Mozart,
Bach, Beethoven, or Haydn.

The existence of classical music is often interpreted as a musical genre that is full of beauty and high
intellect at all times, whether in the form of Mozart’s symphonies, Bach’s cantatas, or works in the 20th
century.

This music is often associated with classicism, a style of art, literature, and architecture from Europe,
especially in the 18th century. One of the main characteristics of this musical genre is giving
more meaning to the instrumental music. In classical music, it has a regular rhythm and pitch,
not slanted notes. Even music experts argue that this musical genre can also be used as an
educational tool as well as a tool to sharpen human intelligence, because it has 3 elements of balance,
namely:

• Melody
• rhythm
• Timbre ( tone color)

Examples of musical works that are still known and played in orchestras, for example:

• Four Seasons Spring, by Antonio Vivaldi
• Canon in D Major, by Johann Pachelbel
• Toccata and Fugue in D Minor, by JS Bach
• Eine Kleine Nachtmusik, by W.A. Mozart
• The Blue Danube, by Johann Strauss II

Know at a Glance What is Sonata

Basically, the sonata is a distinctive form of classical music. The form pattern of the sonata
is definitely related to classical music, as seen in the works of Beethoven and Hays who use it as the title
of a musical work. Sonata is a form of music which consists of 3 parts to form a unified whole.
Each part is designed in a fast tempo, slow, and back again to fast tempo.

The difference with Romantic Music

The existence of classical music is often equated with romantic music, which happened to be brought from
the late 18th century to the early 19th century, or around 1815-1930. This romantic music is
related to the Romanticism movement that occurred in Europe, in which the movement was not only centered on
music, but also on literature, art and comprehensive intelligence.

The music of the Romantic era has a number of characteristics, one of which is its themes relating to
nature and self-expression. Some of the famous composers in romantic music, for example Franz
Schubert, Franz Liszt, Felix Mendelssohn, and Robert Schumann. Well, here are the differences
between classical music and romantic music.

A Brief History of the Development of Classical
Music

The word “classic” means something that has a high class, so the quality is not arbitrary.
This music genre originally developed in 1795, especially in mainland Europe where it was very
popular with the nobility and community leaders. This is what causes the idea that this music
was created and intended for the nobility, aka the upper middle class. However, throughout its
development, especially in the 19th century, this music experienced a shift due to the emergence of other
musical genres that were simpler and more varied, so that it could be enjoyed by the wider community.
Because of this, this music began to be abandoned because it was considered too complicated to
digest.

Yep, this genre of music does require some sharpness and sensitivity to the tones which are produced by
several combinations of musical instruments, so that they become harmonious. In addition, the
music is also considered complicated with the results of his work taking quite a long time.

Periodization of Classical Music

1. Middle Ages (Medieval: 476 – 1572)

The history of music is closely related to the Middle Ages, aka medieval, which began in 500 (end of the
Roman Empire) to 1400 (early Renaissance). One of the classical forms of chanting at this time
was the Gregorian Chant , which flourished until 1100.

Furthermore, the existence of music began to be developed in such a way as to become more complex sounds,
one of which was to combine musical instruments to become more complete. The musical instrument
of this era that still exists today is the wooden flute.

2. Renaissance Period (1500 – 1600)

In this era, music increased sharply. This is because the use of musical instruments is more
diverse and the type of music produced is more varied. It was also during this era that
European musical notation and musical ornaments were formed which contributed to innovation in the world of
music. Especially with the invention of sheet music which makes it easier for musicians to play
songs without having to bring in the composer.

3. Baroque Period (1600-1750)

In this era, music is increasingly developing, namely by using more sophisticated and complex tonal
counterpoints, along with the addition of bass lines . Then, musical drama opera also
appeared which was able to form an image for the art of music itself.

Usually, vocal forms such as orator and cantata are more common to be heard in this classical music.
Meanwhile, the types of ensemble instruments are also classified based on their shape.
This is also the starting point for the formation of orchestral music.

4. The Classical Period (1750-1830)

At this time, special norms began to form, especially in the presentation, style and composition of
classical music. The piano is the most important musical instrument to use, so the music
results seem lighter and less complex. Opera also began to be developed in this classical
era.

5. The Romantic Age (1815-1910)

At this time, songwriters focused on melodic lines which were more complex and longer, coupled with
elements of expression and emotion that went hand in hand. Later, music art institutes in
Europe also began to compose songs for this music and organizations for the preservation of classical music
emerged. This organization contributes to developing this music in a better direction.

6. Contemporary Modern Age

In this era, classical music has developed with the emergence of songwriters who reject the values ​​of the
previous era. These values ​​include traditional tonalty , selection of
musical instruments, melodies, and structure. The songwriters actually focus more on the
development and extension of musical theory and techniques.

An example is classical music in the 20th century which consisted of various combinations of Post Romantic
, including Post Modern and Romantic Modern .

Types of Classical Music

1. Gregorian notation

In this type of music, the notation used is four lines as musical notes. However, there is no
rhythm rotation so that the count or beat is based on the feelings of the singer.

2. Organum Music

In this type of music, the arrangement of the songs is octave apart. The high-pitched voices
are made up of child and female singers, while the low-pitched voices are made up of male singers.

3. Music Discant

In this type of music, preferring diaphonic music. Diaphonic music is shaped to create both
stronger and lower sounds by following the melodies of the high and low quarts.

4. Basso Ostinato

In this type of music, there is a series of notes that move step by step downwards or upwards.
Then, the sequence of notes is repeated on another series of notes together.

5. Baroque Era Polyphonic Music

In this type of music, it has a high counterpunch technique.

6. Homophonic Music of the Classical Era

In this type of music, there is an arrangement of chords based on tri-sounds ( triads ) that develop into
four or more sounds, usually called harmony music.

7. Classical Music of the Romantic Era

In this type of music, there is complete orchestration. Usually this type of music is easily
accepted by the general public in opera music, ballet music, and Viennese waltz.

8. Modern Classical Music

In this type of music, there are also various musical genres that develop in it, ranging from rock music,
traditional music, to religious music. The most famous works in this genre of music are Kitaro,
Richard Clayderman, and others.

Figures in the Development of Classical Music

1. Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart

Mozart was born on January 27 in Salzburg, Austria. He is considered one of the most important
composers in European classical music and is famous in history. His works number about 700
songs, including compositions, piano scores, opera scores, and choral scores. Examples of works
by Mozart are the operas Don Giovanni and Die Zauberflote.

2. Ludwig Van Beethoven

Beethoven was born on December 17, 1770 in Bonn, Germany which became a legendary classical music composer.
His most famous musical work is Symphony No. 5 and No. 9, as well as the
piano song Fur Elise. Unfortunately, She is totally deaf and thus becomes very
introspective.

3. Johann Pachelbel

Pachelbel was born on September 1, 1653 in Nuremberg, Germany, who was a composer of classical music during
the Baroque era. He produced a lot of religious and secular music. His most famous
works are Canon D, Chaconne F Minor, Toccata E Minor, and Hexachordum Apollinis.

4.Johann Sebastian Bach

Bach was born on March 21, 1685 in Eisenach, Germany who is a famous classical music composer.
He successfully composed music for organ, harpsichord, and orchestra. His most famous
work is the Brandenburg Concerto.

The Influence of Classical Music on Human Life

Against Children’s Learning Concentration

Based on research conducted by Saifaturrahmi Hidayat and Anggia Kargenti EM with the title Effects of Classical
Music on Concentration Endurance in Learning , proving that classical music can increase the
concentration of children and students while studying. Basically, individuals will not be
able to concentrate if they are in a situation that is too stressful or under pressure.
Now, listening to classical music that has a regular rhythm makes the brain more relaxed,
especially when learning difficult material.

This is in line with the statement that classical music, especially in the Baroque era, can actually cause
the heart rate and blood pressure to relax according to the beat of the music. The body
naturally becomes relaxed and alert, so the mind is able to concentrate more easily.

For Pregnant Women and Their Babies

The existence of classical music turns out to play an important role in efforts to activate the left and
right brains of babies in the womb of pregnant women. This of course affects the balance
between cognitive aspects, emotional aspects, and causes certain motor movements in the fetus and newborn.
Pregnant women will usually stimulate their fetus, through the sounds of music to form regular
vibrations that can stimulate the senses, organs, and emotions of the fetus.

This is because this music contains fluctuating tones between high tones and low tones which stimulate the
brain. The mechanism of the human brain is basically a receptor (signal receiver) that can
recognize music. Well, in this baby’s brain, it has the ability to receive the music even with
limited abilities because the growth of the brain is not perfect. When babies are born, the
music stimulates and improves their physiology, intelligence and behavior as they develop.

For Adolescent Menstrual Pain Sufferers

The pain experienced by young women, especially during menstruation is of course very painful, as if
something had stabbed in the lower abdomen and thighs. The pain is caused by an imbalance of
the hormone progesterone in the blood, causing pain to appear. Generally, this pain is felt in
the lower abdomen that occurs on the first and second days of menstruation. The pain will
decrease after menstrual blood comes out in large quantities.

In order to get rid of this pain, there is usually an effective distraction method to do, namely music
therapy. Distraction is a technique of diverting attention to other things so that it will
reduce awareness of this menstrual pain. Music suitable for use in music therapy is classical
music.

Music therapy is believed to have a beneficial effect on health by affecting the work of organs and
hormones. These benefits include reducing the intensity of pain that affects the pituitary in
the brain to release endorphins (endogenous opiates) which are released in the descending nerve pathways.
These grooves will later block the transmission of pain stimuli, thereby reducing uterine
contractions.

So, that’s a review of what classical music is and the periodization of its development. Is
Sinaumed’s one of the connoisseurs of this music genre?

Definition of City – Who does not know a city or an area where many people dream of being in that area, maybe we are one of them. One of the reasons why so many people want to live in urban areas is that there are more opportunities to continue their careers than in rural areas, because development in urban areas is more advanced than rural areas.

Within a country, there must be such thing as urban areas and rural areas, so that almost everyone can distinguish between the two areas. Usually everyone will distinguish between urban and rural areas with the number of residents in the region. Residents in urban areas will be considered more than rural residents. In addition, traffic in urban areas is friendlier than in rural areas. The difference in population and busy traffic between urban and rural areas is due to the fact that activities in urban areas are relatively busier than rural areas.

Basically, discussions about urban and rural areas have been discussed for a long time. In fact, it already has legal regulations, as stated in the Act, Ministerial Regulations, and others. Therefore, many people already know briefly about urban and rural areas.

Discussions about urban and rural areas are never ending or it can be said that there are many things that are always interesting to discuss. Sinaumed’s, when talking about urban and rural areas simultaneously, there will definitely be a lot of them and one article will not be enough. Besides that, in order to know more deeply, we will discuss urban areas.

In this article, we will discuss the definition of cities, city classification, functions, cities, and city characteristics. So, what are you waiting for, immediately read this article until it’s finished, Sinaumed’s.

Definition of City

The strata of society in urban areas are very diverse, as are the buildings. Therefore, the city can be said as an area where the buildings and layers of society have become one unit. In line with the definition of a city in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), a city is a residential area consisting of houses which are a unit of residence for various levels of society.

The city itself can simply be interpreted as an area with great potential from any perspective, starting from the employment sector, the health sector, the education sector, and so on. Therefore, in an urban area, it’s easy to find various kinds of things because there are more urban facilities compared to rural facilities.

In addition, the buildings in the city will look denser because there are more people in the city. Not only that, buildings in cities are also more often vertical, so we will see tall buildings. In fact, existing technology in urban areas will look more modern to keep up with the times. Therefore, urban areas are often used as the economic center of a government.

The same is true for the definition of a city based on Law Number 22 of 1999 concerning Regional Government. An urban area is an area that has non-agricultural main activities, with an arrangement of area functions as a place for urban settlements, concentration and distribution of services as well as changes in names and transfers of government capitals, social services, and economic activities.

Of the two meanings of the city originating from KBBI and Law No. 22 of 1999, the city is an area where there are buildings from all walks of life that have become one unit as well as a center for social services, economic activity, and center of government.

Definition of the City According to Experts

Some experts also express the meaning of the city, namely:

1. Grunfeld

Grunfeld stated that the city is an area where the number of people living is quite dense and denser than the density of the national territory and for residents who live in urban areas usually work in the non-agricultural sector or not the agricultural sector. Apart from that, Grunfeld also said that the existing buildings in urban areas are tall buildings and the distance between the buildings is not far.

2. Max Weber

According to Max Weber, a city is an area or area where the majority of the population from that area can meet all the needs of the local market economy in that area.

3. Burkhard Hofmeister

According to Burkhad Hofmeister, a city is a spatial concentration starting from a place to live, a place to work for the humans themselves, to general activities. In this case, general activities are divided into two sectors, namely the secondary sector in the form of industry and trade and the tertiary sector in the form of services and community services. In addition, Hofmeister also said that the growth that occurred in spatial concentrations occurred because there were immigrants who had the ability to serve or meet the needs of goods and services for areas that were located far away.

4. Bintarto

Bintarto stated that the city is a unit for human life which is marked by the presence of a very high population density and is characterized by the existence of heterogeneous economic strata with a materialistic pattern. Bintarto also revealed that the population in the city consisted of native people from the area and residents who came from other areas. Bintarto also explained that urban society is a heterogeneous collection of individuals, be it in terms of occupation, customs, culture, and religion.

5. Northam 

According to Northam, a city is an area or area that has a population density that is quite high compared to the total population density. Residents in the region have economic activities outside the agricultural sector, so they are not dependent on the agricultural sector. City according to Northam can also be used as the center of the economy, inter-regional administration, and cultural center.

6. Amos Rappoport

Amos Rappoport said that the city is a settlement that is quite large, dense, and permanent and consists of various groups of individuals who are socially heterogeneous.

City Classification

There are many things that always attract discussion about urban areas. Therefore, before deciding to live in an urban area, we should recognize urban classifications. In general, the classification of cities can be categorized based on the number of inhabitants. The following are five classifications of cities consisting of:

1. Small Town (20,000 to 50,000 inhabitants)

A city can be categorized or classified as a small town, if the population living in that city is 20,000 to 50,000 inhabitants. Therefore, we can classify cities by looking at the available information, preferably the information obtained comes from official government agencies. In addition, by knowing the number of residents in a small town, development in a small town can be carried out properly and precisely, so that the needs of the people in this town can be met properly.

2. Medium City (50,000 to 100,000 inhabitants)

The next classification of cities is medium cities. A city can be classified into a medium city if the population has reached 50,000 to 100,000 inhabitants. If you live in an urban area, you should first identify the classification of the city. This needs to be done so that development in this medium-sized city can run properly.

3. Big City (100 thousand to 1 million people)

After small towns and medium cities, the next classification is big cities. If the population in an urban area is 100,000 to one million people, then that city is classified as a big city. Development in big cities can usually be seen through the many industries that open job vacancies, so that there will be many people whose lives are increasingly prosperous.

4. Metropolitan City (about 1 million inhabitants)

Sometimes in an area the population increases quite quickly, including urban areas. The more the population in an urban area, the higher the classification of the city. If, a population of around 1 to 5 million people makes the city included in the urban metropolitan classification. Developments that occur in metropolitan cities usually look more modern. In addition, development will be adjusted to the times, so that the metropolitan city will always be up to date .

5. Megapolitan City (more than 5 million inhabitants)

The last classification of cities is megapolitan cities. This megapolitan city has a population of more than 5 million people. Development in this metropolitan city will be carried out as soon as possible so that community services can run well, so that residents in the metropolitan city can fulfill their needs.

That’s the classification of cities that have been explained that you can find out, the city where you live is included in which city classification? Also from the city classification, a development will be carried out according to the number of residents in the city to be built.

City Functions

The function of the formation of this city is arguably very important because it can affect the condition of a country. In other words, if the city’s functions run smoothly, then the country’s condition can run a little better. However, if cities do not function properly, there will be disruption to the country’s growth. The following are the functions of cities based on Law Number 22 of 1999 concerning Regional Government.

1. As the Center of Government

The first function of the city is as the center of government. As many people already know, cities themselves have more complete service facilities compared to services in rural areas. In addition, in running a community service required state apparatus. Without the state apparatus, a community service cannot run well.

If a community service cannot run properly, it is possible that there will be obstacles. In this case, things that will be hampered are the necessities of life for the community, community administration, and social culture. Therefore, in order to avoid delays in all of this, good public service facilities and state apparatus are needed to carry out their duties to the fullest. Not only that, the “city” must also serve as the center of government.

Therefore, the “city” can be said to be the center of government because it can control various types of public services and can control the government system. In addition, the city is also known as the center of government, even known as the national capital or provincial capital.

2. As an Education Center

The second function of the city is as an educational center. It is common that education in an area or area must really be considered because it will affect the Human Resources (HR) in that region. In fact, human resources from that region could even play a role in the progress of the country. In advancing education must have an area that can be the center of the education system. If the education center has been determined, then the education system can be optimally developed.

Regions that can be used as educational centers are cities, why cities? Because cities have more complete facilities and more importantly, people’s lives are more heterogeneous, so they can see different types of individuals. Therefore, it is not surprising if in a city the number of educational institutions is more than in the district. Many of these educational institutions aim to accommodate individuals who wish to pursue education.

In addition, the large number of educational institutions in urban areas can be used as examples for educational institutions located outside cities or in rural areas. The more individuals who take education, the greater the opportunity to produce superior human resources.

3. As an Information Center

The third function of the city is as an information center. Development in every region, be it a city or a village must be carried out so that all service facilities, public facilities, and so on also develop for the better. In realizing development in an area, accurate and precise information is needed. This is very necessary because accurate and precise information is a source of data to direct development.

Development that is carried out based on information as the source of the data, then the area can run well and the people in the area will feel happy. Information that can be used as a source of data for developing an area can be obtained from anywhere, from magazines, newspapers, radio, television, to the internet. The faster the information is received, the faster the development is carried out.

So that the information for the development of an area is not messy, the information is collected in one area, namely in urban areas. Cities can become centers for storing information because the existing facilities in urban areas are more complete, so that the information received can be processed properly, so that development can run optimally.

City Characteristics 

In order to better understand what a city is, we need to know the characteristics of the city itself. The characteristics of this city are divided into two groups, namely the physical city and the urban community.

1. Physical City

The following are the physical characteristics of the city, including:

1. Owns a government building
2. Has an entertainment and office building
3. Have sufficient parking space
4. Has sports facilities for the community
5. Having open areas such as parks that function as the lungs of the city
6. Having residential houses that can be used by low, medium and elite economic people.
7. Has a square.

2. City Society

The characteristics of urban society as follows:

1. The nature of individualism and selfishness is owned by the majority of city residents
2. Social relations between individuals have the nature of gesselschaft
3. The outlook on life held by urban dwellers is more rational when compared to rural dwellers
4. Has spatial segression
5. The townspeople relaxed their religious norms a bit.

Conclusion

Development in urban areas will certainly look more advanced and modern than development in rural areas. This is because the city is the center of government, education center, and information center. Developments that tend to be more modern make city dwellers also move in a modern direction, so we will see if city dwellers are more individual.

• 10 List of Educational Youtube Channels for Children
• The 10 Most Easy Chord Songs to Play
• 10 Most Suitable Business Opportunities for Young People
• 10 Best Securities Companies
• The 10 Largest Countries in the World
• 10 Richest People in Indonesia
• 10 Highest Mountains in Indonesia
• 10 Most Popular BTS Songs
• 10 Biggest Campuses in Indonesia

Source: From all kinds of sources

What comes to your mind when you hear about circles? You must be familiar with this flat shape.

A two-dimensional shape that has an area and a perimeter is called a plane shape. Paper with various shapes is known as a flat shape because it has a shape, but has no space.

Flat shapes consist of various shapes, namely circles, squares, triangles, rectangles, rhombuses, and so on. This article will focus on discussing the flat shape of a circle.

Definition of Circle

What is meant by a circle as a flat shape? Flat shapes that are composed of curves and not straight lines so that they do not include polygons are called circles. A special ellipse where the two foci coincide and the eccentricity is 0 can also be defined as a circle.

The circle is a flat figure that has no angles. You often encounter objects in the shape of a circle in everyday life, such as plates, car tires, cup holders, wall clocks, coins, and many more.

The characteristics of a circle are that it has a diameter that divides it into two balanced sides and has a total angle of 180 degrees. In addition, the constant diameter and radius connecting the center point to the circular arc point are also the characteristics of a circle.

A circle has one side with infinite circular fold symmetry as one of its properties. Then the nature of the circle also has an infinite circle rotational symmetry.

In various fields, the concept of a circle is widely applied. For example, the concept of the area of ​​a circle is often used to measure the area of ​​land or the area of ​​a circular object.

Then in various fields, the concept of circumference is also widely applied. For example, the concept of the circumference of a circle for solving problems regarding the radius or diameter of the wheel, the length of the track or the distance traveled, and other applications.

In mathematics, we often encounter circle elements in everyday life. It’s easy to recognize or distinguish a circle from other plane shapes. This flat shape is the only flat shape that has no corners.

In basic calculations, a circle as a two-dimensional shape only has area and circumference. In mathematics, You needs to know the elements of a circle first to find out the circumference to the total area.

The center point, radius, diameter, arc, chord, sector, and apothem are some of the elements in a circle that you need to know. The set of all points that are the same distance from a given point is called a circle.

It can be said that the set of dots is a way of formulating a circle in mathematics. In the formula above, the word “certain point” is called the center of the circle.

While the word “same distance” can be called the radius. In mathematics, the radius can be interpreted as a line segment connecting the center point to a point on a circle or as a measure of length.

Then the definition of a circle in general is one of the many types of two-dimensional plane shapes. A circle is formed from a collection of curved points that have the same length as the center of the circle itself.

A circle is a flat shape which is quite unique because it only has one curved side that meets each other without any angles. It can be said that a circle is a geometric shape and is flat. A curved curve covered with regular lines can be described as a circle shape.

Circle Elements

After understanding the meaning of a circle, now is the time for You to know the elements of a circle that can be applied to calculate the circumference and area of ​​a circle itself. Check out the following explanation.

Illustration of Circle Elements (source: akupintar.id)

1. Center Point (P)

The center point is the first circle element that you need to know. The point directly in the center of the circle is called the center point.

The distance from the center point to all points on this one flat shape is always the same. The central point is often symbolized by using capital letters, such as A, O, P, Q, and so on.

2. Circle radius (r)

The next element is the radius of the circle. The radius can be interpreted as the distance between the center point of the circle and the point on the circle.

The radius of a circle is always the same because the distance between the center point and all points on the circle is the same. In mathematical formulas, the radius is often symbolized by the letter r or what is called the radius . Since they are the same length, this distance can stretch downwards, upwards, to the right, or to the left.

3.Diameter(d)

Diameter is the next circle element to be discussed. The length of the straight line that connects any two points on the circumference of a circle and passes through the center of the circle is the diameter.

It can be said that the value of the diameter of a circle is twice the value of the radius of the circle. Vice versa, the radius of a circle has a value of half the diameter. In mathematical formulas, diameter is often symbolized by the letter d.

4. Bow

The next circle element is the arc. What is meant by an arc as an element of a circle? The part of the circle in the form of a curved line is the definition of an arc.

There are two types of arcs in a circle, namely large arcs and small arcs. An arc that is longer than half the circumference of a circle is called a great arc.

While an arc whose length is less than half the circumference of a circle is called a minor arc. Curved lines, whether open or closed and intersecting with a circle, are called circular arcs.

5. Bowstring

The elements of the next circle are the bowstring. The straight line connecting any two points on a circle is called a chord.

The straight line connects any two points on the circumference of the circle, but does not pass through the center of the circle. If You has trouble imagining it, just imagine a circular bowstring just like the string on a crossbow.

6. Juring

The area flanked by two radii and a circular arc is the notion of the sector as a circle element. The wedge on the circle consists of two parts, namely the major sector and the minor sector.

Where the area in a circle bounded by the radius and arc of the circle is called the major sector. while the area in a circle bounded by the radius and the minor arc is referred to as the minor sector.

7. Part

The area flanked by a chord and a circular arc can be interpreted as a section. Then the division is divided into two, namely the large section and the small section.

The area bounded by the chord and the arc of the circle is called the great sector. Meanwhile, the area bounded by the chord and the small arc of the circle is called the minor section.

8. Apothem

The apothem becomes the element of the circle which will be discussed. The perpendicular line segment connecting the center point of the circle with the chord of the circle is defined as the apothem. Then the apothem can also be interpreted as the shortest distance of the chord with the center point of the circle.

9. Center Corner

The central angle is the next circle element to be discussed. An angle formed by the meeting of two chords with a point on the circumference of a circle is called the central angle.

10. Corner Circumference

The circumferential angle is the next element of the circle to be discussed. The angle formed by the intersection of two chords at a point on the circumference of a circle can be said to be the angle of circumference.

Circle Formula

After recognizing the elements of a circle, now is the time for You to learn the formula for the circumference and area of ​​a circle. You needs to know the various circle formulas in order to get the right result. Here are some circle formulas that You must know as basic knowledge of mathematics.

1. Circumference Formula

The number that represents the length of the curve forming a circle is the meaning of the circumference of the circle. Just as the name suggests, the circumference is the longest arc in a circle. Just like the circumference of a circle, of course there is no arc that exceeds its length.

The longest arc on a circle is known as the circumference of the circle. It is not difficult to calculate the circumference of a circle.

There are two ways that You can use to calculate the circumference of a circle, namely if you know the diameter (d) or if you know the radius (r). You already knows that twice the radius of a circle is the diameter of a circle, right?

Here’s the formula for the circumference of a circle:

Illustration of the Circle Circumference Formula (source: akupintar.id)

You can use the following circle formula if what you are looking for is the radius of the circle and the circumference of the circle.

Illustration of the radius of a circle with the circumference of a circle (source: akupintar.id)

2. The formula for the area of ​​a circle

Actually, we have learned the circle formula when we were in elementary school. Because the formula for the area and the formula for the circumference of a circle look similar at first glance, the two formulas for a circle are often misleading.

You needs to study the formula for the area of ​​a circle more deeply so he doesn’t get fooled. After discussing the formula for the circumference of a circle, now is the time for You to learn the formula for the area of ​​a circle.

Come on, see the following review to understand it. You can calculate the area of ​​a circle by using the radius of the circle.

If in a known problem is the diameter, then you need to convert the diameter to the radius. How to? The trick is to divide the diameter by 2.

Problems example

Example of Circumference Questions

1. A circle has a radius of 10 cm, the circumference of the circle is …

2. There is a circular city park with a diameter of 10 meters. Determine the circumference of the circle!

3. A circle has a diameter of 14 cm. Determine the circumference of the circle!

4. Mr. Andi built a circular pond with a diameter of 7 meters. Mr. Andi intends to fence the pool with wooden planks. If Mr. Andi gives a distance between the logs of ½ meter, then how many wooden planks does Mr. Andi need to fence the pond he is building?

Example of a Circle Area Problem

1. A garden in the Bogor area has a diameter of 14 meters and will be planted with several types of flowers to decorate it. If every 11 m2 will be planted with one type of flower, then how many types of flowers will be planted in the garden?

2. If the area of ​​a circle has a circumference equal to 94.2 cm, that is…

3. The circumference of a circle is 32 cm, what is the area of ​​the circle?

4. A shop is in the shape of a circle with a diameter of 10 meters. Find the area of ​​the circular shop.

So, that’s an explanation of the circle formula, starting from the meaning, elements, to examples of problems . Has You understood the explanation above? Hopefully this article is useful and can add to your insight, You.

Chief Operating Officer (COO)   – In the world of work or business, of course you often hear what is called a C-Level. C-Level is known as the term for the highest leaders in the corporate world. One of the most well-known positions in the C-Level category is the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) as a position that has responsibility or power regarding the highest decisions.

However, it turns out that not only CEOs are included in the C-Level ranks . There are several other positions, such as Chief Financial Officer (CFO), Chief Marketing Officer (CMO), and of course Chief Operating Officer (COO).

In this article, we will review what a Chief Operating Officer is , or many people are familiar with the acronym COO. Let’s look at a complete review of the discussion about COO, starting from what and how the role of COO is in a company.

Definition of COO

In his brief note on business leaders , Andrew Blumenthal said that the Chief Operating Officer is a senior executive whose job is to supervise the daily administrative and operational functions of a company’s business. Furthermore, the duties of the COO will be reported directly to the CEO as the highest position holder in the company’s business.

Therefore, the COO position is often referred to as the second highest position in a company, after a CEO. For some companies, the COO is also known as the executive vice president for operations. More simply, the COO is the operational director within the company.

COO Duties and Responsibilities

In accordance with what has been explained previously, a person who holds the position of COO is responsible for the administrative and operational functions of the company. In general, some of the COO’s duties are to focus on implementing the company’s business plan according to a predetermined business model. Of course, this task is very different from that of a CEO, which focuses more on long-term goals and the view of the company as a whole.

In short, the COO has the duty to implement various business plans that have been prepared by the CEO. For example, when a company experiences a decline in sales, the CEO will most likely ask for increased production quality control and so on. Of course, this order must be carried out directly by the COO who will convey the chain of instructions to the human resources department, one of which is managing personnel in the quality control division.

The COO position itself is perfect for those of you who have quality and extensive work experience and have previously served as a C-Level . Many companies urgently need someone experienced for this chief executive position. Therefore, many vacancies have been opened for operational directors in this company.

In addition, other examples of COO duties can be seen when business products on the market have been copied a lot or many competing products are almost the same. The CEO as the highest office holder is likely to ask for a certain strategy. This strategy will then be conveyed to the COO so that it can be implemented through strengthening the research and development division, so as to produce products with new variants.

In a company, the COO is usually responsible for various things that are in the operational realm of the company. Someone who holds the position of COO will monitor how the strategy comes from the CEO as well as oversee the implementation of the company’s strategy or operational development, starting from the development, production, to pre-marketing stages.

The difference between COO and CEO, CFO, and CMO

Even though they look equal, each position or position held by these C-Levels has its own level or level. These levels are of course adjusted to the responsibilities and roles in a company.

This can be seen from the strata of instructions or assignments for each position from CEO to CMO. However, in general the CEO is the highest leader in the company, while the COO, CFO, and CMO are under his responsibility.

COO

1. Holds the position of head of the company’s operations.
2. Responsible for supervising and making decisions related to the company’s operations.
3. Has responsibility for solving company problems through the operational realm (communication, collaboration, improvisation, recruitment, operational analysis, and strategy implementation).
4. Occupies the number two position as the primary senior vice president within the company.

CEO

1. Holds the position of the highest management of the company.
2. In charge of making decisions and the general strategy of the company.
3. Have general responsibility within the company, both the strengths and weaknesses of the company.
4. Occupying the main position as president/main director of a company.

CFO

1. Holds the position of head of company finance.
2. Responsible for overseeing planning and all financial administration of the company.
3. Have responsibility for the finance and accounting functions within the company, supervise staff related to finance, and understand the applicable tax regulations.
4. Holds the position of senior vice president in the company (financial affairs).

CMOs

1. Served as the company’s marketing leader.
2. Responsible for overseeing the planning to the marketing process of the company’s products.
3. Has responsibility for market analysis, marketing process, and marketing strategy collaboration with operational leadership.
4. Have the ability to understand market opportunities and potential, as well as existing risks.
5. Holds the position of senior vice president within the company (marketing affairs).

7 Key qualifications to be a COO

As the second highest position in the company after the CEO, Chief Operating Officer is considered a position that is high enough to be achieved by someone in the world of work or company. A person to achieve this position is known to have high competitiveness and qualified capacity in his professional career.

According to the Harvard Business Review and career advice from Seek Australia, there are 7 main qualifications that must be possessed by a person to become a Chief Operating Officer (COO) in a company. Some of them are as follows:

1. Have a Relevant Academic Degree

The first qualification, of course, is a relevant or appropriate academic degree, so that it can form the basis of a COO’s qualification. Although not everyone in the COO position has a relevant academic degree. It’s just that, for those of you who have dreams of becoming a COO, it is highly recommended to have a qualified educational base.

Relevant academic degrees are meant not only those related to business economics or the Master of Business Administration (MBA). Several other degrees are also required, provided that they have a high degree of relevance to the company’s operations.

For example, the highest leadership in a pharmaceutical business or hospital. The required degree usually has something to do with medicine or hospital management. A relevant degree will greatly support a COO to be able to better understand every complexity that occurs in his work.

Not only that, higher and relevant education can also help a COO in implementing or implementing various companies easily and precisely. As a position that is responsible for all forms of implementation, COO means that one must be willing and able to take various risks related to the company’s operations. In addition, the implementation of the strategy is part of the steps in maintaining the quality of the company’s own business.

2. Has extensive work experience and is able to become an agent of change

In accordance with a wise sentence, “the best teacher is experience”. As someone who occupies the second highest position in the company, COO of course must have extensive work experience. Not only that, this extensive work experience must also be balanced with qualified abilities and capacities. Extensive work experience and qualified capacity is proof that someone can make a significant contribution to the company.

The time it takes for a person to reach the COO level is usually 10 years working in an equivalent position below. Not only that, the relevance of the work done over a period of 10 years can make the experience of a prospective COO more complete and solid.

3. Able to Become a Mentor or Have Leadership Spirit

As written above, a COO is required to have extensive work experience. This ability is a benchmark that a COO must have when occupying a C-Level in a company. In addition, a COO is usually also needed to mentor young CEOs or even a company founder who is not very experienced.

As a mentor or mentor, a COO can be said to have a responsibility to be an elegant character and not be closed off to others. Even though he has the task of being a mentor, that doesn’t mean that the COO is free to do whatever he wants with his subordinates. This step is usually used by several CEOs of a new company to gain experience through a COO from an industry or similar business.

4. Balancing and Complementing the CEO Experience

It is common that one of the reasons companies bring in a senior COO is not only to mentor, but also as a counterweight to the CEO. This balancing function itself can also be said to complement the experience of a CEO in the company.

CEOs usually need a COO with this qualification so that it doesn’t seem like they are walking alone or get a quieter co-worker, so that they can be a balancer in various decisions or activities.

The Harvard Business Review states that various large companies in the world, let’s say Microsoft, also need a COO with such qualifications. Bill Gates once had two COOs that he needed to balance him.

The two people are Jon Shirley and Michael Hallman to balance himself. Some say that Shirley and Hallman are a counterweight and a “quiet” side for Bill Gates. In the case of this company, a COO wasn’t primarily geared toward the CEO position.

5. Able to Become a Discussion Partner for the CEO

In a company, the CEO can be likened to a brain or center that exercises control. As someone who holds the highest position, the CEO still needs a discussion partner or interlocutor for strategic issues and problem solving. Hierarchically, one of the positions that must be a discussion partner in solving various operational problems of the company is COO.

Therefore, a COO must also be qualified as a partner for the CEO. In this case the COO is required to be able to provide feedback to the CEO for all his thoughts regarding the company, both practical and psychological. This is because being a CEO is a big responsibility that is very risky. The COO role is needed to minimize risk by opening discussions, both formally and informally to develop the company.

6. Able to Become a “Heir”

It’s no wonder that COO is often referred to as the second position in a company, after the CEO. One of the most onerous responsibilities of qualifying to be a COO is being the “Heir”. The meaning of “Heir” itself is that the COO must be prepared to “inherit” the company if a CEO so wishes.

The COO role, which ranks second in the company hierarchy, has the potential for this kind of inheritance. For a COO, becoming the “Heir” of the CEO is the final stage of promotion.

Although it appears that there is enormous potential for a COO to rise to become CEO. However, the COO also of course has to be prepared for the big risks that are waiting ahead. Some of the things needed to deal with this, of course, are self-preparedness, both mentally and physically.

Being a CEO can be sure to take a lot of thought and time, as well as the way CEOs solve problems or create strategies that are also tiring. Therefore, one of the things that a COO needs to learn and prepare for when he gets a promotion is being able to solve problems and create strategies.

7. Has Great Potential

The great potential of a COO is expected to be a personal selling point for the company. The last qualification that needs to be possessed to become a COO is great potential. A COO is expected to have great potential so that it can become a personal selling point for the company. Some observers believe that a COO candidate must have the best potential and be too valuable to waste.

So, it’s not surprising that some companies give promotions to someone with extensive experience and who is already in the top senior management ranks and performs very well.

Someone who has high bargaining power and selling points is usually an employee at a senior level and has proven to be very familiar with the ins and outs of the company. Plus, the company will think hundreds of times to release someone with great potential and qualified from the company. With the release of someone with such great potential, there will be great potential to become a competitor.

This is of course highly avoided, one of which is by giving promotions to these senior employees, so that they sit in the COO position. The appointment of high-performing senior employees as COO will certainly make the company’s future more secure and CEOs don’t need to be confused about getting balanced co-workers.

Closing

If you listen to the reviews above, the COO position can be said to be an achievement that should be pursued by an employee with extensive experience in the company. Even though it takes experience and high flying hours, one’s capacity is able to go further than time. This makes this position can also be achieved by someone who is still young though.

Therefore, for Sinaumed’s who has a dream to lead a company. For young people, of course you have to be optimistic to achieve C-Level in a company. You can develop capacity and quality as well as gain experience.

This will really help you in mastering the operational sector within the company. Great potential and qualified quality will eventually lead you to sit in COO positions.

Thus a complete discussion of the Chief Operating Officer , starting from the definition, duties, types, to their qualifications. For Sinaumed’s who want to know more deeply about the world of work or companies, they can read related books by visiting sinaumedia.com .

To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information .

Author: Human

Also read:

Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) – Did you know that a company cannot run without an executive board. Where, the executives themselves are the people who sit on the board of directors. His job is to set the direction and course of a company. It is the people who are in it who have different ranks.

Starting from the top ranks, namely the main director or also known as the CEO ( Chief Executive Officer ). A CEO, of course, cannot lead a company alone, therefore a CEO must get help from his subordinates, who are probably most familiar with the title deputy director.

In such a company, there may not be only one deputy director. Because, it is determined by how many company positions are needed. With one deputy director who has a very important role in a company, namely the Chief Marketing Officer or also called CMO.

The Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) is one of the key players who is very responsible for conveying company information to the right audience. The Chief Marketing Officer has major primary responsibilities in several areas such as sales management, product development, distribution channel management, marketing communications.

Not everyone can occupy this position, because a Chief Marketing Officer is required to have very high managerial technical knowledge. So, before discussing in more depth the roles and duties and qualifications that a Chief Marketing Officer must have , you should first understand the meaning of a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO).

Definition of Chief Marketing Officer (CMO)

According to the Market Business Review, it states that the Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) is an executive position or company leader who has responsibility for marketing or marketing matters. Where as one of the elements of leadership, a Chief Marketing Officer must coordinate in carrying out his duties.

This is so that the various decisions he makes are in line with the company’s vision and do not overlap with other leadership elements. Many other sources also say that the Chief Marketing Officer is the same as the Marketing Director. This is because the Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) is the leader of the company.

Meanwhile, Forbes stated that the Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) is a pretty terrible position. This is because the Chief Marketing Officer does not only deal with marketing, but is also closely related to business development. Not infrequently, the company’s major innovations actually come from the work of a Chief Marketing Officer .

Duties and Authorities of the Chief Marketing Officer (CMO)

As a leader in the field of marketing, a Chief Marketing Officer has very broad duties and authorities. Referring to Talent Ft, there are several duties and authorities of a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO), including the following:

1. Define Marketing Goals and Achievements

As a company leader, a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) has the task of determining marketing objectives and achievements. After that, various goals with each achievement are implemented in the form of a marketing strategy.

A Chief Marketing Officer , is responsible for deciding what kind of strategy to do and what is suitable for the company. Therefore, a Chief Marketing Officer must be able to combine various decisions with fellow company leaders and staff so that marketing goals can be achieved.

2. Aligning the Strategy with the Budget

After determining the marketing objectives and achievements of the company, another task of a Chief Marketing Officer that must be carried out is to oversee their implementation. various strategies that do of course require a lot of money. Therefore, a Chief Marketing Officer is obliged to monitor the implementation so that it can be in accordance with the given budget.

Good marketing performance can be judged by the suitability between the budget and the amount of results achieved. Therefore, if there are problems in the process, a Chief Marketing Officer must make a decision regarding the implementation of the marketing strategy.

3. Analyzing Company Strategy

Once a strategy has been successfully executed, a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) needs to know what happened to the process. In addition, to ensure that the strategy can run according to the plan and budget set, it is also used to determine the strategy going forward.

By understanding the market and business conditions as a whole, a Chief Marketing Officer can analyze the accuracy of the strategy he is implementing, as well as to improve the strategy in the future.

4. Understand the Latest Marketing Practices

The world of marketing or marketing is a dynamic world. Where, the company occurs erratically. As a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) it is your responsibility to understand these changes. It is intended that the strategy implemented is not left behind by other companies.

Therefore, as previously stated, various innovations often emerge from a Chief Marketing Officer . This is due to the ability to understand marketing dynamics and be able to adapt quickly.

5. Contributing to the Company’s Growth

With various strategies that have been implemented, indirectly, a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) also contributes to the company’s growth. In fact, a Chief Marketing Officer can also be a liaison between a company and other companies.

This is often done when a Chief Marketing Officer attends a marketing conference. At that moment, the task of a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) is mandatory to establish relationships with other parties in order to develop and grow the company better.

The Role of a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO)

Like most executive levels, a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) has a full schedule and meetings, emails, new projects, and so on. The day-to-day responsibilities of a Chief Marketing Officer vary depending on the size of the company and the products or services it offers.

For example, a Chief Marketing Officer from a small consumer goods company that focuses more on direct marketing strategies from Business to Consumer (B2C), such as social media marketing, product branding, and market research. Following are the 4 (four) roles of the Chief Marketing Officer (CMO), including:

1. Drivers of Company Development

One of the important roles of a Chief Marketing Officer is to increase sales and profits and ensure a positive Return On Investment (ROI) figure from the marketing budget. The part that is the focus for improving a Chief Marketing Officer includes gross margin income, and market share.

2. Supporting Consumer Convenience

It is the responsibility of a Chief Marketing Officer to provide a good experience to customers. Where a good experience will make these customers stay to become repeat customers.

3. Innovation Drivers

A Chief Marketing Officer can experiment and innovate to develop his company. Where, a Chief Marketing Officer is able to try the use of new marketing technologies and tactics while providing new solutions to meet customer wants and needs.

4. Storytellers

Deloitte states that a Chief Marketing Officer must act as the architect and steward of a particular brand by telling a story and inviting consumers to participate in that story.

Key Qualifications to Become a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO)

By looking at the duties and authorities, as well as their quite a number of roles, of course, a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) candidate is needed who can meet several key qualifications. The following has presented some of the main qualifications to become Chief Marketing Officer , including:

1. Have a Vision and Strategic Planning

Marketing is an important part that drives the company’s growth. Therefore, the Chief Marketing Officer needs to be a visionary who is able to assist the executive team in making forward-looking decisions based on marketing opportunities and challenges.

Strategic planning also has a very close relationship with the company’s vision. The top Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) needs to play a critical role with the ability to identify market trends and patterns. If the Chief Marketing Officer is able to identify market tastes before competitors do, then the company will gain significant profit potential.

2. Mastering Data Analysis and Interpretation

No company can survive in the digital age without a data-driven marketing system that includes powerful software with the capacity to collect and analyze massive amounts of data. This is because the Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) requires analytical skills to participate in strategy formulation and infrastructure development, data collection processes, and program development.

After that, assisted by technology and SOP implementation in collecting customer data, a Chief Marketing Officer also still needs to turn it into a report and interpret the results. Quality interpretation can help optimize the customer experience, target marketing efficiency, and return marketing investment.

3. Focus on Consumers and Customer Experience

Not only data-based marketing systems, customer experience is one of the driving factors in a successful business in the digital era. Internal expansion and cellular technology give customers access to a wide range of choices to meet their needs.

Leading companies realize that providing a high quality user experience, both from their website , home mobile application and throughout the buying process will result in high sales and customer satisfaction.

Currently, a number of marketing agencies and companies also have their own experts whose job is to observe and evaluate user experience. these professionals understand all aspects of optimizing UX ( User Experience ) and user experience. In order for a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) to be able to successfully lead people in this field, he also needs to know how the USD is evaluated, developed, and continuously improved.

4. Think Innovative

The customer behavior data obtained is the main source of feedback about the company’s performance and future projections. This information requires a Chief Marketing Officer to be able to think innovatively and identify opportunities to add, remove or modify products, services and processes.

By monitoring and improving the customer experience, a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) will be able to recognize when there are changes in customer approaches and demands. If a company is always able to meet customer demands and always update purchasing channels according to market preferences, then the company’s position will be increasingly leading in the industry it is in.

5. Content Management

Marketing content is part of a marketing strategy and system in today’s digital era. Where content marketing includes optimized development and distribution through a block, social media, website, and so on. Based on the Google/Millward Brown Digital B2B Path to Purchase Study Report , it states that 89% of B2B buyers use the internet as part of their product research. The majority of companies use Google to find information and help solve business problems.

Therefore, the Chief Marketing Officer also needs to understand all the processes of cash management, so that he can properly lead the planning and implementation of content. The process covers content creation plans aligned with the needs and behavior of targeted customers, as well as regarding content distribution.

Good content processing will require collaboration between marketing communication strategies on social media, as well as conversations that occur on other communication channels. For example, e-mail or telemarketing .

Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) Skill Qualifications

To carry out complex tasks as above, a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) is required to have and fulfill several skill qualifications. The following are a number of skill qualifications that must be possessed by a Chief Marketing Officer, including:

1. Strategic Planning

Given the important duties and roles carried out by a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) as explained above, it can be said that a Chief Marketing Officer must be able to make a good planning strategy. Where the planning strategy includes branding planning, marketing planning, to product manufacturing planning.

2. Data Science

In making a planning strategy, a Chief Marketing Officer is required to be able to process various data. Not only being able to process it, the Chief Marketing Officer is also required to be able to interpret and analyze the data. This data can later be used by the Chief Marketing Officer in determining and developing product planning, marketing and manufacturing planning strategies.

3. Innovative Thinking

In their duties, such as brand management, marketing communication , to product management , the Chief Marketing Officer is also required to have innovative thoughts. The Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) is required to be able to formulate important innovations related to how companies carry out communication, branding and product management.

This innovation is closely related in determining competition with competitors. It’s not imaginary, if to increase brand awareness, then marketing must be done by following the trends that apply to the community.

4. Adaptable

The movement of digital technology, and very tight business competition requires the Chief Marketing Officer to have adaptable and adaptable characteristics in every competition and trend in the business. These adaptable skills are related to the west with innovative thinking .

Education or Majors Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) Can Take

There are a number of companies that require a master’s degree to become a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO). However, there are also small companies that only hint at bachelor graduates becoming Chief Marketing Officers . So, what majors can become Chief Marketing Officer ? Below are several majors that can become Chief Marketing Officer, including:

• Business
• Marketing
• Business Administration
• Business management

Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) Salary

Salary for a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) varies, it depends on company policy. In large companies, the average salary and benefits of a Chief Marketing Officer range from IDR 20,000,000 to IDR 35,000,000 per month.

Meanwhile, in a number of financing companies the Chief Marketing Officer receives a basic salary, including:

• WOM Finance Chief Marketing Officer IDR 2,943,553 .
• Chief Marketing Officer Mandiri Utama Finance IDR 3,800,000 .
• Chief Marketing Officer Adira Finance IDR 3,800,000 .
• FIF Group Chief Marketing Officer IDR 6,000,000

In addition to salary, usually a Chief Marketing Officer at a financial finance company also earns a sizable commission.

Closing

This is information related to the Chief Marketing Officer.  Hopefully the information presented above can help and add insight to the knowledge of the readers.

For Sinaumed’s who want to know more deeply about other Chief Marketing Officers (CMOs), they can read related books by visiting sinaumedia.com .

To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information .

Author: Human

CHF is Congestive Heart Failure which is a condition in which the heart cannot pump enough blood to the body’s organs and other tissues. So far, CHF has become a heart disease that has a fairly high risk for sufferers.

CHF disease is not only experienced by someone who is elderly, but can also be experienced by people who suffer from hypertension, obesity, high cholesterol levels, like to drink alcohol and smoke and someone who has a family history of heart failure. Therefore, CHF needs to be watched out for by everyone and not only the elderly. To be aware of CHF, Sinaumed’s needs to know more about CHF, see the full explanation in the following article.

CHF Is

CHF is Congestive Heart Failure which means congestive heart failure. Heart failure referred to as CHF is often misinterpreted by the general public as a condition in which the heart stops beating.

However, according to a research journal entitled Congestive Heart Failure, heart failure is a condition that occurs when a person’s heart can no longer pump the blood needed by the body, organs and tissues in it.

So, if there is one or even two parts of the heart that does not pump blood out, the blood will be blocked and cause a buildup in the heart which results in blockage of organs and other body tissues.

If this happens, then the body’s organs that should get blood supply will stop working.

A person with CHF will generally have limited physical activity, so they cannot do strenuous exercise and are only allowed to do light activity.

If CHF sufferers undergo strenuous activities, the body will tend to feel tired easily and even experience difficulty breathing or a disease called dyspnea.

Heart failure is a condition that can occur in all ages, both the elderly and children, especially children with congenital heart defects.

However, congestive heart failure is more common in older people, because older people are more at risk of developing causes of damage to the heart muscle and heart valves.

Changes in the heart, along with age will also cause heart contractions to become less effective.

Congestive heart failure is also known as the silent killer, because it can appear at any time without any symptoms for a long time, until finally the patient dies.

However, now, researchers reveal that congestive heart failure is not always a death sentence for patients. Many people with mild to moderate congestive heart failure are able to live long and normal lives with the help of medication and some treatments.

There are several facts about congestive heart failure that have been revealed through several studies, including the following:

• Heart failure means that the pumping function of the heart is unable to meet the body’s basic needs.
• CHF disease can appear together with other diseases.
• Symptoms of CHF from one patient to another can vary.
• CHF disease has a progressive nature or can get worse over time.
• There are many patients from CHF who feel tired and short of breath.

Patients with congestive heart failure can be classified into 4 categories according to the patient’s ability to carry out daily activities, along with the classification:

• No mobility problems.
• There are only minor or minor mobility problems.
• Have limitations to perform certain activities.
• Not being able to complete an activity without feeling some extreme discomfort.

CHF Disease Types

As explained at the beginning of the article, that CHF needs to be watched out for by anyone and does not only affect the elderly. There are several types of CHF or heart failure to watch out for.

The heart has four chambers and the four chambers each have their respective duties. The four chambers are the right and left atria at the top and the right and left ventricles at the bottom. Based on the location of the space, CHF can be divided into three types. Here’s the full explanation.

1. CHF or Left-sided Congestive Heart Failure

The first type of CHF is left-sided congestive heart failure which will make the sufferer experience a condition where fluid accumulates in the lungs, abdominal cavity, legs and kidneys.

The accumulation of fluid will be seen from the swelling in these parts of the body. This is because the left side of the heart chamber cannot function properly as it should.

The left ventricle of the heart has the function of being able to circulate blood throughout the body through the aortic blood vessels, then forwarded to the arteries.

2. CHF or Right-sided Congestive Heart Failure

Congestive heart failure on the right will make the sufferer experience a buildup of fluid in the stomach and other parts of the body. This fluid buildup occurs because the right ventricle of the heart has difficulty pumping blood to the lungs.

So as a result, the blood that is pumped will return to the veins. In general, patients with right-sided CHF have experienced left-sided CHF first. However, there are also some right-sided CHF sufferers who do not experience left-sided CHF.

3. CHF or Mixed Congestive Heart Failure

The third type of CHF is mixed congestive heart failure which occurs in the right and left chambers of the heart. The conditions of this mixed CHF will occur simultaneously, so the risk will be more severe and higher.

On average, patients with mixed congestive heart failure generally experience left-sided congestive heart failure first, then heart failure spreads to the right if CHF is not immediately treated and managed properly.

Symptoms of CHF (Congestive Heart Failure)

Congestive Heart Failure (CHF) or congestive heart failure is a chronic disease that can suddenly occur. Symptoms that are quite typical for sufferers are easily out of breath when doing activities, shortness of breath when sleeping on their backs so that the patient needs several extra pillows to prop his head so he can breathe freely.

Patients with CHF are people who often wake up at night, due to feeling short of breath and sometimes accompanied by swelling that occurs in the ankles.

The effects of heart failure can vary, such as loss of appetite, frequent urination at night, nausea, weight gain, but it is caused by the accumulation of dangerous fluids and swollen organs in the body.

When the left heart fails, blood flow to the lungs stagnates. This can cause fatigue, shortness of breath especially at night when lying down and coughing. Meanwhile, when the right side of the heart fails, blood stagnates in the tissues.

Therefore, as a result, the liver becomes swollen and can cause abdominal pain. The patient’s feet and soles may experience swelling caused by the right side of the heart not functioning properly.

Broadly speaking, the symptoms of congestive heart failure can be divided into three levels, namely the initial level, moderate level and bad level. For the initial stages of congestive heart failure can be the following:

1. The calves in the legs and ankles will experience swelling.
2. Patients tend to get tired easily, even if they only do some light activities.
3. The patient is gaining weight.
4. The patient often urinates at night.

Meanwhile, the symptoms of moderate congestive heart failure will be accompanied by the following symptoms:

1. The patient’s heart rate is often irregular.
2. Often experience coughing and shortness of breath, even though they do not have asthma.
3. Breath sounds or wheezing.
4. Experiencing shortness of breath, even when only doing light activities or even when lying down.
5. The body gets tired more easily and finds it difficult to do physical activity.

Then, if the patient has entered a level that is getting worse or worse, then the symptoms felt by the patient are as follows:

1. Often experience pain in the chest which then spreads to the upper body.
2. The skin turns bluish in certain parts caused by a lack of oxygen.
3. Breath becomes shorter and faster.
4. Often faints when too tired or doing light activities.

If Sinaumed’s feels that he is experiencing some of the above symptoms at a mild, moderate or even bad level, then immediately consult a doctor to get further appropriate treatment.

Causes of CHF

The most common cause of congestive heart failure or CHF is coronary heart disease. Meanwhile, other causes of CHF are due to the phenomenon of tense heart muscle, heart attack, high blood pressure, cardiomyopathy, infection, heart valve disease, heart arrhythmia or abnormal heart rhythm, thyroid disease, anemia, lung disease and fluid too much body.

In order to more clearly understand the causes of congestive heart failure, the following is an explanation.

1. Coronary artery disease

Blood flow that has oxygen content in it is blocked due to a buildup of plaque in the arteries, hardening of the arteries or due to a tear in the lining of the arteries.

2. Heart attack

The second cause of congestive heart failure is a heart attack, which is when a coronary artery is suddenly blocked and blood is unable to flow to the heart fully.

Therefore, as a result, the heart muscle will become permanently damaged and the muscle cells in the heart can die, while the muscle cells that are still working normally are forced to work harder.

3. Cardiomyopathy 

Cardiomyopathy is a disease that refers to damage and swelling that occurs in the heart muscle that is not triggered by problems with blood flow or coronary arteries.

4. Congenital heart disease

Abnormalities of the heart that occur during pregnancy due to problems with fetal development can be one of the causes of congestive heart failure.

5. Diabetes 

Diabetes or high blood sugar levels is one of the causes of congestive heart failure.

6. Hypertension 

Hypertension is high blood pressure.

7. Obesity 

Being overweight or obese seems to be one of the most common causes of patients experiencing CHF.

8. Arrhythmia 

Apart from congenital heart disease, CHF can also be caused by heart rhythm abnormalities or arrhythmias.

9. Unhealthy lifestyle

An unhealthy lifestyle can certainly invite various kinds of diseases, ranging from minor illnesses such as heartburn to congestive heart failure. The unhealthy lifestyle in question is the habit of smoking, using narcotic drugs, consuming unhealthy foods such as instant food and junk food and rarely exercising.

In addition to the nine causes of CHF, there are also several factors that can increase a person’s risk of experiencing congestive heart failure or CHF. Quoted from the hellosehat.com page , the following is an explanation.

1. The heart muscle is injured during a heart attack. When the heart muscle is injured, it will cause the strength of a person’s heart to contract and make the heart’s work less and unable to work like its normal state.
2. Patients who have a history of diabetes will be more at risk of heart failure, because diabetes will increase the risk of hypertension and coronary artery disease which are one of the causes of CHF.
3. Consuming certain diabetes drugs that have a function to control sugar levels, seems to be able to increase the risk of heart failure for some people. Even so, it is better for Sinaumed’s not to stop any medication without consulting this with a doctor first.
4. Sleep apnea or sleep disorders can reduce the supply of oxygen in the blood and increase the risk of abnormal heart rhythms. Both sleep apnea and sleep disorders are a factor in a person experiencing higher CHF.
5. Someone who has a history of heart valve disease or a condition that makes the heart unable to pump blood properly has a higher risk of developing CHF.
6. Certain viral infections. Viral infections apparently can cause damage to the heart muscle, so that it becomes one of the triggers of congestive heart failure.
7. Someone who has a history of hypertension or high blood pressure.
8. Being overweight or obese can increase the risk of congestive heart failure.
9. Have a history of abnormal heartbeat disorders, especially if the heart beats too fast to weaken the heart muscle, which can cause CHF.
10.  Having a habit of consuming too much alcohol or bad habits like smoking is one of the factors that increase the risk of congestive heart failure.

If Sinaumed’s feels that he is experiencing several symptoms or even has several factors causing congestive heart failure, then it is better for Sinaumed’s to do an examination and if he has CHF, there are several treatment options that Sinaumed’s can treat congestive heart failure.

Treatment of CHF depends on the cause or problem of the patient, for example, a problem with the heart valve, so the treatment procedure that can be done is to replace or repair the heart valve.

There are also several treatments that aim to reduce the amount of fluid growing, so that it will help the heart contract better.

Meanwhile, patients with CHF can do treatment at home by stopping smoking, taking medication regularly and reducing consumption of foods with high salt and fat levels. Another way is to change your lifestyle to be healthier.

That’s a brief explanation about CHF is congestive heart failure. Sinaumed’s can learn about other diseases and tips on maintaining health by reading books.

sinaumedia.com as #FriendsWithoutLimits always provides various kinds of quality and original books for Sinaumed’s. Reading lots of books and articles will never hurt you, because Sinaumed’s will get #MoreWithReading information and knowledge.

Author: Khansa

Reference:

• https://hellosehat.com/jantung/gagal-jantung/gagal-jantung-kongestif-chf-Jadi/#Factor-Risiko
• https://primayahospital.com/jantung/gagal-jantung-kongestif/
• https://www.orami.co.id/magazine/chf-gagal-jantung-kongestif#pembebab-chf

Chemical Energy – Talking about chemical energy seems unreal. Yet in everyday life we ​​must find. If you are in a relationship with someone, you need “chemistry” with him , right ?

Chemistry in everyday life is defined as harmony between the two people involved. What about Chemical Energy? Is there a correlation?

Definition of Chemical Energy

So if there are atoms interacting with atoms, chemical energy will be produced.

Not much like humans, when humans meet each other, energy is generated, whether it’s a feeling that causes happiness or a feeling of sadness that makes you cry.

Chemical energy is also defined as the potential of a chemical substance to undergo a chemical reaction and then change into another substance. The form of chemical energy can only occur in energy storage devices.

Some examples of chemical energy storage media that we usually encounter include batteries, food, and gasoline.
The breaking or making of chemical bonds also involves energy, which can be absorbed or evolved from chemical systems.

Breaking bonds between atoms will produce energy, when atoms join again to form bonds also produce energy. This energy change can be estimated from the bond energies of various chemical bonds in the reactants and products.

Yes, just like us, if you break up with your boyfriend, you will usually feel sad, but some are happy.
Likewise, when you form a new bond, you can feel sad or happy. Think of it as energy!

Chemical potential energy is also a form of potential energy related to the structural arrangement of atoms or molecules. Every element or compound has potential energy because they are made up of molecules that are constantly moving or vibrating.

This arrangement may be the result of forming chemical bonds within the molecule or otherwise breaking chemical bonds. Chemical energy of a chemical substance can be converted into other forms of energy through chemical reactions

Kinds of Chemical Energy

1. Chemical Energy into Electrical Energy

There electrical energy can be converted into chemical energy and vice versa through electrochemical reactions.

The chemical reaction that can produce it is an oxidation-reduction reaction, aka redox.

Reduction and oxidation processes in which electrons are released or accepted produce electrical energy.

How come? Look , oxidation is a reaction that releases electrons. While reduction is the reaction of accepting electrons. The process of handing over the electrons will produce electrical energy.

Devices that use this concept are called voltaic cells. The Voltaic cell is called because the inventor of this device is Volta. He made a device that could generate electricity. As a source of electricity, the tool he made has 2 poles, namely the cathode as the positive pole and the anode as the negative pole. Both poles are made of 2 different metals.

Volta has measured the reduction potential or reduction ability of each metal, which is symbolized as E⁰ reduction. With different reduction capabilities, a potential difference will be generated that produces electricity

Suppose we make a voltaic cell by pairing 2 metals namely iron (Fe) and copper (Cu).

Fe has a reduced E⁰ of -0.44 volts, while Cu has a reduced E⁰ of
+0.34 volts,

Indeed, Fe and Cu have reduction potential, but when they are paired, it is impossible for both to reduce, one must give in and experience reduction.

Because the reduction ability of Fe is lower than Cu, Cu will carry out the reduction process and Fe oxidation when these two metals are paired.

It turns out that the potential energy generated is + 0.78 volts.
The resulting E⁰ cell can be obtained by the formula
E⁰cell= E⁰reduction- E⁰oxidation
= +0.34-(-0.44)
= + 0.78 Volts
This potential energy is electrical energy. This figure is generated as the potential difference of Cu and Fe metals.

Illustration of the ionic reaction between Cu and Fe

2. Chemical Energy into Heat Energy

Chemical reactions that produce heat energy are discussed in thermochemistry.

According to the law of the conservation of energy, energy cannot be created or destroyed, meaning that the energy of the universe is constant, only its form changes.

If there is energy that accompanies a chemical process, or a physical process, there is only a transfer or change in the form of energy.

So, next, we replace the energy change with the term system. Everything outside the system we call the environment.

In thermochemistry, there are two types of reactions based on the change in heat that occurs:

a. exothermic

The sum of the energy of all forms of energy possessed by molecules or particles of matter is called internal energy (E).

The energy in a substance or system can change if that system absorbs or releases heat.

If a substance or system absorbs heat, its internal energy will increase and the vibration or movement of its molecules will increase.

This increase in internal energy will cause an increase in temperature, a change in state (melting or vaporizing) or a chemical change.

An exothermic reaction occurs when a certain amount of heat is released by the system to the surroundings.

For example, in a container we have a glass and then we measure the temperature to 35⁰ C. After that we put substance Y. It turns out that after we measure the temperature rises to 45⁰ C.

In exothermic, the system releases heat so that heat increases. It is hot here, the heat of substance X will increase so that the initial H<H the end of the arrow is directed downward.
If we find the difference, then ∆H is negative
Example ½ N2(g) + 3/2 H2→NH3(g) ∆H=- 46 kJ
Reaction NH3 formation releases 46 kJ of heat energy

The analogy is like this.
For example, if person B has money, then the money is given to person A so that B so that person B has less money, while person A’s money increases. We call A is environment and B is system then money is heat.

b. Endoterm

An endothermic reaction occurs when a certain amount of heat is absorbed by the system from the environment.

Energy in a substance or system can also change if they do or receive work (external work).

It’s like us, who will expend energy if we move, but if we are lazy , aka lazy to move, not much energy can be produced.

The type of work that accompanies chemical changes or physical processes (changes in form) is expansion work, namely work related to volume changes. Work, means there is a volume that we expand or narrow.

If a substance or system expands, the substance expels air or lifts a weight above it.
To do this work, a certain amount of energy is needed, which is called work.

So, if the substance or system does work, its internal energy decreases, even though the substance or system does not release heat. Conversely, if the system receives work (the volume decreases), the system energy increases.

For an endothermic reaction, for example, in a container we have a glass, then we measure the temperature to 35⁰C. After that, we add substance X. It turns out that after we measure the temperature drops to 25⁰C.

Endoteme illustration

There is a decrease in temperature because substance X, which acts as a system, absorbs heat from the water. Water acts as an environment.

The analogy is like this.
For example, if person A has money, then person B takes the money so that person A has less money, while person B increases. We call A is environment and B is system then money is heat.

In endotherms, if the ambient temperature is detected to fall, the system takes heat energy so that the heat increases.

Heat energy here is defined as enthalpy, the heat of substance X will increase so that the initial H<the final H.
If we look for the difference, then the ∆H is positive
Example:

NH3 (g) → ½ N2(g) + 3/2 H2 (g) ∆H=+ 46 kJ
The decomposition reaction of NH3 absorbs 46 kJ of heat energy

The next energy change we call the enthalpy change or heat change. The enthalpy change that accompanies a reaction depends on the temperature and pressure gauge. The enthalpy change measured at 25 ⁰C and 1 atm pressure, is called the standard enthalpy change. The change in enthalpy is not seen from the measurement conditions, it is enough to simply state ∆H.

The equation for the reaction followed by the change in enthalpy is called a thermochemical equation. Because it is classified as an extensive property, the value of the enthalpy change written in the thermochemical equation must correspond to the stoichiometry of the reaction, meaning that the number of moles of substances involved in the reaction must be equal to the reaction coefficient.

Enthalpy Types

1. Standard enthalpy of formation

Elements react with elements to form 1 mole of compounds that can absorb or release energy. Example of enthalpy of formation

½ N2(g) + 3/2 H2→NH3(g) ∆H=- 46 kJ
So here the nitrogen element meets the oxygen element to form an ammonia compound or NH3 by releasing heat of 46 kJ. The amount of 1 mol indicated by the reaction coefficient NH3 does not exist, which means the coefficient is one

For example, the enthalpy of formation is the process of forming a marriage AB, for example person A meets person B and then they get married and become one AB. There are definitely emotions whether it’s sad or happy. Si A and B consider the elements and marriage AB as compounds. Emotions are analogous to heat energy

2. Standard enthalpy of decomposition

The opposite of a formation reaction is decomposition, so 1 mol of a compound breaks down into
Elements and elements. The decomposition reaction can absorb or release energy. Example of enthalpy of formation
NH3(g)→½ N2(g) +3/2 H2 ∆H=- 46 kJ

So here the nitrogen element meets the oxygen element to form the compound ammonia or NH3. The amount of 1 mol indicated by the reaction coefficient NH3 does not exist, which means the coefficient is one

If we take the example that the enthalpy of decomposition is a process of divorce, for example AB is divorced and separated, respectively, A and B must have emotions, whether sad or happy.
Persons A and B consider AB’s elements and marriage as compounds. Emotions are analogous to heat energy

3. Standard enthalpy of combustion

In addition to the formation and decomposition of compounds that have the potential to produce energy, combustion reactions are also capable of producing energy.

The enthalpy of combustion is defined as the heat energy produced by the combustion of 1 mole of an element or 1 mole of a compound.

Example:
enthalpy of combustion C
C (s) + ½ O2(g) →CO(g) ∆H=- 110.5 kJ
Combustion of 1 mole of carbon produces 110.5 kJ of heat energy
Enthalpy of combustion CO
C (s) + O2( g) →CO2(g) ∆H=- 393.5 kJ
Combustion of 1 mol CO (carbon monoxide produces 393.5 kJ of heat energy.
The enthalpy of combustion releases energy or is exothermic because heat is produced.

Chemical Energy Examples

There are many examples of chemical energy that we use in our daily life

1.Battery

Batteries are an example of converting chemical energy into electrical energy. We use batteries to keep the wall clock moving and a remote to use.

Even though when the remote is used, it usually disappears, aka forgetting where it is stored

The battery is an example of changing chemical energy into electrical energy.

Relatively inexpensive batteries are usually carbon-zinc galvanic cells, and there are several types, including standard and alkaline. This type is often also called a dry cell because there is no electrolyte solution, which replaces it is a semi-solid paste.

The car battery, which is used as a means of storing energy, is also used to supply the car’s electrical system, which you can learn about in the Car Battery Knowledge book .

Manganese(IV) oxide paste (MnO2) serves as the cathode which will accept electrons. Ammonium chloride (NH4Cl) and zinc chloride (ZnCl2) serve as electrolytes. The zinc on the outer layer serves as the anode.

The reaction that occurs: the anode: Zn→Zn2++ 2 e-
Zn will release 2 electrons then
the cathode: 2MnO2+ H2O + 2e-→Mn2O3+ 2OH-

Adding the two half reactions forms the main redox reaction that takes place in the carbon-zinc dry cell.
Zn + 2MnO2+ H2O→Zn2++ Mn2O3+ 2OH-This battery produces a cell potential of 1.5 volts.

2. Battery Batteries

This battery has six 2-volt cells connected in series. Lead metal is oxidized to Pb2+ ions and releases two electrons at the anode. Pb in lead(IV) oxide gains two electrons and forms Pb2+ ions at the cathode. Pb2+ ions mix with SO42- ions from sulfuric acid to form lead (II) sulfate at each electrode.

So the reaction that occurs when a lead-acid battery is used produces lead sulfate at both electrodes. PbO2+ Pb + 2H2SO4→2PbSO4+ 2H2O
lead-acid batteries are spontaneous and do not require energy input.

The reverse reaction, recharging the battery, is not spontaneous because it requires electrical input from the car. Current enters the battery and provides energy for the reaction where lead sulfate and water are converted to lead(IV) oxide, lead metal and sulfuric acid .2PbSO4+ 2H2O→PbO2+ Pb + 2H2SO4

3. Photosynthesis

Green plants convert solar energy into chemical energy (mostly oxygen) through a process known as photosynthesis.

The process of photosynthesis converts Carbon dioxide and water into glucose and oxygen. Oxygen that we really need when doing breathing or respiration
Reaction of photosynthesis:
6CO2 + 6H2O → C6H12O6 + 6O2
Photosynthetic activity occurs during the day because it requires the help of sunlight.

Try looking for trees during the day

If there is no shoulder to lean on, look for a tree to lean on .

Even though it seems like there are no activities, this one is healthier because there is a lot of oxygen that has just been released fresh from the oven

In addition to stronger trees, we will also feel fresh because a lot of oxygen has just been released by the photosynthesizing trees. With the help of a gentle breeze, drowsiness is guaranteed to strike.

Photosynthesis is an endothermic reaction because it absorbs heat.

4. Burning of fuel

The burning gasoline then produces power to run motorized vehicles. Gasoline is a type of hydrocarbon combustion reaction as follows

CxHy + O2→CO2 + H2O

The reaction of burning fuel is an exothermic reaction based on the heat released, and includes the enthalpy of combustion based on the type of reaction that occurs.

5. Digestion of food

Starting from stopping food in the mouth, sliding through the esophagus and then swimming in the stomach and in the intestines, many chemical reactions accompany it. When food is finished digesting, energy is produced to be used in activities.

For dieters, it may be commonplace to calculate how many calories you will get from a food source. In order not to overdo it, the calories needed by the body are usually counted. If it’s too much then the calories that should be used as energy will accumulate in the body to become fat deposits, right?

So actually obesity occurs when the calories used are less than the calories taken

6. Respiration / breathing

The process of breathing is a chemical reaction that produces heat. So we classify respiration as exothermic.
The reaction:
C6H12O6 + 6O2 → 6CO2 + 6H2O

There is heat generated by the breathing process

That’s the discussion of chemical energy. Hopefully with this explanation the knowledge of chemical energy will be more wide open.

Chemical energy so far has provided a myriad of benefits in our daily lives. Hopefully, after studying chemical energy, our chemistry with chemistry will get better.

Characteristics, Variety, and Functions of 5 Traditional Weapons – Sinaumed’s, have you ever seen traditional weapons? Usually, traditional weapons can be seen in museums or when someone wears traditional clothes. The existence of this traditional weapon is a legacy from our ancestors that are spread throughout Indonesia.

The territory of Indonesia is divided into several islands, namely Sumatra Island, Java Island, Kalimantan Island, Sulawesi Island, Bali Island, Papua Island, Nusa Tenggara Islands and Maluku Islands. Each of these islands consists of various provinces that have a variety of traditional weapons. Traditional weapons are characteristic of the culture of each province.

Before having separate traditional weapons in each region, our ancestors used to make weapons for hunting or protecting themselves from animals. In primitive times, the traditional weapons used were wooden or bamboo hunting tools. Furthermore, during the Stone Age, traditional wooden-stemmed stone weapons were used.

Entering the Bronze Age, metal began to be recognized as the basis for traditional weapons, namely tosan aji. Tosan aji is a traditional heirloom weapon in the form of spears, daggers, swords, wedung, rencong, badik, and so on. This heritage is a blend of high art and culture with sophisticated metallurgical technology. Until now, the process of making some tosan aji is still a mystery.

Just imagine, our ancestors could process various metals with simple tools into a magic tosan, for example titanium which has a high melting point of almost 2,000 0 C. ^Currently , titanium is used for missiles, rockets and spacecraft.

Tosan aji can bring out an extraordinary sense of courage to the owner or bearer. Javanese people generally refer to this as piyandel (increasing self-confidence). Rahmat (2010) in his book entitled Getting to Know Traditional Weapons reveals that a traditional weapon, for example an heirloom keris or an heirloom spear, given by the king to the nobles of the palace contains a belief. When the king’s trust was damaged by the noble’s bad behavior, the weapon would be withdrawn or reclaimed by the king.

This is what causes the tosan aji to be sacred and should not be used haphazardly, even today some heirloom weapons are believed to have supernatural powers.

To get to know some of these heirloom weapons, the following will explain the characteristics and functions summarized from several sources.

1. Cleaver

Kujang is a traditional weapon in the form of a sharp weapon that looks like a keris or machete. The cleaver has a unique shape in the form of a bulge at the base, serrated on one side in the middle, and curved at the ends.

According to some researchers, the cleaver comes from the words kudi and hyang . Kudi is taken from the Old Sundanese language which means a weapon that has magical magical powers, so it can be used as a repellant to reinforcements, for example to drive away enemies or avoid danger/illness.

Meanwhile, the word hyang can be equated with the meaning of a god in several mythologies. However, for the Sundanese people, hyang has a meaning and position above the gods. This is reflected in the teachings of “Dasa Prebakti” in the Sanghyang Siksa Kanda Ng Karesian text which mentions ” Dewa Bakti di Hyang “.

At the time of the Majapahit Kingdom, people who were experts in making cleavers were called guru teupa . The material for making cleaver tends to be thin, dry, porous, and contains lots of natural metal elements. This traditional weapon is about 20 centimeters–30 centimeters long and 5 centimeters wide. The eyes have 1-5 holes. Kujang weighs approximately 300 grams.

In the past, the cleaver could not be separated from the life of the Sundanese people because of its function as agricultural equipment. This statement is stated in the ancient manuscript Sanghyang Siksa Kanda Ng Karesian (1518) as well as oral traditions that developed in several areas, namely Rancah and Ciamis. Evidence that supports the statement that the cleaver is a farming tool can still be seen today in the Baduy, Banten, and Pancer Pengawinan communities in Sukabumi.

The characteristics of a cleaver have a sharp side and the following part names.

• Papatuk/congo , namely a cleaver with an arrow-like tip;
• Eluk/repentance , which is a cleaver that has an indentation on the back;
• Cistern , which is a cleaver that has a prominent arch on the stomach;
• Mata , namely the cleaver which has a small hole covered with gold and silver metal.

Kujang can be brought in the following ways.

• Disoren, which is hung on the left side of the waist by using a coir or strap that is wrapped around the waist;
• Ditogel, namely carried by tucking in a belt in the front of the stomach using a strap;
• On the shoulder, which is carried by carrying the handle over the shoulder;
• Carrying, that is carried by carrying or holding the stalk.

When viewed from the shape and variety, the cleaver is divided into the following types.

• Kujang ciung, which is a cleaver that has a shape resembling the Ciung bird;
• cleaver, which is a cleaver that looks like a rooster;
• Kujang egrets, namely cleavers that resemble egrets;
• Kujang bangkong, which is a cleaver that looks like a toad;
• Dragon cleaver, which is a cleaver that looks like a dragon;
• Kujang rhino, which is a cleaver that looks like a rhinoceros.

Meanwhile, when viewed from its function, the cleaver is divided into the following types.

• Kujang as an heirloom, namely the cleaver used as a symbol of the majesty of a king or royal official;
• Kujang as an expert, namely a cleaver that functions as a weapon for war;
• Kujang pampangs, which is a cleaver that functions as a tool in agriculture for pruning and planting crops.

2. Celurit